Eia - Construction and Operation Period of Stationary Sea-Bohr Plattform

2014
Environmental Impact Assessment Document for

construction and operation period of Stationary Sea
Foundation No.7 in Gunashli field of 28 May Oil
and Gas Production Department
Thinking jointly
of the nature!
SOCAR
ECOLOGY DIVISION
Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

and operational period of Stationary Sea Foundation
No. 6 in Gunashly field by 28 May Oil and
Gas Production Department
Environmental Division
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents ................................................................................................................................ I
Acronyms ......................................................................................................................................... VII
Definitions ....................................................................................................................................... VIII
Summary .......................................................................................................................................... XI
Chapter 1
1
Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 1
1.1
General information ..........................................................................................................1
1.2
Project objective...............................................................................................................1
1.3
Regulatory-legal requirements...........................................................................................4
1.4
ESIA Work scope ..............................................................................................................5
1.5
Report Structure ...............................................................................................................6
1.6
Involved Organizations and Authorities ..............................................................................8
Chapter 2
2
Environmental and Socio-Economic Impact Assessment Methodology ............................ 9
2.1
Introduction .....................................................................................................................9
2.2
ESIA Requirements ......................................................................................................... 10
2.3
Analysis of Requirements ................................................................................................ 10
2.4
Basic Surveys ................................................................................................................. 10
2.5
Impacts Definition and Assessment ................................................................................. 11
2.6
Management and Monitoring ........................................................................................... 15
Chapter 3
3
Description of Construction and Operation Project ........................................................ 16
3.1
General information ........................................................................................................ 16
3.2
Drill wells ....................................................................................................................... 18
3.3
Drilling equipment and other plants to be installed at foundation....................................... 19
3.4
Measurement devices ..................................................................................................... 23
3.5
Manifold unit .................................................................................................................. 24
3.6
Pump station .................................................................................................................. 25
3.7
Apparatus unit ............................................................................................................... 25
3.8
Technological unit .......................................................................................................... 26
3.9
Drains system ................................................................................................................ 28
3.10 Laying of pipelines .......................................................................................................... 28
3.11 Pipe testing .................................................................................................................... 30
3.12 Control and automation .................................................................................................. 31
3.13 Utility unit ...................................................................................................................... 33
3.14 Indicators of operation design of the wells to be drilled .................................................... 35
3.15 Scope of work for drilling and power equipment ............................................................... 38
3.16 Well capacity and drill fluids ............................................................................................ 44
3.17 Drill operations ............................................................................................................... 47
Chapter 4
4
Legal Framework, Norms And Standards ........................................................................ 49
4.1
Regulation and Policy ..................................................................................................... 49
4.2
National organizations regulating environmental issues ..................................................... 53
4.3
International Laws and Conventions ................................................................................ 53
4.4
Standards and Regulatory Documents on Environment ..................................................... 55
Chapter 5
5
Baseline Environmental Condition .................................................................................. 59
5.1
Caspian Sea ................................................................................................................... 59
5.1.1
General information........................................................................................... 59

5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
Sensitive areas of the Caspian Sea .................................................................................. 61

Geological structure of the field ....................................................................................... 62
Infrastructure of Gunashly" field .................................................................................... 64
Meteorological condition ................................................................................................. 66
5.5.1
Climate ............................................................................................................. 66
5.5.2
Air temperature ................................................................................................ 66
5.5.3
Winds ............................................................................................................... 67
5.5.4
Cloudiness ........................................................................................................ 68
5.5.5
Humidity ........................................................................................................... 69
5.5.6
Precipitations .................................................................................................... 70
5.5.7
Fogs ................................................................................................................. 70
5.5.8
Measurement methods and instruments ............................................................. 71
Biological characteristics of the Caspian Sea ..................................................................... 73
5.6.1
Undulation ........................................................................................................ 73
5.6.2
Currents ........................................................................................................... 73
Living organisms in the Caspian ...................................................................................... 79
5.7.1
Caspian fish ...................................................................................................... 79
5.7.2
Caspian birds .................................................................................................... 79
5.7.3
Wildlife ............................................................................................................. 79
5.7.4
Caspian Seal ..................................................................................................... 80
5.7.5
Caspian turtle (Clemmys caspica) ....................................................................... 81
5.7.6
Zooplankton ..................................................................................................... 81
5.7.7
Zoobenthos ...................................................................................................... 81
5.7.8
Perifiton ........................................................................................................... 82
5.7.9
Invertebrate animals ......................................................................................... 83
5.7.10 Nematoda ......................................................................................................... 84
5.7.11 Vegetation ........................................................................................................ 86
5.7.12 Algae................................................................................................................ 87
5.7.13 Higher plants .................................................................................................... 88
Monitoring of baseline environment ................................................................................. 89
5.8.1
Outcomes of physic-chemical parameters in water samples ................................. 92
5.8.2
Results of biogenous elements in water samples ................................................. 95
5.8.3
Results of oil products and phenols in water samples .......................................... 98
5.8.4
Results of heavy metals in water samples ........................................................... 99
5.8.5
Results of granulometric content in bottom precipitations .................................. 103
5.8.6
Results of organic compounds, humus and carbonate in bottom precipitations .... 104
5.8.7
Results of oil products and phenols in bottom precipitations .............................. 105
5.8.8
Results of heavy metals in bottom sedimentations ............................................ 105
5.8.9
Results of microbiological surveys in water and soil samples .............................. 107
5.8.10 Variety composition, number and biomass results of phytoplankton ................... 110
5.8.11 Zooplankton variety composition, number and biomass results .......................... 119
5.8.12 Macroozobenthos variety composition, number and biomass results in bottom
sedimentation ................................................................................................. 126
5.8.13 Icthiological survey results ............................................................................... 138
Socio-Economic Status Assessment ............................................................................... 139
5.9.1
About Pirallahy region ..................................................................................... 139
5.9.2
Domestic economic and social status ................................................................ 139
Chapter 6
6
Alternative's Analysis .................................................................................................... 143
6.1
Withdrawal from Project ............................................................................................... 143
6.2
Appraisal of Project Facility Layout Alternatives .............................................................. 143
Chapter 7
7
Environmental and Socio-Economic Impacts Assessment and Mitigation Measures ... 144
7.1
Introduction ................................................................................................................. 144
7.2
Activities, Aspects and End Receivers............................................................................. 144
II

7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
Impacts Analysis and Mitigation .................................................................................... 145

Quality of the Atmospheric Air ....................................................................................... 149
7.4.1
Impacts Assessment ........................................................................................ 149
7.4.2
Mitigation ....................................................................................................... 151
Solid Substances .......................................................................................................... 151
7.5.1
Impacts Analysis ............................................................................................. 151
7.5.2
Mitigation ....................................................................................................... 151
Water Facilities ............................................................................................................. 152
7.6.1
Impacts Assessment ........................................................................................ 152
7.6.2
Mitigation ....................................................................................................... 157
Drill mud, wastewaters and other wastes ....................................................................... 158
7.7.1
7.7.2
Mitigation ....................................................................................................... 163
Noise ........................................................................................................................... 163
7.8.1
7.8.2
Mitigation ....................................................................................................... 165
Environmental Impacts and Mitigation ........................................................................... 165
7.9.1
7.9.2
Mitigation ....................................................................................................... 166
Cumulative Impacts ...................................................................................................... 166
Transboundary Impacts ................................................................................................ 166
Project's socio-economic impacts ................................................................................... 166
7.12.1 Project's socio-economic benefits ..................................................................... 166
Impacts on Cultural Heritage and Archeological Monuments............................................ 166
Chapter 8
8
Environmental Management and Monitoring ................................................................ 167
8.1
Introduction ................................................................................................................. 167
8.2
Environment and Social Context Management Plan ......................................................... 167
8.2.1
EMP components ............................................................................................ 168
8.2.2
EMP Execution Period ...................................................................................... 169
8.2.3
Environmental Management Plan When Constructing SSF NO. 7 ........................ 169
8.2.4
Duties and Responsibilities............................................................................... 172
8.2.5
Ecological Mitigation/Management Plan ............................................................ 173
8.3
Ecological Monitoring .................................................................................................... 174
8.3.1
Ecological Monitoring....................................................................................... 175
8.3.2
Reporting ....................................................................................................... 175
8.3.3
Ecological and Social Complaints ...................................................................... 175
Appendix 1: Monitoring Methodologies ...................................................................................182
SPECIAL PERMIT issued for fishing for the purposes of scientific-research, fish
Appendix 2:
breeding, supervision, fish transfer, and acclimatization ...................................209
Appendix 3: Norms and Standards ...........................................................................................211
Appendix 4: Public Hearing ......................................................................................................226
Appendix 5: Photographs .........................................................................................................232
III

List of Tables
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Table 1.1
Table 1.2
Baseline data ............................................................................................. 1

Preliminary data to design subseas pipelines ................................................ 2
Table 2.1
Table 2.2
Definition of Impacts Significance ............................................................... 13

Impact and Level of Impacts...................................................................... 13
Table 3.1
Table 3.2
Table 3.3
Table 3.4
Table 3.5
Table 3.6
Table 3.7
Table 3.8
Table 3.9
Table 3.10
Table 3.11
Table 3.12
Table 3.13
Table 3.14
Table 3.15
Technological unit specifications ................................................................ 26

Design subsea pipelines ............................................................................. 29
Indicators of operation plan ....................................................................... 35
Work scope for drilling and power equipment ............................................. 38
Well capacity ............................................................................................ 44
Parameters of water based drill fluid .......................................................... 44
Main chemical materials............................................................................. 45
Chemicals concentration ............................................................................ 45
Quantity of chemical reasgents .................................................................. 46
Demand on chemical reagents ................................................................... 46
Selection of drill axes ................................................................................ 47
Selectin of drill mode parameters and hydraulic wash indicators................... 47
Well cementing technology and materials quantity ...................................... 48
Demand on fuel-lubricants ......................................................................... 48
Potential Problems and Solutions................................................................ 48
Table 4.1
Table 4.2
Environmental Legislation instruments of the Republic of Azerbaijan ............ 49

Ecological Conventions signed by the National Assembly of the Republic of
Azerbaijan ................................................................................................ 54
Table 5.1
Meteorological observation data during the monitorings held on September

04-07 and 05-09 2012 at "Bulla-Daniz" field................................................ 72
Measurement of flow speed (cm/sec) and flow direction ( o) on September
04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from Bulla-Daniz field ........................... 76
Coordinates and the parameters to be investigated of the selected stations .. 90
In the water samples taken on September 04-07 2012 from Gunashly field
outcomes of physical-chemical parameters and radioactiveness ................... 92
Outcomes of physic-chemical parameter indicators and radioactiveness in
water samples taken on 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field .......................... 93
Results of biogenous substances (mg/l) in water samples taken on September
04-07 2012 from Gunashly field............................................................... 95
Results of biogenous (mg/l) substances in water samples taken from
November 05 to 09 2012 at Gunashly field ............................................... 96
Oil products (mg/l) and phenols (mg/l) in water samples taken during
September 04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field ............. 98
Amount of metals (mg/l) in water samples taken in September 04-07 2012 at
Gunashly field ....................................................................................... 99
Metal (mg/l) amount in water samples taken in November 05 to 09 2012 from
Gunashly field ..................................................................................... 101
Granulometric content (%) of soil samples taken on September 04-07 and
November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field ............................................ 103
Results of organic compounds (%), humus (%) and carbonateness (%) in soil
samples taken on September 04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from
"Gunashly" field. ..................................................................................... 104
Results of oil products and phenols (mkg/kg) in soil samples taken on
September 04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from "Gunashly" field ........... 105
Table 5.2
Table 5.3
Table 5.4
Table 5.5
Table 5.6
Table 5.7
Table 5.8
Table 5.9
Table 5.10
Table 5.11
Table 5.12
Table 5.13
IV

Table 5.14
Table 5.15
Table 5.16
Table 5.17
Table 5.18
Table 5.19
Table 5.20
Table 5.21
Table 5.22
Table 5.23
Table 5.24
Table 5.25
Table 5.26
Table 5.27
Table 5.28
Table 5.29
Table 5.30
Chapter 7
Table 7.1
Table 7.2
Table 7.3
Table 7.4
Table 7.5
Table 7.6
Table 7.7
Table 7.8
Table 7.9
Results of metals (mg/kg) in soil samples taken on September 04-07 2012

taken from "Gunashly" field ..................................................................... 105
Results of metals (mg/kg) in soil samples taken on November 05-09 2012
from Gunashly field ............................................................................. 106
The most probable number of oil oxidizing (NOB), phenol oxidizing (FOB) and
heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in bottom samples taken during September 04-07
2012 from Gunashly field ...................................................................... 107
heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in water samples taken from water surface
during September 04-07 2012 from Gunashly field ................................. 107
heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in bottom samples taken during November 05-09
2012 from Gunashly field ...................................................................... 108
heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in water samples taken from water surface
during November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field .................................. 108
Variety composition, number (N, mln ex/m3) and biomass (B, mg/m3) of
phytoplankton taken on September 04-07 2012 from Gunashly field .... 110
Species composition, number (N, mln. ex/m3) and biomass (B, mg/m3 ) of
phytoplanktons taken from "Gunashly" field from 15 through 19 October 201211
zooplankton taken on September 04-07 2012 from Gunashly field .......... 119
zooplankton taken on October 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field .............. 122
Macrozoobenthoz ariety composition, number (N, mln ex/m3) and biomass (B,
mg/m3) taken on September 05-07 2012 from Gunashli field .................. 126
Macrozoobenthos variety composition, number (N, mln ex/m3) and biomass
(B, mg/m3) taken on November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field ........... 132
Grouping of macrozoobenthos samples taken from "Gunashly" field over
spring and autumn .................................................................................. 137
Species and size-age composition of fish surveyed in September 2012 in
"Gunashly" field ...................................................................................... 138
Species and size-age composition of fish hunted in November 2012 in
Gunashly field ...................................................................................... 138
Change in the number of population recently (thousand persons) .............. 140
Macroeconomic indices of the Republic of Azerbaijan ................................ 141
Table 7.12
Table 7.13
Activities, Aspects, Potential End receivers ................................................ 145

Assessment of the Level and Scope of Impacts Significance ....................... 147
Total of maximum viscosity during construction . ................................. 150
Total of Maximum viscosity during operations ......................................... 150
Operational principles of biological purificaiton plant ASTRA-100 ............. 155
Recycling of the excess drill fluid .............................................................. 160
Materials and technical means used to deactivate excess drill fluid ............. 160
Utilization and burial of drill mud, wastewaters and other waste materials .. 161
Materials and tehcnical means required to utilize, deliver onshore and bury
drill fluid, wastewaters and other waste materials ..................................... 161
Utilization, burial and liquidation of oil product wastes ............................... 162
Materials and technical requirements designed to accumulate, transport,
deactivate oil product wastes ................................................................... 162
Noise environment .................................................................................. 164
Allowable maximum noise threshholds in Azerbaijan ................................. 164
Table 8.1
Table 8.2
Environmental Impacts Mitigating/Management Plan ................................. 176

Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................................. 180
Table 7.10
Table 7.11
Chapter 8

List of Photographs
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 5
Figure 1.1
Layout plan of the project area ................................................................... 3
Figure 2.1
Figure 2.2
ESIA Process .............................................................................................. 9

Impacts Definition and Assessment process ............................................... 11
Figure 3.1
Figure 3.2
Deep Sea Foundation ............................................................................... 16

Layout of the foundations in"Gunashly" field .............................................. 17
Figure 5.1
Figure 5.2
Figure 5.3
Figure 5.4
Figure 5.5
Figure 5.6
Volcano spreading map in Absheron peninsula ........................................... 61

Bathymetric map of Gunashly field ....................................................... 65
Table of monthly air temperature changing over the Mid and South Caspian 66
Wind streams ........................................................................................... 67
Recurrence hystogram of wind speed throughout a year............................. 68
Boiling point temperatures alteration per month in the Caspian Sea lri
qrafiki ...................................................................................................... 69
Flow plan in the Caspian Sea .................................................................... 75
Bathymetric map of the Caspian Sea ......................................................... 78
Caspian Seal (Phoca caspica) .................................................................... 80
MPK - 452 vessel .................................................................................. 89
Placement diagram of Echological Stations at the Gunashly field............... 91
Dynamics of biogenous substances in water samples taken from Gunashly
field over the last 3 years (mg/l) (average indicator) .................................. 97
Distribution dynamics of iron and sink over stations in water samples taken in
September and November from Gunashly field .................................... 102
Dynamics of soil samples in granulometric content (%) on September 04-07
2012 taken from Gunashly field .......................................................... 103
Dynamics of granulometric content (%) of the soil samples taken on
November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field ......................................... 104
Distribution dynamics of phytoplankton variety composition in Gunashly
field over seasons in 2012........................................................................ 118
Chart of distribution dynamics over seasons of zooplankton variety
composition (%) in Gunashly field in 2012 ........................................... 125
Chart of distribution dynamics over seasons of macrozoobenthos variety
composition (%) in Gunashly field in 2012 ........................................... 137
Figure 5.7
Figure 5.8
Figure 5.9
Figure 5.10
Figure 5.11
Figure 5.12
Figure 5.13
Figure 5.14
Figure 5.15
Figure 5.16
Figure 5.17
Figure 5.18
VI

Acronyms
ESIA
DWF
SOCAR
AWWA
IUCN
ASTM
GDP
ANSI
EMT
EM
ETSI
BDO
UN
CDO
OGEO
GIS
dB(A)
ANP
CoE
QOST
EAN
EU
BS
EMP
PCA
ISO
WUKIS
MLSS
MMP
ETSN
MAA
MES
HM
NQO
HS
PPE
AF
DEP
DWF
RAM
SIPE
STP
SEE
SNIP
MSTKL
SSC
AVL
EPA USEPA
WHO
WPP
WWPP
WMP
PRC
Environment and Social Impact Assessment

Deep Water Foundation
State Oil Company of Azerbaijan Republic
American Water Works Association
International Union for Conservation of Nature
American Standards for Testing Materials
Gross Domestic Product
American National Standards Institute
Environmental Management Team
Environmental Manager
Estimated Threshold of Safety Impact
Biological demand on Oxygen
United Nations
Chemical Demand on Oxygen
Oil and gas extraction Office
German Institute for Standardization
Decibel-noise level measured by using A scale noise level filter
European Neighborhood Policy
Council of Europe
State Areal standards
European Norms
European Union
British Standards
Environmental Management Plan
Partnership and Cooperation Agreement
International Organization for Standardization
Water UK Industry Standards
Hard Suspended Particles in Active Mud and Wastewater Mix
Material management Plan
Ministry of Ecology and Natural Resources of Azerbaijan
Ministry of Agriculture of Azerbaijan
Ministry of Emergency Situations of Azerbaijan
Health Ministry of Azerbaijan
Non-government Organization
Hard substances
Personal Protective Equipment
Allowable Flow-rate
District Executive Power
Deep Water Foundation
Returning Active Mud
Supply and Installation of Plants and Equipment
Safety Plan
State Ecology Expertise
Construction Norms and Regulations
Secondary National Water Supply and sewerage Project
State Statistics Committee
Allowable Viscosity Level
US Environmental Protection Agency
World Health Organization
Water Purification Plant
Wastewater Purification Plant
Waste Management Plan
People's Republic of China
VII

Definitions:
Alternatives
Dry Climate
Avoidance
Baseline
Environmental Status
Compensation
Cultural heritage
Cumulative Impacts
Wastewater
Environment
Environmental
Assessment
Environmental
Impacts
Environmental
Impact Assessmen
(EIA)
Environmental
Management Plan
(EMP):
General
Indicator
Mitigation
Monitoring
Goal
Offsetting
Plan
These are different ways of achieving plans or proposal objectives.

Alternatives are also referenced as options.
Type of climate featuring with typical sedimentation indicators where
annual sedimentation makes up less than 254 mm
Measures aiming to prevent occurrence of impacts in the first place.
Certain and described environmental status to compare any future
changes.
Actions taken to expand restore or establish natural habitat to compensate
the impacts of surplus impacts on natural habitats and/or species aiming to
avoid full disappearance of such natural habitat and/or species. Such
actions are as a rule as close to the area as possible while at the same
time being far from it.
Any place or object of cultural significance, including also structure,
graves, landscapes, geological, archeological and paleontological areas.
Impacts originating from changes jointly caused by plans and actions of
any project, plan, program or policy in the past, present or anticipated for
future. Consideration of cumulative impacts emphasis need for a broader
and more detailed information.
Any purified or not purified fluid discharged from wastewater purification
plant, sewerage and/or industrial line.
Any surrounding environment with human presense that comprises the
followings:
a. land, water and earth atmosphere.
b. Microorganisms, vegetation and wildlife.
c. any part of items given in Sections A and B or their combination,
interrelationships between them.
d. physical, chemical, aesthetic and cultural features and conditions
of the above that may impact human health and welfare.
General concept expressing integration of environmental issues to decision
making process by assessing significant ecological impacts.
Environmental changes due to the environmental aspect of any desirable
or not desirable activity. Such an impact may be due to direct or indirect
activity.
Impacts due to changes jointly caused by past, present and future plants
of any project, plan, program or policy. Ecological assessment applied to
project.
Detailed actions plan developed to ensure implementation of actions
aiming to expand positive impacts and/or restrict or eliminate negative
impacts within the project implementation period.
Genera concept is a concept describing integration of environmental issues
to decision making process by assessing significant environmental impacts.
Assessment over periods of any variables used to express achievement of
goals.
Actions aiming to reduce impacts down to levels where they don't have
counter impact (i.e, surplus impact) .
Works carried out to verify plans, programs or projects are implemented
after decision making. For example, it is carried out to verify the ecological
impacts with monitoring significance proceed as intended or whether
mitigation measures take place or not.
States what is meant and desirable trends in changing tendencies.
Wide-scale measures aiming to offset surplus impacts. For example,
restoration of natural habitats, upgrading and capacity building for
protection and management of an area.
Detailed proposal, scheme, program or methods develooped in advance to
achieve the goal.
VIII

Plan originator
Prevention principle
Project schedule
Contamination
Surplus impacts
Consideration
Framework definition
Hard substance
Strategic
Environmental
Assessment (SEQ)
Sustainability
Assessment (DQ)
Sustainable
Development
Stratification
Wastewater
Water basin
Water ecosystem
An authorized entity origination any plan or project.

Preventive measures eliminating potential environmental harm in cases
where scientific evidences are not sufficient to make any conclusion but
where potential harm may be significant.
Implementation of construction works or other instructions or scheme

relatedintervantons in the natural setting and landscape, including also the
actions aiming extraction of mineral resources. Directive85/337/EEC (as
amended by directive 97/11/EC) envisions environmental impact
assessment of public and private projects.
Any environmental changes originating from storage or purification of
wastes or substances and implemented by any private or public
organization that has potential impact on human health, wellbeing, natural
or managed ecosystem components, productivity or materials beneficial for
human beings or has future possible impacts.
Surplus impacts remaining after consideration of mitigation measures
Process of determining whether plan or program requires SEQ or projects
EIA.
Process of defining SEQ or EIA boundaries, as well as ecological impacts
and alternatives to be considered, assessment methods to be used and
Reporting structure and content.
All hard substances including also construction debris, chemical wastes,
surplus cement/concrete, packaging materials, wood, cans, barrels, wire,
nail, food and household wastes (for example, plastic packages and
coatings).
General concept used for environmental assessment relating to policitee,
plans and programs
Definition of plan's economic, environmental and social impacts beginning
from the preparation process in order to facilitate decisions' sustainable
development.
Widely used and accepted definition of sustainable development on
international scale is as follows: "Development assuring supply of current
demands without compromising on the ability of future generations to
supply their own demands.
Interconnection of policies, plans, programs and projects to reach logical
hierarchy and avoid duplicities in work assessment.
Wastewaters discharged from households, office buildings and other water
consumers. Sewerage waters.
Open water basins, including also water flows, dams, rivers, lakes and
seas.
An area submerged under seasonal, temporary or permanent water. It is
usually water ecosystem by nature.
IX
Environmental Impact Asessment for the

period of construction and operation of Deep
Water Foundations 7 at 28 May OGPD
"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
SUMMARY
Introduction
EIA is a key tool to thoroughly assess potential ecological and social risks posed of the
project. It integrates detailed description of the current status (baseline assessment),
potential ecological and social implications of all the project activities, as well as direct
impacts of the project considering also alternatives.
"Construction and operation of DWF 7 at 28 May OGPDGunashly field was
contracted by "Azneft" PU and designed as per the design construction by Kh.
Yusifzadeh, SOCAR First Vice-president on 01.08.2010.
Gunashly field is situated in Absheron archipelago, 120 km East from Baku city and 12
km South-east from Oil Rocks. Sea depth within the field ranges from 80 ( North-west)
to 300 m (South-east). Sea depth is covered by sea sedimentation consisting of silty
aleurites with thickness 2-5 m. At the point where DWF-7 will be constructed the sea
depth is 147 m. Construction of the foundation is currently underway and it is expected
that 80 metric tons of daily oil will be extracted from each well to be drilled.
Objectives
DWF was seen as a necessity to drill new wells in order to increase oil and gas
extraction at Gunashly" field. The oil, gas-condensate, flue and natural gases extracted
from oil-gas wells at DWF 7 are planned to be collected at "Gunashly" field collector
system.
This report aims to detect any negative impact on environment and socio-economic
area within construction plan of scheduled SDO 7 within ESIA process, minimize their
impacts, eliminate them or take counter measures within the period of their initial
detection.
ESA considers the following goals:
ensure environmental concerns are considered at design planning and
development phase;
ensure consideration and implementation of the requirements meeting best
environmental standards during design implementation;
ensure detection of environmental and social impacts, as well as when
appropriate, the measures suggested to determine, assess, and minimize their
number;
ensure consideration of terms and requirements relating to the law;
conduct consultations with all concerned parties involved in the project and
consider their ideas and suggestions;
demonstrate that the project is implemented considering environmental and
socio-economic issues of it.

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
Figure1. Layout plan of the project area

Definition of potential environmental impacts due to the project includes the current
and scheduled control, monitoring and impacts minimization works, quality and
efficiency assessments. Where side effects are detected, additional measures are meted
out to minimize and monitor such impacts.
Methodology
ESIA process is a systemic approach from the beginning to the end of the project
aiming to describe the actions regarding assessment of ecological and social risks, their
mitigation, management and control. Description of the project's components and
activities is utilized to define the scope of the risks and impacts and extent of actions
implementation and it also serves as a base for approaches to mitigation, management
and control.
ESIA process has been implemented as per the component parts given below:

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
Options
Requests Analysis
Description of Project Alternatives and Plan

of the Key Activity
Current Status of Ecological and SocioEconomic Context
Impacts Definition and Assessment (

including also overall and side effects)
Mitigation, Monitoring and Management

Actions
Figure 2 ESIA Process

Project description
This design request envisions "construction and operation of DWF 7 at "Gunashly" field.
DWF platform 7 consists of sub- and superstructures. Substructure is made up of one
coniform jacket with sizes 44x64 (75x82m5)x51 meters, while superstructure consists
of one deck and 14 modules (M1; M1A; M2Q; M2AQ; M2; M2A; M3Q; M3AQ; M3;
M3A; M4Q; M4; M5Q; M5).
The design reflects installation of deck on the jacket, and modules M1; M1A; M2;
M2A; M3; M3A; M4; M5 on the deck, and modules M2Q; M2AQ; M3Q; M3AQ; M4Q;
M5Q respectively on those modules and pedestal on M1; M1A modules
Layout of the designed drill and operation equipment was developed and it is currently
being implemented at BDWFP after H. Aliyev as per the drawing indicated above.
Subsequently, the modules will be transported and installed at construction site by
crane vessel.
Jacket is shown or hasn't been shown as settling 2 m down into the sea bottom due to
its weight. The distance from sea level up to the top of the deck ( lower modules'
lining) is 13, 5 and up to upper flooring level is 29, 5m.
The jacket was fabricated at BDWFP after H. Aliyev following the previous project (
order 6748). All the welding points of the existing jacket as per the current project shall
be checked for compliance with norms and unsuitable welding points shall be made
good.
10

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
Utility and accommodation bunk-houses are planned to be built on the platform for 52
persons. Bunk-houses are situated in north-west ( respectively, jacket - 2230) and
Xmas pole in south-easterly direction.
Drill wells. Plan is in place to drill 12 operation wells from platform (as (under design
order-gas wells 8, oil wells 4). Gas wells are situated in M1 and oil wells M1A modules.
The area is exposed in south-easterly and westerly directions to ensure security of the
area and no equipment is deployed within the area. In north, the area housing wells is
separated from the technological sections by special partition (with 1 hour fire
resistance). Such partitions have also been used in other areas for modules as per the
norms.
Drilling equipment and other units to be installed at the foundation. The
pedestal below tower is divided into several sections and has two layers moving in
lengthwise and the other breadthwise directions. Upper layer serves as the flooring for
drilling rig yard. The main section of the drilling rig in substructure may be moved along
the poles on the yard.
Drilling rig is of type A JJ450/48-Z, the tower is exposed in front and has several
sections. Crane block section of the tower is assembled on ground then starting up at
upper sections connects to lower sections with each complete section is raised and
stacked upon the transverse wood planks on the drilling platform; finally, the tower will
be fitted end to end with the help of winch accompanied by necessary connection and
installation works.
Pumps 3 units brand Mission 6x9xJ-121/2 have been provided to supply drilling
pumps with fluid.
Circulation system at ZJ 70/4500 DZ drilling rig ensure preparation, weighted, cleaned
off drilled rocks and gases, chemically cleansed, filling of the well by fluid when drill
pipes are elevated, fluid storage at containments, its injection into the well and transfer
to vessels.
Measurement devices. To measure fluids in oil wells, Mera-Massomer, OZNAMassomer or OZNA-Vx type measurement devices may be used. Within this well PSM
type changeover switch is used, which enables to remotely measure the wells. It is a
known fact that no "Sputnik" type measurement devices have been used until now as
the oil wells in "Gunashly" field have been operated with high gas factor.
Measurement devices of these plants is complete with the devices manufactured in
USA.
The plant has two blocks: technological block and instrument block. Technological block
shall be deployed in production site and instrument block in the production site with
normal ambient temperature. Technological block has been supplied with "PSM" type (
well switch with multi-travelling capacity) instrument. Technological block was designed
for 6 wells and technological block enables to measure oil well debit in all volumetric
gas compositions
Manifold block. 2 manifold blocks will be used in foundation:
manifold block ensuring collection and transportation of products from oil wells (
oil manifold block);
manifold block ensuring collection and transportation of products from gas11

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
condensate wells (gas-condensate manifold block).

9 units (1 emergency) manifold blocks have been installed at the facility. Block has
been designed as a pipe category "B" using 89x8 mm tubings and D-80 mm P-10,0
MPa pressure shutdown valves considering pipelines and shutdown devices and
flowrate. Manifold blocks shall be tested under pressure rating 15,0 MPa. Protective
valve shall be regulated to pressure 9,0 MPa.
Manifolds are planned to operate 30 years.
Pump station. Multiphase pump station has been designed to transport the product
from oil wells under small pressure levels at wellmouth. Pump station enables to reduce
pressure at wellmouth down to 0,8-1,0 MPa. Given the products from oil wells will be
separated at DWF 3 under 1,3 MPa pressure and it is expected that the pressure at
foundation will be 2,0 MPa, proposal is made to build set of pump stations called MHC960/3-320/25x3 housing 3 pumps manufactured by "Livgidroprom" company (RF) as
per design ( pressure difference at inlet and outlet 2,0 MPa). This Station has also
analogues manufactured in Western countries. There will be 1 standby pump in
operation process. Given that the station is housed within the module, it is accepted as
outdoor (assembly type - "A").
Station's design capacity 1200 kWt and utilized capacity 800 kWt. Productivity of one
pump is 320 m3/h.
Apparatus block. Apparatus block houses apparatuses to control and manage
technological block.
Technological block. Technological block is designed to separate fluid and gas during
oil and gas well development process. Technological block houses 9 MQP piston
complete with gas separator QJ-64-1600, horizontal device 20 m3 with volume 1-22000-06-1-2-1-0, sealing-regulating rod, pipelines, and 2 units of power engine VAO
92-6 with capacity 75 kWt, circulation number 980 circulation/min.
Drainage system At foundation drains system is designed and all technological
equipment, instruments and pipelines connected to the system. Frames of manifold
blocks have been provided with stands and they are also linked to drains system. Drains
waters from all plants are discharged into drain blocks via drain pipes. Drain waters are
fed into the container of technological block from container 4 m3 of the drain block and
here accumulated oil is supplied to oil pipeline through pumps 9 mQp
Laying pipelines. Subsea pipelines have been designed between DD19-DD7,
DD7-DD14, DD8-DD7 in sequence as per the technical condition available at
Gunashly" field.
Laying of pipes will be by free submersion method with opening of fins from the plate
centers. In this case, handles (opening tools) on top of the fins shall be directed
towards head and end connection device.
Installation of erect tubing at Deed Water Foundations is on foundations without use of
joints. (When pipeline is submerged in the sea bottom, the steel tubing take the form of
flexible erect shape).
12

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
Sections with 2 tubing are additionally welded on erect tubing from crane vessel so that
the project assumes its due place.
Pipeline's durability against wave and currents at sea is ensured by its weight under
water.
Pipe laying route is designed through the bottom of the sea. Pipe length is assumed
based on values attained due to engineering search works. Pipe laying methodology,
route status, pipe's minimum bending radius are considered based on such values and
pipe's design length was taken with 3 percent reservation considering these factors.
Testing of the pipeline Pipes are laid along the route between foundations after
pipelines are transported and pipe ends is temporarily tied up at design sport at DWFs.
Laying of pipes will be by free submersion method with opening of fins from the plate
centers. To do this lock handles (opening devices) shall be directed to head and end
connection device. After fins are opened pipeline is submerged under water by its own
weight. At Deep Water Foundation installation of erect tubing is by placing them on
foundations without using 90 joints ( when pipeline is submerged under water 2
additional tubing sections are welded from crane vessel so that the steel assumes its
location by design. Each erect tubing is extended L=150 m .
"Shirvan" crane vessel 100 metric tons, N= 7200 a.q. and N= 300 a.q tow and "Avior"
diver vessels are used to join and locate erect tubing. After the pipes are laid, pipeline
is hydraulically verified for durability.
Control and automation. Decisions made on control and automation are in line with
"general guidelines regarding refurbishment and automation of oil extraction plants",
Construction norms and automation systems
The project was developed using automation devices manufactured at "Emerson" firm
and "Neftqazavtomat" (Sumgait city).
Utility block. Following the design order given, new utility and accommodation blocks
will be installed to improve the social welfare of the employees at "Gunashly" field DWF
7.
Accommodation and utility blocks are accomplished in the form of individual modules to
ensure welfare of the personnel on platform and placed on fireproof upper deck. Utility
and accommodation blocks are three storey. In layout, sizes of utility block 15,0x9,50
m and accommodation block sizes 15,0x15,0 m. Floor heights 3,0 m. Utility block
accommodates canteen, messroom, radio communication, laundry and drying sections,
cloak room, fitness center, music, mechanical, medical room, service rooms and septic
tanks. Utility block is designed to house chief and deputy chief, doctor, bedroom, rest,
boxing, producer rooms, septic tanks, conference hall and corridors.
Alternatives
Two alternative options may be reviewed within the frame of the project in terms of
prospects of surrounding natural and socio-economic environment:
1. the case when the project is not available
2. the case when project is available
13

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
The case when the project is not available. General goal is to ensure the oil, gascondensate, flue and natural gases extracted from DWF 7 oil and gas wells are supplied
to collector system of "Gunashly" field. Withdrawal from this program means no gas
condensate will be produced and this will bring about fall in the overall gas extraction in
the republic which is not acceptable.
Assessment of Alternatives for Location of Design Facilities. Design facility will
be located adjacent to DWFs 14,19 and 8. Number of oil wells in the foundation is
designed to be 4 and gas condensate wells 8. Productivity of oil wells to be extracted
from DWF - 80t/day, flue gas amount -200 m3/day. Natural gas productivity of gascondensate wells extracted from DWF - 2400 m3/day, condensate productivity 400t/day.
Designed subsea pipelines at DWF 7 will be connected to adjacent DWF. So DWF19DWF7 (gas lift line) - 1250 m, DWF7-DWF19 (gas-fluid line) - 1250 m, DWF7-DWF19
(high pressure gas line) - 1250 m, DWF7-DWF14 (gas-fluid line) - 2125 m, DWF8-DWF7
(high pressure gas line) - 1210 m, DWF8-DWF7 (gas-fluid line) - 1210 m, DWF7-DWF19
(low pressure gas line) - 1250 m, DWF7-DWF19 (high pressure water line) - 1250 m,
DWF14-DWF7 (high pressure water line) -2125 m. This is the optimal alternative for
design purposes.
This version is the most favorable in economical, technical and ecological terms. Their
environmental impacts will be few and it is favorable in terms of safety, because
pipeline is connected to the nearest DDOs.
Baseline Environment
Geological Field Structure . Gunashly field is situated 120 km from Baku city in
south-easterly direction. It was first discovered in 1979. Here Productive layers and
Seasonal layer packs were studied along with the geological and stratigraphic
properties of the field through more than 60 drill plants. Productive layer here
comprises 13 parts. 7 of 13 layers are full with he remaining 6 clayey layers. Here
depth of the sea level ranges between 80-220 m.
The field is primarily covered by the fields in Absheron archipelagos and the basin for
the South Caucasus. "Gunashly" field falls in East Absheron anticlinorim. Quarternary
and Neogen ( Pliocene and Miocene sedimentations) have also played vital role in
formation of stratigraphic column. Here productive layer is formed from sandstone,
limestone and clayey shales with thickness 3000 m. The Lower Productive layer divides
as follows for its sandy and clayey sedimendations: Gala (QLD), Qrmakialty (QaLD),
Girmaky (QD), Girmakustu sandy (QQLD) and Girmakustu clayey (QuGLD) layers.
Upper Productive layer sedimentations are as follows: Fasile, Balakhany, Sabunchu,
Surakhany layer packs.
Clim ate . Main factors underlying the sea climate are as follows: geographical sea
condition, atmospheric circulation character, impact of the surrounding ground

conditions ( Aral-Caspian flatland in East and Caucasian mountains in West) and water
exchange between different sections of the sea. The main feature of the Caspian sea
climate is prevalent anticyclone air condition, sharp temperature fluctuations over year,
hot winter season in North Caspian and warm, dry and calm summer season
throughout the Caspian.
14

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
In winter temperature are over the sea is extremely heterogenous with low
temperature in North. Frosts are observed in October-March with temperature in
January through February onshore -7-11oC and offshore -4-7oC.
Air Tem perature. Winter proceeds relatively mild in Mid Caspian with average
monthly air temperature in January and February in North-east changing from 3oC to
3-4oC in South west and frosts usually come to January-February months.
Average temperature in January in South Caspian ranges from 3oC North-east to 812oC in South.
tropical air masses are predominant over the Caspian sea in summer and here constant
dry, warm and low windy air conditions persist for a longer periods. Average monthly
temperature in July and August in the central part of the sea 22,3oC, middle 24,13oC,
and South 25-27oC, falling in North-East.
The following table demonstrates time-space distribution of air over the months on the
Caspian Sea.
Monthly variation of temperature in Mid and South Caspian (as
per A.S. Aliyev, 2007)
o
t,
C
II
III
IV
VI
VII
VIII
IX
XI
XII
aylar
Orta Xzr
Cnub Xzr
Figure 3. Schedule of air tem perature change over m onths over Central and
South Caspian
Tides. The followings are key factors identifying hydrological regime of the Caspian
sea:
climate,
water flow,
sea depth,
bottom relief.
Strong tides in the Caspian Sea occur due to strong North-Southerly winds blowing in
autumn and winter months. Such winds have long distance and continuation periods.
North-westerly large waves are also observed in the open areas of the Mid and South
Caspian. It was established following multiple observations in the mid sections of the
15

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
sea that:
probability of waves with height up to 2 m in winter 70%, spring 79%, summer
81% and fall 70%;
waves with height above 3 m respectively 10%, 7%, 5% and 10%;
waves with height above 8 m ( gales) make up respectively 0,10%; 0,10%; 0,07%
and 0,01% .
Currents. Sea currents play vital role in the lives of the living organisms existing there
and human lives. Spawn released by fish is carried by sea currents from one location to
another finally reaching the area where they may feed themselves.
When constructing offshore foundations, trestles and etc., it is vital to study the current
regime of the area. So it is impossible to erect different structures without studying
their current characteristics.
Study of sea currents is also vital for seafaring. So it is clearly evident when vessels
lying at anchor change their courses and etc.
Currents are huge energy carriers. The energy contained only on three meter sea
surface equals the energy contained in atmosphere. It is mainly obvious in locations
where cold depth waters rich with food substances surface up. This event called
"upwelling" is also observed in the Caspian Sea. Sea water circulation in horizontal and
vertical directions was poorly investigated with dynamics of contaminants. Synchronic
observation data on these processes is virtually non-existent (Mehdiyev A.Sh, Gul A.K.
Technologic contamination of the Caspian sea, Baku Science 2006, 180 c..
During the seasonal ecological monitoring conducted by SOCAR Ecology Department in
the Azerbaijan Sector of the Caspian Sea, in areas of oil and gas extraction, current
speeds and directions are measured. Modern "3D-ACM-7000" type state-of-art device
made by "Falmouth Scientific, Inc." (USA) company is used for measurement purposes.
This device housed in a dedicated hermetic waterproof case is used after being
calibrated with the help of computer. This device also helps to measures water
temperature, power conductivity and additionally, pressure levels in special cases.
Caspian fish there are 101 different fish species and forms in the Caspian Sea. It
ranges from 5 m giant sturgeon to 45 long hircanobus gobies. Here some species
number in millions and even billions: herrings, gobies, sturgeon, salmon, pike, carp,
sheatfish and etc. Of these pike, gobies, crucian are fresh water origin.
Caspian bird species 312 species were observed in the preserves of the Caspian Sea
and a lot of water birds nest on its shores. Caspian Sea is specifically famous as a large
hibernation area for birds. The Caspian Sea is one of the major routes for birds
migrating between Europe, Asia and Near East. Up to 12 million birds leave the region
every year, while 5 million birds are non-migratory. Azerbaijani shores of the Caspian
has a very vital natural significance. So its preserved harbors, small islands, ponds,
swamps are ideal for migrating and hibernating as well as the species permanently
habituating and multiplying species. Duck, geese, coot, qaradosh qaqar, pelican, big
cormorant, small cormorant, kuren vag, flamingo, hissing swan, crying swan, gray
geese, white forehead geese, mallard or red duck, gray duck, green head duck, gray,
teal, gold head diver and etc., are bird varieties habituating in the Caspian sea and its
preserves.
16

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
W ildlife There are 1809 species and semi-species of different animals, of which 1069
free living invertebrates, parasites 324, and vertebrate animals 415. Five groups of free
living animals may be classified in the Caspian sea for their origin and this prove the
Caspian sea has a complex historic background.
Caspian seal. There are 4000 species of known mammals, of which 100 species
habituate in the sea. Only one species is observed in the Caspian Sea which is called
Caspian seal (Phocacaspica). Caspian seal is a species falling under seals group among
predatory mammals. It is the only sea mammal living in the Caspian sea. It is an
endemic species of the Caspian and considered the smallest of the world seal species
(with life span of 50 years). Caspian seal habituates only in the Caspian and may be
encountered from the northern Caspian up to the borders of Iran. It is widespread in all
points of the sea, but it may be met in large number in the northern Caspian. It lives on
ice in winter season in the northern Caspian and spreading to Mid and southern Caspian
after ices melt. Its length is 1,5 m with average mass up to 70 kg. The seal feeds on
gobies, sprat, aterina, shrimp and amphipod. Occasionally, herring and vobla may be
found in its stomach. Caspian seal counted over million in the past.
Zooplankton Zooplankton of the Caspian Sea includes infusoria, intestinal cavities,

rotatories, warms, molluscs, as well as fish spawn and larva. Zooplanktons are vital
feedstuff for fish and whales and it is highly nutritious. There are up to 2000
zooplankton animals as well as 1200 crayfish in the world oceans.
315 species habituate in the zooplankton of the Caspian see of which infusoria 135,
intestinal cavities 2, rotatories 67, cladocera crayfish 54, webbed crayfish 32, pancer
crayfish 1, mysids 6, gurnard 5, amphipod 6, izopod 1 and sea tick 1. 73 of the 135
species of planktons in the Caspian are in the Northern Caspian, 112 species in the id
Caspian and 108 in the Southern Caspian. Rotatories mainly habituate fresh water
sections of the water-areas where Volga and Kura flow into the sea. Cladogenous
crayfish play a major role in the zooplanktons of the Caspian Sea. Their fresh water
species may be encountered in the Northern Caspian and the part where Volga flows
into the sea. The Caspian plankton includes the following semi groups (Calanoida-6
species, Cyclopoida-17 species, Harpacticoida-9 species).
Zoobenthos Aerial of benthic animals in the Caspian sea depends on the types and
depths of soil covering its bottom. Currently, 855 species and semi-species of
invertebreate animals have been observed in the bottom of the Caspian. Of these
infusoria 305, nematodes 52, molluscs 118, amphipods 74, and pancer crayfish 46 and
etc. can be mentioned. On the shores of the sea (0-50 m) species variety of benthic
animals is greater in its deeper portions. In the Northern Caspian 276 species have
been noted and 589 animal species habituate in the Western section of the Mid Caspian
and of these 233 are infusoria. Number of infusoria in the western portion of the Mid
Caspian is 199. In the zoobenthoc of the Mid Caspian, Azov and Black sea species
(abra, mitilaster, serastoderma, and nereis) and some Caspian type-zebra mussel,
pirgula snails, hipania warm and chironomids larva predominate. Advanced developed
types of benthic animals may be encountered in the area between Khudat and Gilazi
and there are a lot of choldera crayfish in the Eastern part of the Mid Caspian.
Vegetation Flora of the Caspian Sea is known from miocene period. Flora of the sea
consists of 755 varieties and semi-varieties, of which 5 are higher species. Higher
vegetation varieties grow on land, seas and fresh waters. The followings are plants
17

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
found
in
the
Caspian
Sea:
sea-grass
(zostera
notli),
chickenpox
(potamogetonpestinatus), 2 ruppia varieties (ruppia spiralis, r.maritima, najas marina).
Sea-grass is amultiyear plant occasionally multiplying by mating. Chickenpox is found
on the shore zone of the sea, while najas mostly prevail in creeks. Higher variaties of
plant are good shelters for fish and water birds. Some fish release their spawn on
plants.
Phytoplankton is a base for fish resources and most of the sea animals feed on them.
Phytoplankton of the Caspian Sea differs from the sea variaeties by its low number of
predominance of fresh water types. Both fresh and salty alga grows in the
phytoplankton of the Caspian Sea and it is due to low salinity of the sea. There are 450
alga varieties in the phytoplankton of the Caspian: of these diatome alga 163, bluegreen alga 102, green alga 139, dinofit varieties 39, golden alga 2, evlen alga 5. In the
phytoplankton of the Caspian, sea alga 47, water alga 66, salty-fresh se alga 74, fresh
water alga 210, and other alga varieties 52. Porocentrum and rhizosolenia are more
predominant in the phytoplankton of the Caspian Sea. Salinity of the Mid and Southern
Caspian is higher than the Northern Caspian, whereby fresh water alga can't survive
and perish.
Monitoring results are presented in broader detail in chapter 5.
Socio-Economic Situation.
Economic development started after large oil and gas projects were launched in
Azerbaijan and due care was taken of developing economic infrastructure, as well as
motorways, railways, air and water transportation.
The main issue hampering socio-economic development of the country is occupation of
20% territory of our country by Armenia and refugee status of more than 1 million of
our citizens.
Population. According to the official statistical data from 2012, population number is
9,2 million persons. 52.9% of the population are urban while 47.1% rural (Table 1).
Mean population density is 106 persons/km2. Concentration of the population in the
country is unequal. So the mostly populated regions of the country is the Absheron
peninsula, Lankaran-Astara economic region (130/km2), density in mountainous and
semi-desert areas is below 10 persons/km2.
Development dynamics of non-oil areas in 2012 in real terms was 9.7% (2011: 9.4%0.
So as compared to 2011, communications are grown by 15.9%, transportation area
5%, construction 18%, agriculture 5.8%, trade 9.6%.
From all financial sources, 15338.5 million AZN were directed to the development of the
country economy and social areas in 2012 or 18% more investments directed to fixed
assets than the respective period of the previous year. 78.8% of the funds directed to
fixed assets are internal investments, and 21.2 -foreign investments. Of total
investments directed to fixed assets in 2012, non-oil sector 11690.5 million AZN
(76.2%) and oil sector 3648 million AZN (23.8%).
Environmental Impact Assessment of the Project
18

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
Activities, Aspects and End receivers Assessment of ecological, social and cultural
impacts bases on interrelationships between project related activities and the
related to end receivers. Aspects are defined as components of project
activities in interaction with the environment. End receivers are defined as
components in the project area that may be subject to impacts of
implementation.
aspects
related
project
project
The followings include project related activities:

Mobilization Phase
Delivery to the Project Site of Facilities and equipment
Performance (Implementation) Phase

1) Construction and operation of DWF 7:
Permit
Installation of support foundation and superstructures
Getting ready offshore site for installation works
Casting support platform on sea bottom
Delivery and installation of modules by crane vessel to the construction site
Installation of other equipment and facilities
Laying subsea pipelines
Testing,
Table: Activities, Aspects, potential end Receivers

Activities
Aspects
Potential End
receivers
Emission of processed gases

into atmosphere
Atmosphere
Communities
Emission of polluted gas into

atmosphere from vessels and
generators
Atmosphere
Communities
Noise
Communities
Fauna
Atmosphere
Mobilization Phase
Mobilization-Delivery of
Facilities and Equipment to
the Project Site
Implementation Phase
Casting support platform in
the sea bottom
Delivery and installation of Emission of polluted gas into

modules to construction site atmosphere from vessels and
via crane vessels
generators
Noise
Communities
Fauna
19

"Gunashly" field
Installation of other
equipment and facilities
Environmental
division
Emission of polluted gas into

atmosphere from vessels and
generators
Communities
Noise
Communities
Fauna
Fauna
Surface Waters
Emergence of Liquefied
Waste
Installation of subsea pipes
Flows and Leaks
tests
Atmospheric emissions of
processed gases
Fauna
Surface Waters
Atmosphere
Communities
Quality of Atmosphere. Impact Assessment. Sources of impact on atmosphere

during construction of SDO 7 at Gunashly field:
welding during construction-installation works,
harmful substances discharged into atmosphere during partition installation and
painting works
use of technological equipment, plugs, smoke, ventilation
Emission of ingredients from sleeve pipes.
Potential discharge of harmful substances into atmosphere is not fully accepted despite
the fact that atmospheric protection in "Construction and operation of DWF 7 at
"Gunashly" field of the design facility has been designed as per the requirements of
general sanitation norms.
Considering all of the above points "construction and operation of DWF 7 at "Gunashly"
field anticipated in the project" is characterized by minor impact on the pollution level of
the atmosphere.
The areas affected by the project may be nearby DWFs depending on highly probable
wind direction affected by the project.
Mitigation The followings measures will be taken in order to mitigate impacts on the
quality of atmosphere due to Construction and operation of DWF 7 at "Gunashly"
field:
Vessel, machinery and equipment to be used shall be in order and meet all the
national and international standards.
Atmospheric impacts due to emissions from ancillary equipment (welding
equipment, pumps and etc.), mechanisms and machinery.
Solid Wastes. Impact Analysis The hard substances emerging during project related
activities belong to the wastes emerging in household.
Solid wastes also include consumption materials, wood and cardboard, sanitation waste,
rubber, cable pieces, plastic, and glass. Food packages, cigarette boxes, excess food
also cause of solid waste.
20

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
Such impacts are temporary and as given "Minor" in Table 7.2, it will be in mean level
and will have high mitigation potential. Impacts are temporary and impact with lower
significance level will emerge. Such impacts will end with construction and
operation of DWF 7 at "Gunashly" field. Notwithstanding this, to minimize or avoid
negative impacts from solid and hazardous waste discharges, a number of mitigation
measures have been adopted.
Mitigation All waste water, mud, spillage and other hazardous compounds will be
disposed of outside the foundation boundaries in designated and permitted locations.
Chemical substances, chemical compounds for example, paintings and acids,

purification solvents will be disposed of outside the foundation boundary in any
designated location or sea environment.
All solid wastes will be packaged in a manner defined and transported to

designated locations.
Contractor employees will take a number of measures to minimize potential

pathogenous cases;
Water Facilities. Impact Assessment Production and household waste waters

appearing during construction and use of design facilities account for the main forms of
environmental impact.
Causes: low-quality performance of construction-installation works, proper exploitation
of equipment, compliance with the waste utilization regulations, corrosion, natural
impacts and etc.
Temporary discharges and flows into valleys are likely to happen during the project
implementation phase. Such influences will only be temporary and their scale will be
lower. Such impacts will be temporary with its scale, as seen from Table 7.2 will be
small and low. Construction works will have the influences lower than significant level
and have high mitigation potential. Such impacts will end with construction and
operation of DWF 7 at "Gunashly" field. Notwithstanding this, to minimize potential
negative influences on water sources or avoid them, a number of mitigation measures
have been meted out as presented in the below section.
Mitigation To minimize the changes likely to take place in the sea of the project
corridor to the possible minimum levels, the following design features are considered:
Lubricants, fuel and other hydrocarbons are kept off the water environment as
far as possible;
Solid wastes will be managed in a proper manner;
Solid substances will be covered to minimize being washed away by water;
Where complaints arise, incidents and possible disruption of water supply

sources will be investigated by the contractor and where they are reasonable and
proven;
Impact on Noise Level Vessel engines are the main source of noise related to the
project, which may cause noise up to 90 dbA (see: the table given below). Noise is
usually falls from 6,0 down to 7.5 dBA when the distance doubles.
Therefore when the mechanisms generating higher noise levels are operated, the level
21

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
of influence upon sensitive receivers will not exceed 80 dBA.

Sensitive receivers located at a 50 m distance from water sources will be subject to
mean and weak influences. Since influence is of temporary nature, influence on wildlife
hasn't been considered in this case.
Noise from construction works of SDO 6 will be temporary and its scale will be of mean
level as given in Table 7.2 Mean/Low. The impacts below the significant level will likely
to happen with high mitigation potential. Such influences will end when operations are
over.
Mitigation To protect existing sensitive areas from high noise levels, the following
mitigation measures will be taken:
to minimize the influences, Constructor shall have the following facilities;

o Maintenance and servicing of all the equipment in order to minimize noise
levels,
o Proper placement of equipment in order to minimize disturbance.
Silences from heavy machinery shall always be kept in a proper manner
I m pact on Vegetation The vegetation layer in the project site is described in detail in
Chapter 5. Here one tissue alga is widespread. In general, impact on vegetation layer of
the overall area will be temporary and minor.
I m pact on w ildlife Wild life in the project area is described in detail in Chapter 5.
Here main animal species are macrobenthos, zooplankton organisms and fish. In
general, impact on wildlife will be at the lowest, temporary and minor level
Mitigation Vegetation Layer Impact on vegetation layer is to be prevented by
Temporary means as given below:
Local vegetation layer is to be protected to the highest level possible.
Contractor will ensure that the impact on vegetation layer is at the minimum
level.
W ildlife
The project staff shall be given clear instructions as to prohibition on fishing.

Prevention of discharge of solid waste, oil products and other contaminants into
sea environment.
Nature P reservation and P rotected Areas there are no protected nature preserves
near the project facilities and therefore no impact is expected.
Cumulative Impact Duration of impact in Project proposed over major ecological

indices will be limited by construction and operation of DWF 7.
Impacts of proposed project are temporary and limited and therefore its cumulative
impacts are not considered.
Transboundary Impacts Project related activities will take place within the basin of
the Azerbaijani section of the Caspian Sea, Gunashly field. No environmental regional
impacts are to be expected within this activity and therefore the project will not cause
any transboundary impacts.
22

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT
Ecological Management Plan. This Ecological Management Plan (EMP) has been
developed for each component of the project and covers specific activities in interaction
with environment. EMP is a key project tool for implementation of mitigation programs,
monitoring programs, and other environmental protection procedures throughout the
project.
EM P Goals. This EMP covers the principles, duties, and requirements relevant upon
effective ecological management throughout the project implementation.
EMP has the following goals:
Definition of activities likely to cause negative environmental impacts;
detailed explanation of mitigation measures to be taken and procedures for their

implementation;
establishment of accountability system to be performed during the project

implementation.
Ecological M itigation/ M anagem ent P lan The proposed project will include
Mitigation Plan to be specifically incorporated into the Technical Specifications.
This section of the Report describes minimization, restriction, elimination of impacts
down to "acceptable/insignificant" or "below significant level" or "below significant level
by taking mitigation measures" or taking mitigation measures to recover any harm
caused (see: Chapter 7). When such mitigation measures are taken, practical results of
such measures shall be made visible. Both costs and impacts may be kept at a
minimum level by prior planning.
1. Authorizations, permits and licenses issued in connection with ecology,
2. EMP training,
3. Contract areas,
4. Sensitive environment,
5. Materials transportation, utilization and storage,
6. Power supply,
7. Liquid waste,
8. Vessel entry and movement
9. Staff and equipment movement
10. Wildlife protection,
11. Maintenance and fuelling of equipment,
12. Solid wastes management,
13. Hazardous materials,
14. Fire,
15. Atmosphere and dust,
23

"Gunashly" field
Environmental
division
16. Noise,
17. Visual,
Ecological M onitoring Project related Environmental monitoring facilities are sources

of potential impacts from construction of SDO 7 (deep foundation and drilling
equipment, vessels, personnel and etc.).
There are different monitoring activities in practice all of which are to some extent
appropriate to ESIA investigation. Their main types are briefly described below:
Baseline M onitoring: Before works commence (pre-audit investigation)

baseline investigation of ecological parameters shall be conducted within the
project area. The observations thereafter may be assessed by way of comparing
the changes taking place in such parameters over time with based on data.
Baseline monitoring has been conducted by SOCAR Ecology Department.
I m pacts M onitoring Contractor and Customer will keep ESIA implementation
Conform ity M onitoring: Regular observations are carried out to ensure the
under control and this is organized by Customer or contractor by agreement.
project is adequate to the ecological protection standards in this form of

monitoring; or it utilizes non-stop recording of special ecological quality
indicators or contamination levels.
Monitoring shall be regular and be conducted within the project implementation phase.
Goals in conducting Project related Ecological Monitoring is as follows:
Creation of database to define any short or long-term ecological and social

impacts from the project.
If any of the ecological control measures or practices fail to meet acceptable

standards then provision of initial data.
Observation of efficiency of project implementation and mitigation measures.
Ascertain presumable ecological impacts within ESIA investigation.
Define whether the project is in line with regulatory requirements, standards,

and government policies.
Take corrective measures where unexpected problems or unacceptable impacts

emerge.
Provision of data to facilitate ecological inspection.
Provision of observation data in real time mode through designated Internet site.
Meetings with local executive power and information on progress of works.
Complaints registration and responding, finding mutual solutions to problems.
24

No. 7 in Gunashli field by 28 May Oil and Gas
Production Department
CHAPTER
Environmental
division
INTRODUCTION
1.1 General Information
Environmental and Social mpact Assessment (ESIA) is a key tool to thoroughly assess
potential ecological and social risks from pertaining to the project. It integrates detailed
description of the current status (baseline assessment), potential ecological and social
consequences from all project activities, as well as direct impacts of the project
considering also alternatives.
"Construction and operation of DWF 7 at 28 May OGPD "Gunashly" field was contracted
by "Azneft" PU and designed following the design order approved by Kh.Yusifzadeh, First
Vice-president of SOCAR on 01.08.2010.
Gunashly" field is situated in Absheron archipelagos, 120 km to the East from Baku city
and 12 km from Oil Rocks. Sea depth within the field ranges from 80 m (North-west) to
300 m ( South-west). The sea depth is covered by modern sea sedimentations consisting
of 2-5 m thick silty aleurites. Sea depth on the spot where DDSO-7 will be constructed
makes up 147 m and currently, construction of foundation is ongoing. It is expected that
80 t metric tons of oil will be extracted from each well to be constructed.
1.2 Project objective
Necessity arouse to construct DWF to drill new wells in order to enhance oil and gas
extraction at Gunashly" field and the oil, gas-condensate, flue and natural gases
extracted from oil and gas wells at DWF 7 will be supplied to "Gunashly" field collector
system.
Design data
Following the assigned task, the following baseline data have been submitted for
designing the construction of SDO 6 at "Bulla-Daniz" field:
Table 1.1. Baseline data
Number of oil wells in the foundation
Productivity of oil wells extracted at DWF, t/day
4
80
Amount of flue gas extracted at DWF, m3/day
200
Pressure from products extracted from oil wells in supply pipes, not 2,0-2,3
greater than MPa
Number of gas-condensate wells in the foundation
26

Environmental
division
Natural gas productivity of gas-condensate wells at DWF, m3/day

Condensate productivity of gas-condensate wells at DWF, t/day
2400
400
Pressure from the product extracted from gas-condensate wells

within supply pipes, not greater than, MPa
8,0
The following are preliminary data for designing subsea pipelines as per the technical
condition:
Tablel1.2. Preliminary data to design subseas pipelines
Designed subsea pipelines
Pipe's external diameter and

thickness Dxb, mm
Pipe length,m (linear

section)
DWF19-DWF7 (gas lift line)
219x16
1250
DWF7-DWF19 (gas-fluid
line)
325x16
1250
DWF7-DWF19 (high
pressure gas line)
325x16
1250
DWF7-DWF14 (gas-fluid
line)
325x16
2125
DWF8-DWF7 (high pressure

gas line)
325x16
1210
DWF8-DWF7 (gas-fluid line)
325x16
1210
DWF7-DWF19 (low pressure

gas line)
325x16
1250
219x18
1250
219x18
2125
DWF7-DWF19 (high
pressure waster line)
DWF14-DWF7 (high
pressure water line)
Other conditions formulated by Azneft PU for design purposes:

High pressure separation system and methanol tank shall be placed in outdoor and
not indoor conditions;
External heating system shall be designed when laying all gas lines and pipes wihtin
the foundation;
Insulation and heating of high pressure separators externally;
High pressure gas will be collected;
Air compressor ( nitrogen) facility - to be considered when designing;
27

Environmental
division
3 modern pipes will be installed to transit the product;

All connections joined in the foundation shall be via flanges;
installation of ball steering valves of the well's manifold system shall be remote and
computer controlled;
Laboratory services shall be provided to determine physical properties of the fluids
in the foundation.
Goal of this report is to identify any potential negative impacts on environment and
socio-economic area and minimize, eliminate them or take other counter measures when
they are identified in advance during construction and operation of DWF 7.
Figure 1.1. Layout of the project area

HSSE considers the following objectives:
ensure consideration of the environmental concerns at project planning and compilation
stage;
ensure consideration and implementation of requirements meeting high environmental
standards in project implementation phase;
have in place measures proposed to identify environmental and social impacts, if
necessary, establish, assess, and minimize their number;
28

Environmental
division
ensure consideration of conditions and requirements arising out of the legislation;

consultations with all the parties concerned with the project, consideration of their ideas
and proposals;
demonstrate the project is implemented considering environmental and socio-economic
concerns.
Potential impacts are assessed along the following criteria:
relevant local and international standards, rules and instructions regarding environment;
current ecological conditions and problems;
the issues and concerns raised by all the concerned parties.
Current and scheduled oversight over identification of potential environmental impacts
arising out of the project, implementation of monitoring and impact minimization works,
quality and efficiency assessment. Where surplus impacts are identified, additional
measures are adopted to minimize and monitor the impacts.
1.3 Regulatory-legal requirements
Activity in environmental protection during construction and exploitation of the design
facility bases on the laws "on environmental protection", " Ecological safety", " Fishing"
"sanitation-epidemiological health" ," Core of earth code", "water code", "Land code" and
other laws and current regulatory papers of the Republic of Azerbaijan.
The following factors have been considered in order to ensure environmental protection:
compliance with the standards, norms and regulations in force in environmental
protection area in the Republic of Azerbaijan;
efficient utilization of natural resources;
prevention of environmental contamination.
This portion of the project includes the technical, technological, constructive and
organizational works ensuring environmental protection during construction and use of
design facilities and communications.
The plants, equipment and communications applied in this project are developed as per
the State standards, norms, and regulations and may be adopted as
environmental-friendly tools. Repair-construction works shall be performed in compliance
with environmental norms, sanitation and safety rules in production.
The production waste generated during construction of the design facility (welding rods,
splinters, reinforcement bar, metal scrap) will be collected and transported to the
production base of the enterprise. Metal scrap material will be transported to the plant
for melting while other waste will be taken to a location designated by
Sanitation-epidemiology representatives for utilization.
Some of painting and anti-corrosion insulation works shall be performed at the plant.
When performing welding works at the construction site, and insulation works in other
sites, requirements of regulatory-technical papers such as GOST 51-01-04-84 and MS
0136002-100-2000 shall be complied with.
29

Environmental
division
The following measures are contemplated to prevent environmental pollution in the

design:
proper placement of technological equipment;
keeping anticipated clearances between communications;
selection of well-head equipment as per layer pressure;
optimization of technological regimes and conditions;
provision of equipment operated under high-pressure with protective valves and
their connection to enclosed flare system;
ensure all equipment, reinforcement bars and pipelines are fully sealed;
modern control over the management of technological process, use of signaling
and automation devices;
verification by proper methods of selected design facility indices, their acceptance
in terms of compliance with all requirements, durability and mechanical features of
electrodes to weld reinforcement bars, pipes, welding, etc;
check new equipment and technological pipes for hydraulic or pneumatic tightness
after they are installed;
fit valves at the beginning and end of pipelines in line with work pressure;
metal sheet with height 150 mm and thickness 5 mm placed at the bottom of the
enclosure along the whole perimeter of the construction site;
plan a drain system to accumulate industrial wastewaters;
installation of biological purification plants in order to deactivate household waste;
accumulation and delivery to designated locations of household waste materials;
prohibit use of equipment, mechanisms and aggregates
control-measurement instruments when constructing the facility;
with
faulty
use of anti-corrosion sheaths to protect structures and communications from

corrosion.
1.4 ESIA Work scope
ESIA work scope has been developed by the customer and is outlined as given below.
The Contractor will be responsible for developing ESIA in line with the requirements of
Ministry of Ecology and Natural Resources of the Republic of Azerbaijan. All regulatory
norms and advanced methods will apply when developing ESIA . the main focus in ESIA
will include but not limited to key issues and the most serious impacts given below:
Bases and Description of the Project
Summary of Law and Norms
Existing Environment
Physical and Geographical Layout
30

Geology and Geological hazards,
Land and land utilization
Climate and Meteorology
Surface Waters
Biological and Natural Resources (Flora and Fauna)
Air pollution
Noise and vibration
Social and Economic Aspects
Archeology and Cultural heritage
Environmental
division
Assessment of Potential Impacts of the Proposed Activity

Management of Logistics Supply
Waste Management
Spill Prevention and Control
Transportation
Reliability and Safety
Project Alternatives
Impact Minimization and Monitoring Measures offered to minimize impacts upon
the environment and humans.
1.5 Report Structure
ESIA structure was developed and coordinated with the customer as per the work scope
given in par. 1.3 specified above.
Environmental Impact Assessment Reports will contain the following sections:
Summary
This section will primarily consist of the brief materials extracted from the concept of ESIA
Reports and focus on investigation results and summaries. This section will be in greater
detail possible for general readers.
Chapter 1: Introduction
This Section will outline goals, targets, and scale of ESIA investigations and present the
criteria to be used for baseline environmental assessment for the investigated areas.
Such sections will also reflect brief information on field surveys, ecological and relocation
issues, ESIA investigations, and general information on normative requirements.
Chapter
2:
Environmental
and
Socio-Economic
Impact
Assessment
31

Environmental
division
Methodology
This Chapter defines potential impacts on physical, biological, and socio-economic setting
of the design area. The chapter also outlines that will help to minimize the negative
ecological impacts from the project. Project's potential impacts will be assessed during
mobilization and installation phase of SDO 6 construction works.
Chapter 3: Project Description
This Section will present the technical frame of the proposed Project. the information
given in the chapter will be taken from Terms of Reference developed for SDO and will be
made as brief as possible.
Chapter 4: Legal Framework, Norms and Standards
Relative normative frame, including also the plans and policies (national/international) of
the proposed designs will be discussed in this chapter.
Chapter 5: Baseline Environmental status
This chapter presents current local and regional ecological conditions according to
consideration of project impacts. The issues assessed in this chapter will consist of the full
listing of defined potential ecological topics to consider for the area of its concern.
Chapter 6: Analysis of Alternative Options
This Chapter will reflect design rationale for 6 SDO construction works, summary of
alternative options considered in investigations and description of options considered for
the project.
Chapter 7: Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures
This chapter will outline the measures that will help to mitigate environmental and
socio-economic impacts and negative ecological impacts from the project. The proposed
project will be discussed in terms of potential environmental impacts and their defined
limits. Project impacts and mitigation measures will be numbered in sequence in each
chapter heading.
Chapter 8: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plans
This chapter will describe in great detail the way Environmental Management Plan or
Program will achieve required final status and the activities causing or likely to cause
negative impacts upon the environment, its control and monitoring activities.
This chapter will provide insight into the special requirements that will be observed in
project activities and comprehensive measures to be taken if such impacts are not
prevented or mitigated to the necessary level.
32

Environmental
division
This chapter will also include roles and duties of project stakeholders, ecological
management teams and contractors and outline the works performed to implement
mitigation measures.
Chapter 9: Public Consultations
This chapter will describe results of public consultations to be held with different project
stakeholders.
Appendices
This chapter presents field surveys and laboratory analyses methods, current standards,
detailed information on public consultations, photos, and maps carried out during
Environmental Impact Assessment investigations.
1.4.
Involved Organizations and Authorities
To achieve goals, SOCAR Ecology Department has built official communications with the
organizations and authorities of Pirallahy region. Ecology Division has officially appealed
to organizations and authorities of Pirallahy district to obtain available data, reports,
maps and other relevant information.
Representatives from "Azneft" PU "28 May" OGPD were contacted to gather necessary
data, carry out sea monitoring works, and hold public discussions.
33
Environmental Impact Assessment for

construction and operational period of Stationary
Sea Foundation No. 7 in Gunashli field by 28
May Oil and Gas Production Department
CHAPTER
Environmental
division
ENVRONMENTAL AND SOCO-ECONOMC MPACTS

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
2.1 Introduction
ESIA process is a systemic approach directed to assessment of ecological, social risks
and impacts and description of measures regarding their mitigation, management and
control from the beginning to the end of the project. Description of the projects
component parts and activities ensures basis for scope of defining risks and impacts
and the level of measures taken in this regard. The description also serves as a base for
approaches to mitigation, management control.
ESIA process usually covers the following items given in Figure 2.1.
Options
Requests Analysis
Description of Project alternatives and

Design fo the Main Work
Current Status of Ecological and SocioEcnomic Setting
Impacts Definition and Assessment

(including also summary and remaining
impacts)
Mitigation, Monitoring and Management

Measures
Figure 2.1 ESIA Process

To ensure stakeholders are involved in assessment and if any, contribute to mitigation,
management and control measures beginning from Project design phase, meetings with
stakeholders and disclosure of information regarding the Project and ESIA continues
33

Environmental
division
throughout the whole ESIA process.

Disclosure and discussion of preliminary ESIA Report is a part of the stakeholder
involvement in the Project and scheduled consultations.
It must be noted that ESIA process is not linear but a process with consistently
reviewed and modified outcomes during the time when project designation develops
and impact assessment is upgraded. The main result of the process is to have a
comprehensive ESIA in place presenting the outcomes achieved from concrete
investigations and full assessment. ESIA is a main tool for decision-makers in the
Project approval process.
2.2 ESIA Requirements
To define the scope and expert investigation of ESIA, relevant legal requirements
necessary to consider the scope and expert investigations and the standards defined or
not defined by law, summary of Azerbaijan's laws, international treaties, ecological and
scientific literature is provided.
2.3 Analysis of Requirements
Analysis of requirements is a process the risks relating to the key physical/biological,
social, cultural, economic, man-induced aspects of environment, and the works offered
are defined through this process and as soon as possible. When requirements are
analyzed, alternatives are established and assessed in greater detail in order to ensure
subsequent ESIA phases focus on assessment of alternatives substantiated only in
technical and financial terms.
Alternative assessment was conducted to define and assess alternative methods to be
used to alternative equations and conduct surveys on seismic lines in requirements
analysis phase. Ecological and social criteria were considered in selection of preferred
equation and method selection for proposed each survey line.
Requirements analysis process has included the potential ecological and social impacts
from the Project and define the approach offered for ESIA.
2.4 Basic Surveys
A key integral part of ESIA process is to ascertain previous ecological and social
conditions when assessing the potential Project impacts. Establishment of baseline
condition facilitates establishment of potential sensitive end receivers (for example,
ecosystems and local communities) and their sensitivity to impacts.
Existing Basic Data
This activity consists of summary of information on existing ecological, social and
cultural heritage received from existing sources, as well as government agencies,
published sources, stakeholders and local experts.
Summary includes the following topics: topography, geology, meteorology and climate,
34

Environmental
division
hydrology and water reserves, flora, fauna, protected areas, cultural heritage and socioeconomic condition. The baseline data sources and main documents used for this ESIA
are enumerated in Chapter 10.
Available specifications of the Project Site have been translated onto the map such that
any sensitive issues or limitations may be visible relative to the areas under the impact
of the project.
Preliminary (Baseline) Surveys
Apart from summary of open information, sea monitoring surveys have been conducted
and preliminary data gathered. Surveys were conducted in the years 2012-2013.
Methodologies and outcomes of basic surveys are presented in this Report together
with the information from the summary of literary data.
2.5 Impacts Definition and Assessment
Impacts assessment process is presented in Figure 2.2 and includes the below given
iterative process:
Forecasting What will happen with the environment (ecology) due to project
implementation?
Assessment - Is it subject to impact? Will it have positive or negative effect? To

what extent is it crucial? Does it meet Ecological and Social Goals of the Project?
Mitigation if it is significant, can it be done anything in this regard?
Remaining Impact Is it still crucial?
Forecast
What may
happen as a
result of
proposed
activities?
Approval of
additional
management
measures
Assessme
nt
Is it
substantial
(significant)?
Consultation
with
Stakeholders to
help address
this problem
Mitigation/
Consolidation
What can be
done in this
regard?
Interaction with
stakeholders and
Project engineers
to develop
solutions
Remaining
Impacts
Are there
still
significant
impacts?
It may be
necessary to
repeat
sequence for
some types
of impacts?
Figure 2.2: Impacts Definition and Assessment process

Impacts forecasting have been defined as potential impacts (for example, ecological,
35

Environmental
division
social or cultural heritage0 in respect of end received of the Project. Forecasting and
assessment of impacts considers the current management measures included in the
project to prevent potential impacts and minimize them to lowest levels possible.
Impacts have been assessed for some different aspects of the Project:
Planned events;
Unplanned events;
Summary;
Trans-boundary.
Definition of Significance of Planned Events

Impacts assessment describes what will happen through projects impact assessment
and their definition to the extent practically possible. It must also be noted that impacts
definition considers any mitigation and management measures when Project is
developed as part of the Project plan. Additional mitigation measures directed to further
minimization of anticipated impacts are offered in case they are necessary and
appropriate later.
Potential impacts (both beneficial and harmful) have been defined through technical
assessment of current ecological and social status. Assessment uses output data (both
preliminary and secondary data), national and international regulations on designing
and technical expertise of ESIA team.
Forecast impacts have been assessed in respect of the below given main stages over
the Project activity period:
Mobilization
Execution
Dismissal
Significance assessment criteria base on the followings:
Amplitude: Impact amplitude is a measure of the change in level bringing about

positive or negative impacts for end receivers due to developments in the baseline
ecological conditions. Baseline condition may include different diapasons and
impact amplitude may change as follows:
o Nature of changes which resources/end receivers are impacted and how;
o Scale and spatial dimensions
population/community impacted;
of
the
impacted
area
and
part
of
o Duration and length of time of the impact; and

o Type of impact, for example, direct or indirect impact.
Sensitivity: End receivers' sensitivity level bases on their durability against certain
stress makers. Sensitivity may also be regarded as "perception ability". Sensitivity
are not always the same.
An event's amplitude and sensitivity may be assessed from minor to greater and Table 2.1
36

Environmental
division
presents standard definitions of these terms. However accurate definition of amplitude and
sensitivity obtained from standard definition of the standard is given for each technical
subject and accordingly, presented in Chapter 7.
Table 2.1: Definition of Impacts Significance
Significance of Forecast Impacts (extent)
Extremely
severe (4)
Exceeds acceptable limits and standards or high altitude/sensitivity

resources/end receivers impacting mean value or mean
amplitude/sensitivity resources/end receivers impacting higher value
Higher (3)
Low and mean impact/sensitivity resources/end receivers impacting

as a broad category within standards that impact higher value and
high amplitude impacting mean sensitivity resources/end receivers.
Mean (2)
Low amplitude impacts, within the standard, and/or sensitivity

resources/end receivers relating to low or mean values, or amplitude
impacts/sensitivity resources/end receivers impacting the low value.
Low (1)
Impacts may not be distinguished from the background/natural level

of ecological and social/socio-economic changes
Full significance due to the event amplitude and end receiver's sensitivity may be found
using the matrix given in Table 2.3.
Table 2.2: Impact and Level of Impacts 1
mportance
Sensitivity
Extremely acute
Positive
High
Medium
Low
mpact intensity
Mitigation and Remaining Impacts

Impacts assessment process
full knowledge about the
environment and society. As
measures incorporated into
has been developed to make sure they are accepted with

Project related decisions, their potential impacts on
a matter of fact, ESIA is a process current management
the project development and planning. Any additional
11
Environmental Impact Assessment Handbook: A Practical Guide for Planners, Developers and Communities [B.
Carroll (Author), Trevor Turpin (Author). 2009
37

Environmental
division
management (control) measures aiming significant impact mitigation is understood as

mitigation measures. To locate the significant impacts on ESIA process and minimize
their level down to the acceptable levels together with Project team, it includes
development technically and financially substantiated and cost-effective tools.
When significant impact is established, hierarchies of mitigation options are as a rule
defined as follows.
Liquidation at the source eliminate impact source;
Weakening at the source -minimize impact source;
Mitigation minimize the impact between the member and end receiver;
weakening in end receiver - reduce impact on end receiver;
Remedy Correct the harm after it takes place; and
Recover/Replace replacement in kind or any different resource having equal

value.
Recovery / Replacement is as a rule regarded as a last resort, though it may be

requested under the Local laws (sometimes even regardless of impact significant
However recovery/replacement doesn't make the impact automatically "acceptable" or
exclude the need for considering other mitigation forms).
After all mitigation measures offered are taken, assessment has been done of the level
(remaining impacts) of impacts expected to remain. Nature of the expected impacts
(main features) has been described and its significance has been defined based on
relevant standards or norms.
Definition of the Significant Unplanned Events
Unplanned events include all the unforeseen events likely to have ecological and social
impacts. ESIA includes the kind of impacts that may be quantitatively assessed against
the type and the location of impact.
Definition of the Significance of General Impacts
General impacts may arise as a result of interaction between any remaining impacts (for
example, after mitigation) as well as impacts from other activities or events carried out
in the area. In other words, assessment of summary impacts will be equalized with
other projects or activities that may have significant impacts individually or in
combination ( i.e., jointly).
A more detailed information about general project may be seen at Chapter 7. As a rule,
assessment of general impacts bases on current or future activities an qualitatively
fulfilled considering opinion of ESIA team.
Definition of Transboundary Impacts Significance
Transboundary impacts crosses international boundaries and defined as a
transboundary impact on ecological, socio-economic, and cultural heritage. For the
purposes of impact assessment Azerbaijan's state borders will define the scale of
transboundary impacts.
The methodology used to assess possible significance of transboundary impact will be
38

Environmental
division
the same for all types of impacts.

2.6 Management and Monitoring
This ESIA report includes Environmental Management Plan (EMP). EMP shall integrate
all the aspects of mitigation, management, monitoring, and institutional measures
within the frame of Project related management plan (Chapter 8).
Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
Project preparation and development will base on the general description incorporated
into Chapter 8 of this report and will be supported by Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). ESIA and EMP will form part of the Health, Safety, Social and Ecological plan
through which the risks and impacts of the Project will be managed.
EMP is a key management role and helps to fulfill mitigation and management tasks
implemented as part of ESIA process. EMP will include plans and works, including also
state control that are necessary to address defined ecological and social risks and get
social activity standards.
39
Environmental Impacts Assessment for construction

and operation period of Deep Water Foundation 7 at
28 May OGPD "Gunashly" field
Chapter
DESCRIPTION
OF
OPERATION PROJECT
3.1
CONSTRUCTION
AND
General information
Gunashly" field is situated 120 km est to Baku city at Absheron archipelago, and 12
km to south-east from Oil Rocks. The depth of seabed varies from 80 meters (northwest) up to 300 meters (south-east) within the field baoundaries. Bottom depth of the
sea is covered with 2-5 m silty aleurites consisting of modern sea sedimentations. A sea
depth area where where DWF-7 is to be constructed is 147 meters and preparatory
works for the consruction of the foundation are currently going on. It is expected to
yield 80 tons oil from each well to be drilled.This project task anticipates "construction
and operation of DWF 7 at "Gunashly" field. DWF platform 7 consists of foundation and
top-structures. Foundation is made up of one pyramid jacket with sizes 44x64
(75x82,5)x51 m, while top-structure comprises deck area and 14 modules (M1; M1A;
M2Q; M2AQ; M2; M2A; M3Q; M3AQ; M3; M3A; M4Q; M4; M5Q; M5).
The project envisions mounting of decking on the jacket, M1; M1A; M2; M2A; M3;
M3A; M4; M5 modules on the decking and modules M2Q; M2AQ; M3Q; M3AQ; M4Q;
M5Q on relevant modules respectively, and below rig pedestal on modules M1; M1A.
Upper modules ("G" index modules) are planned to be dismounted after the well drilling
works at platform are complete.
Figure 3.1: Deep Sea Foundation

16

Other conditions set out by Azneft PU for design purposes:

high pressure gas separation system and methanol tank shall be mounted
outdoor and not indoor;
External heating system shall be envisioned to install all gas tubing and pipes
inside the foundation;
High pressure separators shall be insulated and heated externally;
Low pressure gas shall be collected;
Air compressor (nitrogen) operation shall be envisioned in the project;
3 pieces of Modern pumps
product;
shall be envisioned in the project to deliver the
The assembly of all the connections in the foundation shall be via carried out by
flanges;
The ball valve in the wells manifold system shall be installed remotely and
computer controlled;
Laboratory shall be set up to identify physical fluid properties in the foundation.
Figure 3.2. Layout of the foundations in"Gunashly" field

Layout plan of drilling and operation equipment under the project have been developed
and implemented at Baku Deep Water Jacket Factory (BDWJ) after H. Aliyev as per the
drawings showing layout plan of the equipment at modules. Thereafter modules are
transported and installed at construction sites by crane vessel.
17

Ground settelement of jacket due to its weight is shown as 2 m or not shown. The
distance from sea bottom up to top of the deck ( below the lower module pipe) is 13,5
meters and distance up to the top flooring is 29,5 meters.
Jacket was fabricated at BDWJ after H. Aliyev based on the previous project (request
No. 6748). All welding works on the current jacket that fall under the current project
shall be checked as per the construction norms and improper welding seams shall be
restored.
Further the fatigue level of jacket components (materials) shall be determined. As for
the previous project, the jacket was planned to be installed at depth 158 m, while in
the present project the depth is 148 m. Therefore necessities arouse to install jacket ~
10m shorter, which has been duly addressed (cutting of the lower panel). Furthermore,
cementing system of the new structure in the existing jacket, passenger deck,
deployment of additional components in diaphragms D1, D2, D3,and D4, supports for
walkways, service ways in the block, installation of submersible pumps shafts, pads B-1
and B-2, cable shafts, sea resque stairs, piles 1600x60 mm and cranes shall be
installed in the new jacket under the project.
The deck is also fabricated as per the previous project. The current project envisions
cleaning and painting, fabricating connection, delivery and installation of nodes.
Movement to and from the platform in project as per the modules shall be via vessels
and helicopters. The project anticipates provision of 2 passengers, 8 cargo (for vessels)
and 1 helicopter deck. In all other cases, passenger embarkation and disembarkation
from vessels shall be via the cargo cranes mounted on the platform. 2 passenger decks
have been planned for emergency cases.
Modules have been designed considering new drill equipment.
3.2
Drill wells
Plan is in place to drill 12 operation wells from the platform (as per project request-8
gas and 4 oil wells). Gas wells are located in M1 and oil wells in M1A module. To ensure
security of the area, the area is exposed in south-east and west and no equipment are
deployed in this area. In north the wells are separated from technological components
by a special partition (with 1 hour fire resistance). Such partitions are also used in other
areas for modules as per norms.
Household and accommodation bunkhouses are designed for 52 persons on the
platform. Bunkhouses are located (respectively jacket - 2230) in north-westerly and
Xmas pole in south-easterly direction.
Apart from the abovementioned, the project has addressed the following design
solutions for works performance:
technological section;
skidding the jacket onto the barge, its transportation and installation on
construction site;
restoration of the existing roads (stack) for skidding the jacket;
raising the jacket in order to restore the skidding paths (initially one side followed
by another side);
18

fabrication and installation of ancillary support beams to raise the jacket;

anticorrosion measures;
architecture and construction works;
sanitary engineering works ( water supply, air ventilation, heating systems, fire
safety, automated foam firefighting system);
power supply to platform, radio communication;
control measurement devices and automation;
technical requirements to the quality of the welding works performed in plant;
subsea pipelines.
Drilling of 12 operation wells at design drilling complex will be used in carrying out
technological process. Design depth of the wells to be bored is 3500 m. Wells will be
drilled in two rows in the foundation with the clearance between the rows and wells 3
m.
3.3
Drilling equipment and other plants to be installed at foundation
Drilling equipment ZJ 50/3150 DZM manufactured in Czech Republic initially

scheduled to be used in the approved project request, though later replaced by ZJ
70/4500 DZ drilling equipment under SOCAR letter 16/LS-169 XY, dated 04.11.2011.
Drilling complex (equipment) ZJ 70/4500 DZ manufactured in Czech Republic is
scheduled to be used for well drilling (as per project request).
The following equipment is included in the drilling complex:
1. Drilling rig and pedestal below it;
2. Power supply system;
3. Drilling pumps and circulation system equipment complex;
4. Cementing complex;
5. Location of technological reserves;
6. Anti-surge equipment;
7. Geophysical works equipment;
8. Labor mechanization;
9. Equipment and measures preventing environmental harm.
Pedestal below the rig divides into individual sections and comprises two layers, one of
which moves lengthwise and the other breadthwise. Top-structure is the flooring of the
drilling yard. Major part of the drilling rig may be moved along the beams on the yard
due to the superstructure.
Drilling rig is of shape "A" and type JJ450/48-Z with exposed frontier and comprising
several sections. Rig's crane block section is assembled on ground, later beginning from
the upper sections and connecting to lower section, each integral part is raised and
stacked on the transverse high beams in the drilling yard; flap ally, the rig is raised in
sections with the help of winch and meanwhile all the necessary connections and
19

mounting works are carried out.

3 units of pumps Mission 6x9xJ-121/2 have been installed to supply fluid into the drill
pumps.
Circulation system in drilling rig ZJ 70/4500 DZ ensures preparation, diluting,
cleansing gas from excavated rocks, chemical purification, injection of fluid into the well
when drilling pipe is mounted, storage of fluid in containments, their injection into the
well, and transfer by vessels.
6 fluid units have been provided with capacity 360 m to prepare and store drill fluid.
Circulation system comprises tank sets for 6 units of drill fluid. The tanks of this system
serving as a block are complete with five stepped purification plants.
Left of the fluid unit 5, two sand pumps are available to be used to dilute drill fluid.
Parallel running of the suction tubing of the pumps enables their alternate operation.
An area is built with total space 57 m3 to receive chemical reagents on the fluid tank 4
in the module M-3AQ for preparing chemical solvent.
Cementing equipment ensures preparation of cement fluid, lowering of it into the well
while cementing works are performed, and complex mechanization of cementing
process in the well, including also receipt and storage of dry cement for cementing
equipment. Cement volume per 1 well when protective pipes are reinforced (cementing)
is 188 tons.
Transfer of the cement into the storage chamber, its receipt from load vessel via
cement pipelines run along each side of the platform is via pneumatic system.
All the powder materials (cement, barite, betonite and chemical reagents) necessary at
the platform are properly packaged and placed in different parts of the platform.
Pipe yard is designed on the upper deck of the platform for drilling, technical and
operational pipes.
Reserve diesel fuel is stored in 2 fuel tanks with capacity 50 m3 each. One
used as a reserve tank and the other is complete with two oil pumps, an
indicating fluid level and proper tubing. Tanks are interconnected by tubing.
tanks is equipped with an engine pump protected from explosions and
transfer fuel as requested.
of these is
instrument
One of the
serving to
Two lubricant units are available on the platform comprising 3 containers mounted on
frames each to store different lubrication materials.
Stationary logging hoist complete with diesel engine and logging station are available
on the upper deck before the pedestal below rig.
The following anti-surge equipment are available:
- choke block;
- slowdown block;
- fluid-gas separator;
- key preventer control panel;
- standby preventer control panel-1 unit;
- Universal preventer "Shaffer" (USA)-1 unit;
20

- Contaminated two segmented "Shaffer" preventer (7VB) 1000 surge. pressure-2

units;
- single, segmented "Shaffer" (USA) Preventer, 1000 surge pressure;
- hydraulic test pump of anti-surge preventer (China)-140 MPa-surge;
- flexible regulation hose of anti-surge preventer - 5m;
- regulation block of anti-surge preventer FKQ1280-7;
- surge hazard alarms, sound and light alarms.
3 units of vessel cranes are available to transfer loads from and to vessels and carry out
other load out operations, of which:
- Vessel crane GOSCO L80-80 (USA) -jib-24 m, load carrying capacity 30 metric
tons, power 75kWt-2 units;
- Vessel crane C 60B-60 (USA) -jib-18m, load carrying capacity 24 metric tons,
power - 100 kWt;
Ducts are available to accumulate wastewaters from the modules flooring covering the
whole foundation area. The ducts are connected to 2 tanks units via pipelines with
capacities 120 and 100m3 respectively available on the deck area. There are mechanical
mixers with capacities 5,5 kWt on the containments ( 2 units in each tank). A mud
pump type "6IH8-2" with capacity 30 kWt is available near each tank and also, the
contaminated wastewaters in tubing yard is accumulated and transferred to
wastewaters tank. Such accumulated waters are utilized to produce reagents and drill
fluids.
Powderlike particles in the chemical reagents yard, barite, bentonite, and cement
storage chambers are accumulated by cyclones.
The processed oils discharged from rig pumps, drilling equipment are transferred to 2
units of tanks with capacity 2m3 on Modules M-2, M-4,5 and 1 tank with capacity 12m3.
Accumulated oils are transferred to vessel via oil pump.
It is scheduled to supply power to drilling equipment via diesel generators with 4 units
of CAT3512B" engines with capacity of each 110kWt and one standby diesel-generator
with engine "CAT C-15" with capacity 410 kWT both manufactured in China. 2 units of
"AKSA, "APO1250" type diesel generators with capacity 2x1000kWt are scheduled to
supply power to the remaining standby equipment and plants.
The design utility equipment will ensure transfer of the oil, gas-condensate, flue and
natural gases output from oil-gas wells at DWF 7 to the collection system at "Gunashly"
field.
2 manifold systems ensuring separate accumulation for oil and gas wells and state-ofart measurement units designed to measure the products in oil and gas-condensate
wells designed to keep well modes under constant control will be made available.
A pump station with two valve pump ensuring concurrent injection of oil and flue gas to
transfer the products from oil wells to the oil accumulation system at "Gunashly" field at
the low pressure level in well mouth, engineering block designed to operate the newly
overhauled oil wells, gas separation plant to separate gas-condensate well product into
gas and gas-condensate, outlet sealing nodes are available to transfer natural gas from
21

foundation to system.
Gas-lift separation unit, power gas heaters, gas distribution units are scheduled to be
made available in order to supply oil wells in foundation with gas-lift gas.
Gas surge and drains systems are scheduled to accumulate the gases and drains flows
that will be generated when emptying tubing within the foundation when wells are
operated, serviced and also in emergencies.
Measurement notes are scheduled to be installed to control the flows transferred to the
oil and gas pipes from the foundation under design.
To arrange nonstop operation of the plant in the design, the following engineering
solutions have been examined and addressed:
separate accumulation of products from oil and gas-condensate wells;
separate measurement of the product from oil and gas-condensate wells;
an engineering block to operate oil and gas wells drilled and overhauled;
multiphase pump station ensuring joint transfer (pressure increase) of flue gas
and fluid in order to transfer products from oil wells;
separation of products from gas-condensate wells;
measuring oil and natural gas flows from foundation;
separation and measuring the gas-lift gas entering the foundation;
heating gas-lift gas;
distribution of gas-lift gas across oil wells;
cleansing atmospheric gas emissions in flare separator;
accumulation and transfer to oil pipes of drain waters in drain unit;
nitrogen generating compressor station to blow nitrogen into the foundation pipes
and supply compressed nitrogen to NOC;
Operator room;
laboratory set up to identify the required physical properties of fluids produced
from the field;
foundation pipes systems;
equipment design and deployment in compliance with norms in foundation
separated section;
Equipment blocking and block's constructive solution.
As per oil wells' outfitting chart, fluid comprising fluid 400 m3/day and gas 200 m3/day
will be transferred to accumulation system for 4 oil wells. Fluids enters well manifold
block from its surge line, where it may be directed to flow measurement plant, standby
and discharge collectors. To direct fluid to collectors, drawers with design pressure
rating 4,0MPa are used. Manifolds are complete with protection valves with design
pressure rating 4,0 MPa.
3.4
Measurement devices
22

Mera-Massomer, OZNA-Massomer or OZNA-Vx"Mera-Massomer" measurement

devices may be used to measure fluid in oil wells. To connect the wells to automated
measurement device PSM type change switch is used within this device, which enables
to remotely measure the wells. As is widely known, "Sputnik" type measurement
devices have been used until now since the oil wells in "Gunashly" field have been
operated under high gas factor.
Measurement equipment of these devices is complete with the instruments
manufactured in USA.
The device comprises two units: technological and apparatus units. Technological unit
shall be deployed in production site and apparatus in the production sites with ambient
temperatures. The technological unit is complete with multi-step "PSM" type mechanism
enabling to remotely measure the well. Technological unit is selected for 6 wells and it
enables to measure all volumetric gas contents in oil wells debit.
Apparatus unit comprises data receipt-transfer unit (BRI) and power control unit,
indicates measured and determined parameters, transferred via communication
channels, and controls measurement process.
Currently, there is a need for heavy duty plants by emergence of new state-of-art
instruments.
The fluid flowing out of the measurement device's accumulation collector enters the
station equipped with multiphase two-valve pumps where it is injected into subsea
pipelines. There is a measurement point between the pump station and subsea
pipelines with capacity to measure two-phase flow between pipes and basing on Koriolis
principle. Closed discharge lines are scheduled in the engineering diagram. Closed
discharge lines are tied up to drains containment, which is supplied with pump. The
engineering diagram anticipates transfer of flow waters from containment to oil transfer
collector.
Subject to the engineering diagram for outfitting gas-condensate wells, natural gas 2,4
mln. m3/ and gas-condensate 240 t/day will enter the accumulation system from 8 units
of oil wells. According to the general accumulation methodology accepted from "Azneft'
PU for oil and gas-condensate wells in Gunashly field, plan is in place to mix the fluid
condensate from gas-condensate wells with fuid from oil wells under the diagram.
Fluid from gas-condensate wells surge line enters the manifold via pipes 89x8. Fluid
may be directed to measurement, reserve, and discharge collectors from the manifold.
Drawers with estimated pressure rating 16,0 Mpa has been used to direct fluid to
collectors and manifolds are complete with protective valves with estimated pressure
rating 9,0 MPa. Manifold units are equipped with pneumatically controlled "LG" type
three-stroke valves designed to shut down measurement device by remotely controlling
each well.
To measure fluid in gas-condensate wells, "REMMS multiphase flow measurement
system produced by "Weaterford" company is proposed to be intalled. Multiphase flowrate measuring 'REMMS" is based on "Red Eye" humidity measurement device. The
device is provided with 3 phase constant controller and comprises cyclone type
separator. This device enables to precisely and sequentially determine the gas, oil and
water concentration of mix flow in range 0....100%.
23

Structural indicators is completed with indicators of accumulation/investigation,

production process control and communication channels. This system is durable to the
highest pressure and temperature levels. REMMS ANS B31.3 meets standard
requirements.
Fluid from gas-condensate wells are fed into Separators S-2/1 and S-2/2 (one is
scheduled as standby) via collectors. Upon determination of at measurement nodes of
individual fluid and gas consumption at the separator outlet, fluid portion is fed into oil
collector, while gas into outlet manifold unit. Gas is transferred to subsea pipeline from
the unit. 2 units of cutting valve and outlet unions leading to 6 subsea pipes with size
D-300 mm are planned.
To exploit well after drilling and overhaul, technological unit is scheduled as shown in oil
wells outfitting plan.
Technological unit includes gas separator with estimated 6,4 MPa, horizontal apparatus
with estimated pressure rating 0,6 MPa with capacity 20 m, and 2 units of piston pump
pipeline 9MQR. Technological unit will make it possible to maintain the oil and gascondensate wells in operational mode.
3.5
Manifold unit
Two manifold units will be used in the foundation as follows:

manifold unit ensuring collection and transfer of product from oil wells (oil
manifold unit);
manifold unit ensuring collection and transfer of the product from gascondensate wells (gas-condensate manifold unit).
Drawers and protective vales are furnished to direct the surge line in the oil wells to
main surge line measurement unit, primary and emergency collector, and technological
unit and flare separator. Manifold diagram is designed to operate the well in operational
and exploitation modes, as well as connecting it to the measurement device. The
manifold is distinct for its compactness and it was designed in the foundation. Oil
manifold unit is designed for 2 manifolds. Unit's pipelines and shutdown equipment
were designed as "B" category pipeline using pipes 89x8 and M P-40 MPa pressure
shutters considering consumption rate. Manifold units shall be tested under pressure
rating 6,0 MPa. Protective valve shall be adjusted to 3,6 MPa.
Drawers and protective valves are furnished to direct main surge line from gascondensate wells and manifold unit wells to measurement unit, primary and secondary
collector, technological unit and flare separator.
There are 9 units (1 standby) of manifold units available onsite. Unit's pipelines and
shutdown equipment have been designed as pipeline category "B" using pipes 89x8
mm, D-80mm D-10,0 MPa considering flow consumption rate. Protective valve shall
be adjusted to pressure rating 9,0 MPa.
Manifolds are scheduled to operate for over for 30 year period.
3.6
Pump station
24

The project anticipates multiphase pump station to transfer products from oil wells at
lower pressure rating of well mouth from the foundation. Pump station makes it
possible to reduce pressure at wellmouth down to 0,8-1,0 MPa. Given the product from
oil wells will be separated at pressure rating 1,3 MPa at DWF 3 and sicne pressure
rating at foundation will be 2,0 MPA, pump station with 3 pumps MHC-960/3-320/25x3
manufactured by "Likvidprom" company (RF) is proposed ( pressure different at inlet
and outlet 2,0 MPa). The station is also equipped with similar products manufactured in
European countries. 1 pump will serve as standby in operation process and given that
the station is housed within the module, it is accepted as outdoor (assembly type - "A").
Station design power 1200 kWt, utilized power 800 kWt. Productivity of one pump is
320 m3/hr.
To ensure operation of 4 oil wells placed in he foundation by gas-lift oil extraction
method, shutdown, regulation valves are available at the technological unit of "URQL"
type gas distribution plant where technological unit pipes and measurement
instruments are provided. Technological unit is housed within carriage type block-box.
Instruments and power equipment are selected to be explosion proof and the unit may
be placed in the area falling under B-1a class for its hazard level. The plant helps to
measure pressure and temperature of gas-lift gas distributed across wells and pressure
loss in the orifice, computes gas consumption in the general collector and well lines,
transfers data to base indicators, keeping he gas consumption fed into he well at
estimated level and distributing reagent (methanol) across well lines.
3.7
Apparatus unit
There are apparatuses available to control and manage the technological unit in the
apparatus. Apparatus unit is deployed in a zone with normal conditions and it has the
following parameters.
pressure rating, MPa - 316;
temperature - -5-70;
number of wells - 6;
gas quantity fed into well lines, thsnd m3/day 4,8100;
collector diameter, mm - 80 mm;
diameter of well lines, mm - 50 mm.
The project envisions 2 units of power gas heating apparatus with capacity 64 kWt to
heat gas-lift gas ( 1 operational +1 standby). The heating apparatus heats the gas from
10C to 35C. This apparatus shall be explosion proof and its layout zone is deflated as
B-1a.
The project anticipates separation of the product from gas-condensate wells to natural
gas and gas-condensate and transfer of natural gas independently, while gascondensate will be transferred by mixing it with the products from oil wells. For initial
separation of 2,4 mln. m3/day gas, 1 units of gas separators have been selected with
diameter 1200 mm with design pressure rating 11,0. Separators' gas and gascondensate outlets have been furnished with measurement devices. Separators' fludi
outlet lines are complete with level keeping valve nodes. Separators are furnished with
inlet-outlet, drains pipes and tightening-regulatory structures mounted on the frame as
a unit. Two units of separation units are used in the project.
25

Gas-lift gas fed via subsea pipelines or from gas-condensate well to foundation is
provided with gas separation unit to cleanse it from fluid and mechanical particles it
may contain without being fed into gas distribution plan. Inlet type gas separator has
been accepted with pressure rating 11,0 MPa, diameter 1000 mm at separator unit.
Separator unit is complete with shutting-regulating pipe and local instruments. Gas lift
separator unit's gas productivity is 1,0 mln. m3/day.
3.8
Technological unit
Technological unit is designed to separate fluid and gas in the exploitation process og
oil and gas wells. Technological unit includes gas separator QJ-64-1600, with volume
1-2-2000-06-1-2-1-0, horizontal apparatus with volume 20 m3, tightening-regulating
bar, pipelines, 2 units of power engines VAO 92-6 with circulation rate 980 rpm with
piston 9MQP.
Technological unit specifications:
table 3.1: Technological unit specifications
Separator productivity:
fluid, m3/day
Gas, Nm3/day
Separator pressure, MPa
Tank volume, m3
Tank pressure, MPa
Pump
Engine power kVt
Maximum pump pressure, MPa
Pump productivity, l/sec
Dimensions, m
- separator unit
- pump unit
- tank unit
Mass, kg
- separator unit
- pump unit
- tank unit
700
1,106
6,4
20
0,6
9MP
75
4,0
14,4
2,82x3,6x6,24
4,15x2,12
8,3x3,6x4,3
14000
4432
13000
Apart from abovementioned, shutting-regulating bar is scheduled to control flows within

the foundation.
Flare separator is scheduled to cleanse from fluid the gases releases into atmosphere
originating from internal pipelines and when repair-restoration works are carried out in
apparatuses. Separator with diameter 1800 mm, productivity 3-106m3/day has been
assumed as a flare separator.
Nitrogen equipment integrates unit containers protecting from weather influences,
compressor unit ensuring compression of atmosphere to the required operational
26

pressure rating (0,8 MP), and compressed air drying and cleansing system-required air
cleanliness class (dampness, hydrocarbons, dus particles). required air cleanliness class
1-2 (R ISO 8573-1-2005 Compressed air), tubing bar, automated ventilation and
heating system, firefighting system-self-propelled - 1(2) or any other type of fire
extinguisher, and additional manual fire extinguisher -4, power supply system
adjusted to , gas separating unit is scheduled to separate air from atmosphere.
Membrane gas geparate unit is available; lighting consists of the primary and ancillary
system.
Laboratory comprises 2 valves, laboratory stool with footing, 2 stands -400 TB3, 1 cloth closed -800 , 1 unit of closed for instrumentation -800 ,
1 closet for chemical reagents -800 IIIP, weighting closet -1200 -,
chair -1500 , chair wash station -800 MO.
An appropriate devises established for laboratory uses will be used.
Discharge system is designed to discharge the apparatuses operating or maintained
under pressure and pipes. All apparatuses provided in the foundation that operated
under pressure are connected to this system. Flare separator with diam. 1800 mm is
used in the discharge system. Outlet line of the flare separator is connected to gas filter
with height 40 m and different pipes are used made of steel 20.
The current methanol plant provided in the foundation will be utilized to fight hydrate.
two units of apparatuses with capacity 25 m3, d. 2,4 m, productivity 160 I/hour, and 4
dose pumps with pressure rating 10 MPA (2 operational and 2 standby) corresponding
pressure drawers and tubing will be used in the unit. The methanol from the unit will be
transferred to outlet chambers.
27

3.9
Drains system
Drains system is designed in the foundation that integrates all technological equipment,
apparatuses and tubing. Frames of manifold units are provided with bases that are also
connected to drains system. Drains waters from all plants are flown into drains unit via
drains pipes. Drains waters are fed into the reservoir of the technical unit thereafter the
collected oil is fed into the oil pipes via 9 MGp pumps of the unit.
Facility's technological equipment is provided in the foundation preventing mutual flows.
Here attempts were made to separate the areas of oil wells where gas-condensate wells
and equipment operated under high-pressure with fire resistance partition A-60. Due to
the fact that the oil, gas, gas-condensate carrying equipment and pipelines are situated
in the enclosed space, the area was classified as A-1a class for its fire-explosion hazard
level. The equipment requesting normal ambient temperatures - automated and control
instrumentation and power equipment havfe all been removed from the unit.
An area enclosed with wall fire resistance type A-60 was used to isolate the equipment
requiring ambient temperature (NOC and A facilities, operator room, laboratory) from
A-1 environment located nearby. Suggestion is made to isolate the equipment deployed
in the area with B-1a,B-12 hazard level from the zone where oil and gas-condensate
wells are located via A-60 type fire resistance wall.
Further it is recommended to install fire resistant wall type A-60 to isolate the zone
housing oil wells from the zone of gas wells.
3.10 Laying of pipelines
Subsea pipes between DWF7, DWF7-DWF14, DWF8-DWF7 in sequence as per technical
terms at "GunashlY" field.
Pipelines will be laid by free submersion method through opening flaps in the center of
the plate. To do this the lock sets on top of the flaps (opening mechanisms) have been
directed towards head and end facility.
Erect tubing is fitted in the foundation without use of elbows 90 at Deep Water
Foundations (When the pipeline is submersed in the sea bottom the steel tubing takes
the form of flexible erect tubing).
2 piped sections are welded to erect tubing from crane vessel to take the design place.
Durability of the pipelines against sea waves and currents is assured by its weight in
water and no any weighting loads are used.
Pipe route was designed along the sea bottom. Pipe length was adopted based on
values derived from engineering exploration works, based on which the manners of
pipe laying, route status, minimum bending status are taken into account. Design pipe
length was adoped with 3 percent error following this.
Route shall be selected such that sea bottom relief is less rugged and is flat enabling it
to remain stable being durable against sea waves and current forces.
Design subsea pipes are the followings:
Table 3.2: Design subsea pipelines
28

Water
depth,
H,m
Design subsea pipelines
136-147 DWF19-DWF7 (gas-lift line)
Pipe's
external
diameter
and
thickness
Dxb, mm
219x16
Pipe length, Increasing

m (lined
erect pipes
part)
L, m
1250
150+150
136-147 DWF7-DWF19 (gas-liquid line)
325x16
1250
150+150
136-147 DWF7-DWF19 (high pressure gas line)
325x16
1250
150+150
125-147 DWF7-DWF14 (gas liquid line)
325x16
2125
150+150
148-147 DWF8-DWF7(high pressure gas line)
325x16
1210
150+150
148-147 DWF8-DWF7 (gas liquid line)
325x16
1210
150+150
136-147 DWF7-DWF19(low pressure gas line)
325x16
1250
150+150
219x18
1250
150+150
219x18
2125
150+150
DWF7-DWF19 (high pressure water

line)
DWF14-DWF7 (high pressure water
125-147
line)
136-147
Maximum depth along the route is H=148 m.

Pipe is fabricated as an erect without tube plate at Hosvan welding-installation yard.
The pipe is installed by electrical manual weld and electrodes type -13/55 are
used. After end to end connection is complete all welded seams under X-ray
exmainaiton.
After welding-installation works are fully complete, pipeline shall be tested for hydraulic
durability (P sn =1,5P i ).
Pipe shall be cleansed by air jet before and after hydraulic test.
The pipe successfully tested shall be coated by anti-corrosion material and fitted with
flaps with load bearing capacity G=1500 kg.g.
The pipe is considered ready to be shipped after testing, insulation, and installation of
head attachment-shutdown devices.
The fabricated pipeline is laid along the seashore via pipelining four hoist tractors and
lowered into the sea depth and brought to designated spot by 2 tw boats (N= 7200
a.g.).
Piepe-laying works shall start as accompanied by hydraulic and diving appliances after
positive weather forecasts have been received when sea waves are up to 2 points, wind
power 4 points within 2 days period.
29

3.11 Pipe testing

After the pipe is delivered, the tubular pipe will be laid along the route of the and the
pipe ends are temporarily tied up to their design spot at DWFs. Lock handles ( opening
mechanism) must be directed towards head and end connection and when flaps are
opened pipe settles down on the sea bottom under its own weight. Installation of erect
tubing in Deep Water Foundations is accomplished without any use of elbows 90. (2
pipe secitons are additionally welded to erect tubing from crane vessel after the pipe
settles down to take its design place. Each erect tubing is extended L=150 m.
When erect tubing is extended and placed, crane vessel "Shirvan" 100 metric tons,
towboat N=7200 a.g. v N=300 a.g. and diving vessel Avior are used. After pipe is
laid it is tested for hydraulic durability.
Work progress, welding seams, check of its quality, and hydraulic esting and test period
mut be in line with regulatory document SNiP CH III-42-80* Rules on work
acceptance and performance. Main pipelines".
Contractor parties shall assembly the equipment necessary for tests and develop and
coordinate the test plan with customer organization.
Sea water is used as water source without need for chemical substances for hydraulic
testing of pipes. The suction pipe (inlet) of he pumps must be blocked by brass screen
(corrugated) to prevent ingress of small fish into the inlet pipe.
Hydraulic testing of the linear section of the pipeline is accomplished in the following
sequence:
-
fully filling the pipeline
raising pressure in the pipe up to the design pressure level (for pipelines
P test =6,0 MPa, gas pipes P test =14,0 MPa);
keeping pressure constant for 3 hours;
Test continues for 24 hours. Testing is considered successful when pressure during test
period doesn't fall below 0,2%. Test is considered successful when pressure doesn't fall
below the allowable level and no leaks occur at welded and flange connections of the
pipe.
Result of the test process is accepted by customer party.
Release of water inside the pipe after hydraulic test is by releasing the cleansing piston.
The piston is pushed by air jet and its speed shall not be less than 0,5 m/sec. when it is
taken out of the water pipe.
Rules on conducting hydraulic test and cleaning process are developed jointly with the
contractor party. After the water remaining inside the pipe is removed the pipe is put to
operation by operating organization.
Protection from corrosion of subsea pipes is carried out as per MS 0136002-100-2000.
Linear section of the subsea pipes and protection against corrosion of subsea section of
support beams are protected by Polyken at workshop setting.
Protection layer against corrosion of the above water beam section must be 905 mkm.
Protection against corrosion of welding seams (onshore) after mounting is via Polyken.
30

Electrochemical protection of subsea pipes with dia. 219mm is by aluminum based

annular anodes type BQA-219. Anodes are attached at each 50 m length of the pipe.
Electrochemical protection of subsea pipes with dia. 325mm is by aluminum based
anodes type BQA-325. Anodes are placed at pipes at each 30 m.
Anodes service period is 27 years. Maintenance and servicing of electrochemical
protection plants must be from six months to 1 year. Building and installtion of pipe's
electrochemical protection and efficiency of their work shall be verified by competent
organizations.
Overall thickness of anti-corrosion protection coating of the pipe painted after mounting
must be 505 mkm.
Overall thickness of the anti-corrosion protection coating of metal structures under the
platform flooring, above and under water must be 840 mkm.
Overall anti-corrosion coating of the metal structures on platform flooring must be
505mkmr.
Electrochemical protection of platform's subsea section is accomplished by galvanized
anodes type QQAP-65. Galvanized anode's service period is 28 years.
All works designed to protect the platform from corrosion must be carried out to fire
and occupational safety rules provided in current regulatory papers.
Quality of works carried out after each operation and the whole work in general when
anti-corrosion works are underway.
3.12 Control and automation
Decisions regarding control and automation are in line with "outfitting and automation
of oil extraction plants guidelines", Construction norms and automation systems.
The project has used automation devices manufactured by RF "Emerson" firm and
"Neftqazavtomat" (Sumgait city).
The following works are anticipated to be carried out to outfit the oil wells of the facility
considered in the project:
- indicators of permanent automation devices of OZNA-MERA, Mera-Massomer
plants for 4 wells have been transferred to ARAZterminal;
- automation devices of - plant for 4 wells have been transferred to "ARAZ"
terminal;
- pressure has been locally measured at pipelines;
- local control of pressure at well collectors.
Technological unit (S-2):
local control at separator S-2;
pressure measurement at separator S-2 and uploading on computer;
measuring fluid level at separator S-2 and alarming its maximum level;
shutdown valve is opened at maximum fluid level and closed at lowest level;
31

local pressure control at outlet lines of oil injection pumps.

T-1 reservoirs and pumps N-1/1 and N-1/2:
local control in the reservoir;
pressure measurement in the reservoir and uploading on computer;
local pressure control at pump outlets.
T-1 reservoir and pumps N-1/1 and N-1/2 have been transferred to ARAZ terminal.
Multiphase flow rate gauge REEM indicators have been transferred to ARAZ terminal.
The following works have been scheduled to be undertaken to outfit gas wells when
automating the facility considered in the project:
Gas-lift separator:flow rate measurement at the outlet of separator S-1;
alarming the maximum control and level of fluid at S-1 separator;
shutdown valve is opened and at maximum fluid level and closed at the lowest
level.
S-3/1 and S-3/2 separators:
local pressure control at separator inlet;
pressure measurement at separator inlet and uploading on computer;
local pressure control at separators;
local pressure control at separator gas outlet;
alarming the lowest and highest fluid levels at separators;
adjustment of fluid level at separators;
flow-rate measurement at separators gas outlet;
local temperature and pressure control after flowrate measurement at separators
gas outlet;
local pressure control at regulator inlet and outlet.
Wastewater tank:
measuring the level at reservoir T-2 and alarming maximum level;
remote control of pump N-2;
pressure measurement and alarming of pressure at pump outlet;
Dosing pumps:
local pressure control at pumps N1/1-N1/4 outlets;
alarming status of pumps N1/1-N1/4.
Flare separator:
level measurement;
alarming maximum level;
Methanol tanks:
32

measuring the level at tanks T-1/1 and T-1/2i alarming max. and min. levels;
measuring flow-rate at inlet of methanol anks.
Parameters measurement and alarming are performed by "ARAZ" terminal installed at
operator room.
"Kariolias" type flow gages have been used to measure flowrate at separators fluid and
gas outlets.
Magnetic cyclone flow gages At100 are scheduled to measure fluid level at separators
and reservoirs.
Power supply to the " construction and operation of DWF 7 at 28 May OGPD
"Gunashly" field has been provided in line with the project request and technical
conditions presented by the customer.
Drilling works at DWF-7 will be accomplished by power switch equipment manufactured
in China.
2 units of diesel generators have been designed with power 1000kV to supply power to
auxiliary power equipment during drilling works (cranes, submersion pumps, rescue
boats, accommodation unit and etc.). 2 storey main distribution station (BPM) is
planned to supply power to consumers and distribution boards are scheduled to be
provided at BPM (1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6).
Automated diesel-generator with capacity 500 kWt has been provided for in the project.
3.13 Utility unit
Following the issued project request, a new accommodations unit will be provided to
improve social welfare of employees at DWF 7 at "Gunashly" field.
Accommodation and utility units have been accomplished in the form of individual
modules to ensure comfort of the platform crew and mounted on explosion free upper
deck. Utility and accomodation units are three floor. Plan dimensions of he utility unit is
15,0x9,50 m and accommodations unit 15,0x15,0 m. Floors height 3,0 m. Utility unit
houses canteen, kitchen, radio communication, laundry and drying, cloak-room, fitness
hall, music, mechanical, medic enter, service and septic tanks. The accommodation unit
houses rooms for the chief and deputy chief, doctor, bedroom, rest, box, producer,
sanitation rooms, conference hall and corridors.
0.00 level was designed 60 cm above the platform level. Fire resistance of utility and
accommodations units is category II and class II.
Constructive plan of utility and accommodation units is of medal frame. Foundation
beams are made of metal frame. External walls are corrugated steel sheet, while
internal walls and partitions made of 'DSP" laminated material connected to the frame
by empty pipe passage with size 63x32x2,5mm, and cavities are filled with foam
insulation.
Flooring comprises monolith reinforced concrete decking and the decking comprises
dictum material resting on wood beams.
Door and window sections vary.
33

Centralized air-conditioning systems have been installed to heat the building in winter
and cool in summer.
There is 10 fold overall air exchanger in the storage of chemical reagents. Air suction is
via the ventilator (A1) designed for dusty environments. Fresh air is fed via air tubing
and metal screens mounted on them through m/g ventilators (V1). Ventilators have
been provided with explosion-proof system.
Ventilation in cementing complex and barite bentonite area is of general exchange type.
Here mechanical injection and suction systems apply. Considering periodicity of the
work modes of equipment, 8-fold air exchanger has been designed that pays off
emergency mode. Air exchange is via air injection and suction ventilators (S4; V4).
Ventilators are explosion proof. the area housing bout-keys is designed with 10 fold
general air exchanger. For this purpose, ventilator (A2) is available for dusty
environment. Air suction is through air ducts and metal screens mounted on them.
Injection and suction of air into the operation zone is through axle ventilator (S5, V5).
Ventilation to diesel power station is general exchange type. There is 8 fold general air
exchanger in the operator room and air suction is through axle ventilator (S6). Supply
of fresh air instead of sucked air is through m/g ventilator (V7).
Air suction in the operator room for storing operation equipment is through axle
ventilators (S9). Supply of fresh air instead of sucked air is through m/g ventilator (V9,
V11).
Air suction in laboratory room is through axle ventilators (S8, S10). Suppy of fresh air
instead of sucked air is through m/g ventilator (V12). Suction of air from general area is
via axle ventilators (S11). Supply of fresh air instead of sucked air is through m/g
ventilator (V10).
34

3.14 Indicators of operation design of the wells to be drilled

Selection of well structure. "Complex drill works" trust plans to drill wells from DWF
7 at "Gunashly" field by rotor-turbine method. The average design width of the wells is
440 and design depth 3000m planned with inclination. The well is drilled to operate the
layer pack and housed in BLD oil-gas contour such that bLD horizons may be utilized.
Well testing will be via pump-compressor.
Table 3.3: Indicators of operation plan
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Project rationale:
Well objective (search, exploration,
production)
Customer organization
Plan schedule
Production
Azneft PU 28 May OGPD

Pol and GAS Scientific Research and
Design organization
Project Institute
Operating organization
Complex drilling works" trust
Periods:
Planning (month, year)
April-July 2014
Commencement of well drilling (Month,
September 2014
years)
Project's phased content
Single phase
Key terms
Coordinate with relevant agencies
Key technical-economic indicators:
Plan depth (average), m
3000
Plan horizon
FLD
Plan width (medium), m
440
Plan azimuth
Appended
Depth of vertical drilling (vertical
600
interval), m
Well structure:
Water separator-diverter
720 mm 230 m Injection
Conductor
339,7 mm 500 m H s =500 m
Production pipe
244,5 mm 2100 m H s =2100 m
Operation pipe
168,3 mm 3000 m H s =3000 m
Drilling method
rotor-turbine
Drilling method
Inclined
Type of energy
DYM
Drilling plant
ZJ 70/4500 DZ
Drilling rig
JJ450/45-4K
Drilling platform
DDS-7
401131,69 .e.
Coordinates of the drilling platform
510548,09 vert. length
Distance from sea surface to rotor table,
32
m
Commercial speed, m/device. month
1216
Drilling and reinforcement period, day
74
Preliminary geological and technological data:
35

Combined pressure table

appended
Well structure ( extract from structural
Appended
map and geological profile)
Well's stratigraphic cut:
Quarternary deposits
0-360 m
Absheron stage
360-650 m
Aghjajil stage
650-750 m
Surakhany layer pack
750-1800 m
Sabunchu layer pack
1800-2200 m
Balakhany layer pack
2200-2860 m
Fasile layer pack
2860-2970 m
Top Qrmaky clayey layer pack
2970-3000 m
Estimated pressures over depths (layer,
porosity and hydraulic fracture) Mpa
P lay
P h.y
(atm)
500 m
5,0
8,0
2100 m
22,1
37,8
3000 m
30,0
57,0
Estimated temperature over depths, C
500 m
20
2100 m
47
3000 m
61
Expected complications across intervals:
0-500 m
Collups, absorption
Water show, pour, contraction,
500-2100 m
absorption
Oil-gas-water show, contraction,
2100-3000 m
absorption
Density of drill fluid across intervals, g/m3:
0-500 m
1,18-1,23
500-2100 m
1,30-1,35
2100-3000 m
1,38-1,43
Drill fluid: interval 500-3000 m
Water based polymer solution
Drill fluid chemical processing startup
500
depth
Density of layer fluid aross drill intervals, g/cm3
0-500 m
1,10
500-2100 m
1,05
2100-3000 m
0,734
0-3000 m intervalda 1:500 M-da St.
Logging, QP, QK, nk., T max , Kav.,
Mining-geophysical works (Geophysics
Prof., Rez., El.ter., GTN
22
and Geology department)
Prospective intervals (2100-3000 m)
1x200, 1x500 M-da YKZ, YK, MYK, MK,
K, NQK, NNK, LM, AKS
Maintaining estimaes value of Mining23 Geophysical surveys
geophysical and GTN pack when
36

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Facility's settlement depth

Facility productivity, metric ton/day
Fluid dynamics, Mpa Sec
Collector conductivity, Darsi
Gas factor, m3
Filtration coefficient
Perforation interval, m
Effective thickness, m
Perforator type
Number of bullets shot at a time
Number of holes per 1 m
NKB diameter and release depth
Number of processing modes
Layer tester processing intervals
Kern sampling across intervals
YASS, accelerators and etc. technical
designs of varying sizes downstream of
drill pipes (GKAH)
Control over well inclination and opened
cut (MWD and LWD systems and etc)
Well testing
Exploitation layer liquefaction rate
(liquefaction dynamics);
Water utilized to prepare drill fluid
Drill mud management, estimated mud
volume (per well)
Productive layer
Exploitation method
Additional data:
No. of oil region
No. of sea area
Metrological belt
Sea depth, m
Pipe base force, min m
Course distance, mile
Cargo vessels
Mode of transport on duty
47 Occupational safety measures
48 Fire safety measures
49 Environmental protection
drilling at 0-3000 m interval

2860-2970 m FLD
Q oil =80
0,5
0,200
400
0,57
2860-2970
60
PKS-80
60
10
(114x73 mm)x2850 m
1
N/A
N/A
YASS, accelerators, well bottom engine
of varying sizes
Inclinometer, MwD/LwD
Pump-compressor
Beginning 10-12%, end 30-40% of the
exploitation process
Sea water
239,2 t
FLD horizone 2860-2970 m
Blowout, pump-compressor
IV-Q
II
I
147
50,0
Garadagh port 70,5
Port base (Zygh) 65,0
Nefteqaz, Shirvan
Helicopter
Regulatory papers
Regulatory papers
Regulatory papers
37

3.15 Scope of work for drilling and power equipment

Drilling plant ZJ 70/4500 DZ made in China will be used to drill wells at DWF 7 at
Gunashly" field. This drilling plant is capable of drilling up to depth 6000 m when using
drilling pipes 127 mm and up to 7000 m when using drilling pipes 114 mm.
Maximum static hook weight designed for drilling plant is 450 metric tons. Drilling plant
ZJ 70/4500 DZ has the following sizes:
- H=45,2
- Bottom surface sizes 9x2,7 m
- Top surface size 2,2x2,2 m
Drilling plant ZJ 70/4500 DZ is complete with drilling rig JJ450/48-Z and enables to
operate at windy climates 36 m/sec. when Xmas plate and hook are loaded. The plant
is equipped with pneumatic winches TJH5/121.
Switch at drilling plant ZJ 70/4500 DZ is diesel powered and has 5 units of diesel
generators. Listing of all the components is in drilling plant. ZJ 70/4500 DZ is
presented in the table below.
Table 3.4: Work scope for drilling and power equipment
Item
no
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Type and brand of equipment

Below rig pedestal DZ 450/13,5
Drilling rig, model JJ450/48-Z opened in
front and elevated vertically
Crane block TC 450
Chain block brand YC 450
Rotator brand SL 450
Hook brand DG 450
Drilling tools (on pedestal)
High pressure manifold (on pedestal)
Gas separator (on pedestal)
Drilling winch JC 70D
Chain block wire guide (on pedestal)
Under rig pedestal DZ 450/13-T with top
moving section
Under rig pedestal DZ 450/13-T mid section
Driller cabin
Console on the driller ( pedestal)
Rotor brand ZP 375 (dedicated switch)
Engine type SC
Rotor brand ZP 375. Ventilation syste,
Throttle line
Pedestal beams and movement system
Air system (pedestal)
Wellhead tools ( crane head and ec.)
Set of rig appliances (on pedestal)
Pedestal movement system (on pedestal)
Quantity,
set
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Dimensions, m
19,36x14,6x13,5
2,65x2,5x48 (st)
9,14x9,14x48 (alt)
2,98x2,8x2,7
3,4x1,82x1,0
3,33x1,12x1,18
3,19x11,2x1,07
7,9x4,6x3,2
13x12x13,5
1
1
1
1
2,5x1,8x0,7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
38

Item
no
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

Pneumatic winch in the drilling yard XJFH5/35
Protective lines
Screened lines (ducts) (on pedestal)
Hydraulic cable drum
Preventer steers
Air lines ( on below rig pedestal)
(Strong alarm ( on below rig pedestal)
Hydraulic gas siren (on below rig pedestal)
General loads on below rig pedestal;
Weight of the drill pipe on below rig pedestal;
Loads appearing when drilling on below rig
pedestal;
General loads appearing on below rig
pedestal;
Top drive TDS-11SA y.q.q. 450 t, stroke
18,7 m (on the rig)
Top drive engine DQ-60D (on pedestal)
Hydraulic station TDYZ 160/16-8D China
Top drive control room (on pedestal)
Top drive hanger (on pedestal)
Crossbar
Drill winch engine brand SC
Emergency winch switch ( axe movement,
tool movement in emergency) (on pedestal,
winch)
Emergency brake ( on pedestal, winch)
Winch releasing electromagnetic brake DS 70
m (on pedestal, winch)
Device winding the block chain on drum
TDS-10/5
Generator CAT 3512B engine 1900 KVA
generator SR4B
Auxiliary generator CAT C-15
SCR/MMC room
Materials room V=75 m3
Hydraulic line (hose) drum
Removed (24.08.2011)
Hydraulic switch for side pipes TQ340-35.
China (on pedestal)
Hydraulic switch ZQ 203-125. China (on
pedestal)
Hydraulic spool type YM-16. China (on
pedestal)
Hydraulic device housed on drill yard. 13,5 m
Quantity,
set
Dimensions, m
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1,5x1,5x2,0
4,2x2,2x2,5
6,1x1,2x2,0
-
1
1
2,2x1,6x2,2
10,0x3,1x3,0
1
1
1
1
10,0x3,1x3,0
13,0x2,95x3,23
8,69x3,07x2,82
3,23x2,33x2,21
1
1
2
1
39

Item
no
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

(only for drill instruments) Q max =1,5 t (on
pedestal)
Additional accommodation area (stacked
double bunkhouses)) 8 persons
Pneumatic winch in the drill yard JQH-5x48Q
push force 5 ton (on pedestal)
A facility for investigating wells ( to lower by
wire of logging instruments) CJ700F (on
pedestal)
Water tank V=100 m3. China. two tanks with
one inside ( one cleansed)
Fuel tank V=50 m3 China.
Storage. China
Pipeline baseplate (on pedestal)
Three oscillator tank V=49 m3 s.w. 1,5 g/cm2
fluid
2 cleaning tank V=65 m3
6 cleaning tank (accept tank) V=65 m3
Winch drake system PSAV75. China (on
pedestal)
Attachment for
stationary end of the chain block JZG41 (over
the pedestal)
Hydraulic plate for protective pipes YFT400-4
(on pedestal)
Fuel tank, China (with level gage) V=92,8 m3
Generator CAT 3512B room
Xmas support (volume-5 drilling )tubing
250
Air drying system
Lubrication unit V=12 m3
Air compressor LS12-50HHAC SULAR
(included in the generator, position-47)
Air dryer RD-6SA in (included in the
generator, position-47)
Air inlet. China 2,5 m3/3 m3 (included in the
generator-47)
SCR/MMC control system
Vessel crane Hidroaktiv L-18,3 Load.
b.c=13,5 tons
Air compressor activated in cool position
(position-47) ( used as s preliminary source
Quantity,
set
Dimensions, m
9,0x3,0x3,0
2
1
2
12,0x3,0x5,0
2
1
1
11,07x2,86x3,25
10,0x3,1x2,4
12,6x3,12x2,4
1
1
1
1
1
12,6x3,12x2,4
12,6x3,12x2,4
12,6x3,12x2,4
12,6x3,12x2,4
12,6x3,12x2,4
1
1
D=38 mm
1
1
4
10,7x2,8x3,13
10,0x3,0x3,1
2,24x1,95
2
2
5,3x2,1x2,5
2
1
2
1
13,0x2,95x3,23
h-4,3
1
40

Item
no
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111

of forst in generators)
Generator toolbox
Air injection source (air cleaner, inside
compressor generators (included in
generator, position-47)
Vacuum degasser ZQC360 (make China XR)
Trystor control source ZJD (SCR/MMC) inside
the control system (position-81)
Drill pump F-1600HL
Power engine of drill pump YZO8 series DC
Valve filling pump Mission6 x 9xJ-121 2
(included in the weight of drill pump,
position-88)
High pressure above-ground manifold HtypeZJGH-52(S) 2-tier M2A module (with drill
pump-position-88)
Fluid-gas separator. Model-NQF 1200 China
Centrifuge with full moving mechanism (tank
3 ) DE-1000
Degassing separator YQF8000 China (
module M-3A)
Universal preventer Shaffer USA (M-1
module)
Single segmented preventor Shaffer USA
(M-1 module)
Coupled segmented preventer Shaffer USA
(M-1 module)
Accommodation unit (52 persons)
Utility unit
Vessel crane C60B L-18,0 m, water pump
Qrundfas HYDRO CHV 4-100 Q-8 m3/hr,
H-30 m
Enclosed welding point
Regulated valves unit
Helicopter yard
Workshop
Clamps HWPHP-15, clamping force-15 t, P240 atm.
Industrial grinder JET JBG-10A 577 103
Lathe threaded 16B20
Drill instruments
Mud container V=3,25 m3
Trays for collecting wastewater (inside
modules)
Pump 1-40040
Quantity,
set
Dimensions, m
10,0x3,0x3,1
4
1
2,4x1,5x1,85
1
3
6
8,68x3,46x2,84
1,5x1,3x1,6
4,4x3,2x2,7
103
5,8x2,3x3,3
2,6x1,86x1,75
1
1
1
2
1
1
15,0x15,0x11,16
15,0x9,5x00,0
0,455x0,352x1,0
1
1
1
1
3,0x2,5x3,5
2,53x1,0x1,75
28,0x26,8
28,0x26,8
0,94x0,5x1,87
1
1
1
4
0,62x0,33x0,31
2,8x1,2x1,45
7,3x2,3x2,8
2,0x1,6x1,5
41

Item
no
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144

Chamber storage unit for barite and
bentonite
Joint mortar tank
Release separator (cement)
Cyclon-shell --34
Filter unit 6-. 1-4
Compressor Compair L75-10A
Power pump 12-160-100 Q=160
m3/hour, H=100 m.s.s.
Power pump 12-120-160 Q=130
m3/hour H=60 m.s.s.
Main remote control for preventers FKQ
1280-7
Tanker type rescue boat (with hoist and
winch) NBT58F-15-01 (42 persons)
Geophysical logging station
Diesel type logger
Generator CAT C-15 room
Emergency- generator room
Water supply pump -60-330
Forced water cooler V=50 m3
Top drive capacity V=76 m3
Vibrator FLS-503 (production USA Derrik)
Hydro-cyclon cleaning cones (2 units mud
and 4 sand cleaner)
Sand pump. Model SB6x8xJC-13 China.
a.c. H=32 m3/h
Lift pump. Model SB6x8xJC-13 China.a.c.
Mixer with cutting plant. Model ZHP-150
China
Fill pump. Model SB3x4xJ-9-1/2 China,
debit-180 m3/h, H=32 m3/h
Hydraulic mixer (funnel) SLH-150-50 (mobile)
mud pump SB8x6-13/s productivity=240 m3/s
Releasing separator (barite)
Drill mud mixer JBQ15kWt (mixer)
Drill mud laboratory
Air drier (cementing)
Pneumatic winch in the drill yard JQH-5x48Q
Pull force 5 t. (on pedestal)
Well exploration device (to lower logging
devices into the well) CJ700F (on pedestal)
Drill mud mixer JBQ7,5kvt (mixer)
Processed oil reservoir V=12 m3
Manual oil pump PK type Q=2,5 m3/s,
Quantity,
set
Dimensions, m
5,78x4,25x3,84
1
2
2
1
2
4,0x1,17x1,2
2,5x2,18x4,15
1,52x0,482x0,58
1,93x0,42x1,635
2,0x281
2,03x235
6,06x2,34x2,8
5,8x2,7x3,1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
3
6,0x2,5x2,4
6,06x2,05x2,5
10,0x3,0x3,1
6,0x2,3x2,8
2,47x0,557x0,79
12,4x3,12x1,07
12,2x2,4x2,6
3,078x1,645x1,864
1
3
2
2
1,5x0,545x0,98
2
2
2
4
1
1
2,5x2,18x4,15
1,42x0,65x0,61
2,4x2,2x2,8
2
1
8
1
3
1416x650x610
5,3x2,1x2,5
180
42

Item
no
Quantity,
set
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
H=20 m, L-360 mm
Sand separation cones (10)
Main distribution board
Fuel tank V=1,6 m3 (boiler house)
Iron rack tower (-60)
Packaged chemical reagents yard
Cold activated generator Cat 3406 (USA)
Baseplate for generator diesel
Boiler house
Hydroactive L-24,0 m, load. b.c. 30,5 t
AKSA APO 1250 C
Throttle unit JGR70-103/65
Slowdown unit
Double container for processed oils V=2 m3
Substation 6 kWt
AKSA AC 550
160
Rescue raft -10-10 persons
161
68 type mud pump H-50 m, Q-250 m3/h

Manifold unit for cementing included in
pump, position 111
Fluid pipe (attached to pedestal. Position-1)
Manually controlled overhead crane 5,0-10,89
Free transfer chain block-5 1106-74,
load. b.c 5 t
Overhead crane 21000, -7890,
Q=10 t
Drill fluid mixer type JBQ 5,5 (China)
Power pump type 6-10 . Pit 150,
Q=10 m3/hour, H=50 m
Seawater desalination plant.
Productivity - 80 m3/day
Systems ensuring environmental safety of
drill plants: biological purification plant
Astra-150 . Productivity - 30 m3/day
Coupled tank dozer type MXC-I-2 (together
with Mix type foam mixer) V=4000 liters
Pump ( with jockey pump) H-100 m, Q-40
m3/sec
Expanded water tank, V+200 liter
Diaphragm compressor device. n= 1500
dr/min, Q=22 m3/min
Liquefied mud tank ( firefighting) V=30 m3
Wastewater accumulation tank V=120 m3
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
2
1
1
1
1
6
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
Dimensions, m
2,83x1,85x2,55
8,0x5,0x7,5
1,0x1,0x1,6
11,1x2,9x3,9
12,0x4,5x2,5
10,84x2,8
10,5x3,0x3,2
8,0x7,0x6,8
7,2x9,1
5,8x2,3x2,6
4,7x3,18x2,3
2,44x2,435x8,13
2,1x1,1x1,1
7,4x5,4x7,5
3,6x1,3x2,0
1,45x0,6
2,6x2,6x1,3 (aq)
2,2x0,71x0,88
1
1
325
1
1
10,2x0,6x2,0
0,87x0,6x0,56
1
2
1,57x1,12
7,972x2,16
1
1
1
2
1
1
8,75x8,05x1,8
43

Item
no
176
177
178
Quantity,
set
Dimensions, m
1
3
1
12,0x5,0x3,5
1,43x0,95x3,3
8,75x6,85x1,8
Operator room
Mechanical hoist type 1
Wastewater accumulation tank V=110 m3
Self-suction centrifugal pump xMc6,3/50k5,5/2
Air vessel (receiver) V=1,0 m3
Threaded submersion pump brand GL-160
with firefighting diesel switch(gear boxweight)
179
180
181
1
1
1
4,8x8,05x3,32
3.16 Well capacity and drill fluids

Table 3.5: Well capacity
Item
Interval
(meter)
Open
borehole
(mm)
Open
borehole
volume
m3
Well
capacity
m3
Protective
pipe (mm)
Protective
pipe
volume
m3
1
2
3
4
0-230
230-500
500-2100
2100-3000
780
490,0
311,1
215,9
50,88
121,55
32,93
168,34
191,20
144,46
720
339,7
244,5
168,3
117,46
69,65
111,53
Table 3.6: Parameters of water based drill fluid

Item
Fluid parameters
no
1
Well diameter, mm
2
Fluid type,
3
4
5
6
7
Special weight, q/m3

Content, sec
Plastic content,
Dynamic friction stress,
Water supply, cm3/30 min
500-2100 m
2100-3000 m
311,1
KCL/Gem
GP/Polymer
1,30-1,35
60-65
<35
18-28
4-5
215,9
KCL/Gem
GP/Polymer
1,38-1,43
60-65
<35
18-28
4-5
Table 3.7: Main chemical materials

Item
no
1
2
Chemicals
Soda ash
Caustic soda
Description of chemicals
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Hydroxide
Chemical reagents
function
Alkalinity
Alkalinigy
44

3
4
KCl
PAC L/R
Barazan D
DEXTRID LTE
Clay Seal Plus
8
9
GEM GP
Barite
10
Clay Grabber
Potassium chloride
Poly-anionic cellulose
Dispersed Xanthan
biopolymer
Parch
Atmospheric substance with
low molecular mass
Polarized glycol
Barium Sulfate
Polymer flocculant and clay
encapsulator
Clay stabilizer
Water supply control
Viscous content
Water supply control
Clay stabilizer
Clay stabilizer
Arladrc madd
Clay stabilizer
Table 3.8: Chemicals concentration

Item
no
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Chemicals
Soda ash
Caustic soda
KCl
PAC L/R
Barazan D
DEXTRID LTE
Clay Seal Plus
GEM GP
Barite
Clay Grabber
BARCARB 150/50
Concentration, kg/m3
3,0
3,0
100
8,0
1,0
10
13
14
350
3,0
43
Interval 500-2100 will be drilled up to 2100 m using fluid type KCL/Gem GP/Polimer
. The bentonite fluid remaining from previous interval shall be disposed of. Bentonite
containing fluid may not be used in this interval.
Interval between 2100-3000 m will be drilled up to the depth 3000 m using fluid type
KCL/Gem GP/Polimer.
Table 3.9: Quantity of chemical reasgents
Item
no
1
2
3
4
5
Chemical reagents
Exceed 110 oil (Base OIL)
Calsium chloride
Versacoat HF
Versamul
HRP
Quantity, ton
31,752
35,75
6,742
22,344
4,468
45

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Versatrol NS
Lime
Versawet
Versamod
VG-69 v ya Bentone 128
Versathin HF
Barite
13,406
22,344
6,742
4,468
13,406
278,79
544,629
Table 3.10: Demand on chemical reagents

Item
no
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Chemicals
Depth
500-2100 m
Depth
2100-3000 m
Quantity, ton
Soda ash
Caustic soda
KCl
PAC L
Barazan D
DEXTRID LTE
Clay Seal Plus
GEM GP
Barite
Clay Grabber
BARCARB 150/50
1,985
1,985
66,165
5,293
0,662
6,616
8,601
9,263
231,577
1,985
28,451
0,768
0,768
25,60
2,048
0,256
2,56
3,328
3,584
89,60
0,768
11,008
46

3.17 Drill operations

Table 3.11: Selection of drill axes
Axe size and type
Scope of
drill per
axe, (m)
Weight of
one axe,
(kg)
Axe
number,
(unit)
230-500
III-488,95 XR+C
270
340
500-2100
III-311,1 XR+C
1600
85
2100-2800
III-215,9 XR+C
700
37
2800-3000
PDS-215,9
200
45
Drill interval,
(m)
Drill axes are selected considering physico-mechanical properties of mointian rocks,

analysis of the well materials drille din that area, proposals by customer and oeprating
organization.
Table 3.12: Selectin of drill mode parameters and hydraulic wash indicators
Item
no
Drill interval,
(m)
230-500
500-2100
2100-3000
Drill method
rotor
turbine
turbine
Drill fluid consumption, l/sec
36-76
45-50
25
20-23
18-25
10-12
80-100
Axle load impressed on the axe, t

Top Drive (rotor) rotation
speed, rpm
Circular spatial air speed, m/sec
0,21-0,44
Axe wash vents
0,74-0,82
External
wash
1,05
External
wash
50-60
70-100
140-150
50
221
290
61
283
429
80
378
570
62
306
480
7
8
9
10
11
Pressure at support tubing,

kgg/cm2
Layer pressure, kg/cm2
Hydrostatic pressure in the well
bottom, kg/cm2
Hydraulic cracking pressure,
kqq/sm2
ECD-pressure, kg/cm2
Central wash
47

Table 3.13: Well cementing technology and materials quantity

Item
no
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Technology and material types
Number
Cement mixers 2SQM-20

Cementing plants:Main SA-320M
Emergency 3SA-400A
1SMB-700
SNS-2M
TPS yn -50
TPS yn -100
KMS-500
PPQ
hng
FXLS
10
19
9
1
1
136040 kg
52000 kg
395 kg
79 kg
139 kg
941 kg
When protection pipes are reinforced (cemented), volume of one cement per well is
188 tons.
Table 3.14: Demand on fuel-lubricants
YSM need for engines on rig , ton
Total
I ncluding also
Fuel
Lubricant
395,5
382,5
13
Drill plant switch is diesel powered. There are 5 diesel-generators in drill plant.
Table 3.15: Potential Problems and Solutions
Depth
(m)
500-2100
2100-3000
Fluid type
KCL/Gem
GP/Polymer
KCL/Gem
GP/Polymer
Special
weight
Potential Drill
Risk
1,30-1,35
Gas and water

show/contraction
port and
absorption
Constant control over

fluid outlet
Fluid solution
Purification plant
optimization
1,38-1,43
Gas and water

show/contraction
pour and
absorption
Constant control over

fluid outlet
Fluid solution
Purification plant
optimization
Baroid Solution
48

construction and operational period of
Stationary Sea Foundation No. 6 in BullaDeniz field by Narimanov Oil and Gas
Environmental
division
Chapter
LEGAL FRAMEWORK, NORMS AND STANDARDS

4.1 Regulation and Policy
A number of other legislative acts have been adopted to cover different key areas of
interaction with environment along with the Constitutional Law and the Law on
Environmental Protection. The following are main ecological laws to focus on:
Table 4.1: Environmental Legislation instruments of the Republic of
Azerbaijan
Codes and rules

Law on Environmental
Protection (approved by
instructive order 172,
dated August 04 1999)
The most relevant aspects
Project related issues
The Law stipulates key principles of

environmental protection and rights
and duties of the government, public
unions and citizens in terms of
environmental protection.
Chapter 8 of the Law on

Environmental
Protection
ensures detailed rationale for
state ecological expertise (SEE).
Therefore goal in ecological
expertise is to define the
impacts on environment by
industrial units as per the
"ecological" requirements and
environmental
quantitative
parameters, review results of
such impacts and predict
potential impacts (Article 50).
This Law authorizes a government to

grant special permits "on dangerous
economic activities, discharge of
wastes and harmful substances into
atmosphere" and fix limits and quotas
(Chapter II, Article 4). Article 10
requires setting limits on "utilization of
natural resources, discharge of harmful
substances into atmosphere and
disposal of industrial and household
waste.
A number of Articles of the Law such
as a) implementation of design works (
Article 36); b) commissioning for use
and operation of enterprises, plants
and other facilities (Article 41); c)
operation of industrial, transport and
communication facilities, agricultural
and irrigation plants (Article 42); d)
town-building and construction of
other residential places (Article 43); e)
use of radiological substances (Article
44)
require
special
care
for
minimization and proper management
of wastes materials.
62

Regulation On
Environmental Impact
Assessment Process in
Azerbaijan" (1996)
EIA document shall be developed and

presented for elaboration to coordinate
activities
with
State
Ecological
Expertise.
Environmental
division
It is mandatory to elaborate EIA

document.
This
document
contains
reclamation
and
reconstruction, and operation
plans, technological renewal of
the area etc. and challenges
legal persons or contractors to
implement
the
following
activities::
assessment of original and
expected status of natural
and
social-economic
environment;
definition of construction,
reconstruction
and
operational processes on
environmental
impact
standards;
measures system targeted
to
minimization
and
mitigation of environmental
impacts
Environmental Management
Plan to incorporate;
Environmental
Monitoring
Plan keeping under control
effectiveness of ecological
measures.
Law on Specifically
Protected Areas (approved
by resolution 366, dated
July 15, 2000 840 IQ)
This Law defines legal base for natural

areas and facilities protected in
Azerbaijan.
The law prohibits applying any

economic activities within the
conservation areas.
Law on Protection of
Population's Health
(approved by resolution
No.360IQ, dated
25.07.1997)
This Law defines main principles for

protection of public health and health
system in whole.
This Law defines accountability

for negative health impacts on
the public health and declares
that the damage caused such
impacts shall be compensated
by the entity or person having
caused them.
Law on SanitationEpidemiological Health

No.371, dated 10.11.1992)
This Law defines sanitation and

epidemiological requirements to be
observed by industrial enterprises at
design, construction and operation
phases and during other economic
activities.
Goal
is
to
protect
population's health. It establishes
citizen's right to have access to full and
free information regarding life in safe
conditions, sanitation-epidemiological
conditions, environment and public
health.
The
Law
on
SanitationEpidemiological Health defines
administrative, criminal, and

civil accountability for violation
of sanitation norms when
accumulating,
storage,
transportation and utilization of
industrial,
radiological,
agricultural
and
household
waste (Article 39).
63

Environmental
division
Law on Protection of
Atmospheric Air (approved
by resolution 109 IIQ,
dated June 11, 2001)
By establishing legal base of air

protection, the law implements citizen's
constitutional rights to live in a healthy
environment.
It declares rights and duties of

government authorities, legal
and physical persons, NGOs,
sets general requirements for
protection of atmospheric air
during
economic
activities,
establishes norms for mitigation
of
physical
and
chemical
impacts on the atmosphere ,
ensures rules on state inventory
of harmful emissions and their
sources, and presents law
violations that might lead to
penalty measures.
Water Code (approved by

resolution 418, dated
December 26, 1997)
This Code governs utilization of water

basins, defines property rights and
covers inventorying and monitoring
issues. It also governs utilization of
water sources as potable and service
water, medical health, cure resort,
recreation and sports, agricultural
targets, industrial needs, hydropower,
transportation, fishery and hunting
purposes, wastewater disposal, fire
protection and specifically protected
water basins and ensures zoning,
maximum allowable limits of harmful
substances and basic self-conduct rules
for industry.
Protection from contamination

of water basins (rivers, lakes,
water
dams
etc.)
and
prohibition of activity in water
protection areas.
Law on Water Supply and

Waste waters (approved
on 28.10.1999)
This Law restricts discharging industrial

wastes
into
sewerage
system,
demands
separating
flood
and
industrial wastes from sewerage
waters and requires legal persons to
obtain appropriate license to manage
sewerage facilities.
Regulates discharge of
processed wastewaters
atmosphere.
Law on Population's
radiation security
423, dated August 19
1998)
This Law requires ensuring radiation

security at industrial enterprises. . The
Law defines main principles of state
policy on radiation security, as well as
establishes ecological norms ensuring
safety of personnel and population in
areas subject to potential impacts due
to utilization of radiological sources.
This Law regulates payment of

compensation
for
damage
caused to health, property and
life during emergencies.
10
Law on Ecological
Information (approved by
resolution 270IQ, dated
12.03.2002)
The Law defines classification of

ecological data. It also describes
enforcement
procedures
imposing
restrictions.
The
Law aims to
incorporate provisions of Aarhus
Convention (ratified by The Republic of
Unless the information is

classified for "limited use", it
becomes in public domain.
noninto
64

Environmental
division
Azerbaijan in 1999) into the law of the

Republic of Azerbaijan.
11
Law on Mandatory
Ecological Insurance
271IQ, dated 12.03.2002)
This Law defines mandatory insurance

requirements on civil responsibility for
accidental damage caused to life,
health, property and environment by
due
to
accidental
ecological
contaminations.
Compulsory insurance of civil

responsibility for the damage
causing
for
ecological
contamination.
12
Criminal Code: violation of

ecological regulations
787, dated December 30,
1999)
"Ecological violations of rule" of the

Criminal Code defines criminal liability
for violation of environmental rules of
ecologically hazardous substances and
waste management (Article 248).
This Law defines criminal

liability for violation of ecological
laws and rules. For example,
cutting wood, unauthorized
hunting of wild animals, causing
forest fires etc.
13
Code of Administrative
Offences: environmental
protection, nature
utilization and violations of
administrative regulation
against ecological security
906, dated July 11, 2000)
The Code of Administrative Violations
Chapter 9 of the Code deals

with environmental protection,
utilization
of
nature
and
ecological security rules. Some
sections of the Code relate to
direct or indirect violation of
wastes
management
requirements.
14
Forest Code ( approved by

resolution 693, dated
30.03.1998)
Forest Code prohibits landfilling of
Cutting of wood in forested

zones, issues relating to utilizing
forest lands etc.
15
Land Code (approved by

resolution 695, dated June
25, 1999)
Land Code declares protection of lands
Protection of lands against

erosions and contamination,
responsibilities of land users.
defines
administrative
liability
diapasons for violation of regulatory
rules during household wastes disposal
and recycling (Article 104), storage and
burning (Article 110), import of
radiological materials and hazardous
industrial and household wastes
(Article 113.0.10) and materials
liquidation (Article 283).
industrial and household wastes and

cutting of vegetation layer due to
activities in the forested areas
from all kinds of degradation and

contamination as the highest priority of
state's ecological policy and defines
responsibility for contamination of
lands with industrial and household
wastes, chemical and radiological
substances, wastewaters and other
hazardous materials (Article 110).
Along with the above mentioned laws, tens of other rules and instructions have been
adopted to ensure upgrading of main ecological law and explanation of requirements,
as well as their enforcement. Legislation process is still ongoing in the country and
Azerbaijan is in the process of transitioning into a legal system meeting modern
international standards. Azerbaijan is a member of most international conventions on
environmental protection and different aspects of ecological safety. The Government
has proven its effective work to build productive cooperation with relevant international
organizations and governments.
65

4.2
Environmental
division
National organizations regulating environmental issues
Azerbaijan Government is responsible for protection of environment in Azerbaijan.

Ministry of Ecology and Natural Resources (MENR) has been designated as a
central government authority overseeing environmental protection. MENR has been
delegated with the task of overseeing compliance with enforcement of environmental
protection rules, norms and standards.
State Land and Mapping Committee controls regulation of land utilization,
meanwhile the issues regarding registration of real estate and land owners are
performed by State Service for Registration of Real Estate.
M inistry
of Em ergency
Situations (M ES)- organization responsible for the
management of unexpected natural and industrial accidents. MES is also a government

agency overseeing enforcement of occupational safety rules in construction, mining
works, and industry.
M inistry of Health is a government agency keeping under control the sanitary-
epidemiological situation in the country. The Ministry also regulates rules for protection
of health in production sites.
State Agency on Standardization, M eteorology and P atents - it establishes
adequacy, qualitative and quantitative standards of measurement instruments in the

country and implements state policy in this area.
Local and regional NGOs - handle cooperation in public consultations, information

dissemination, and public support etc., areas.
4.3
International Laws and Conventions
Conventions, treaties, agreements on nature utilization and environmental protection to

which the Republic of Azerbaijan is a party are considered an integral part of national
legislation on ecology. There are special chapters or an article in each law of Azerbaijan
that stipulates if otherwise is specified by international treaties than national law, then
rules in international documents shall apply. The international legislation acts adopted
by the Republic of Azerbaijan regarding environment are presented in table 4.2.
Coordinating state and central executive power is appointed by the Instruction of the
President of the Republic of Azerbaijan to address the issues arising out of International
Convention. Such organizations build ties with International organizations regarding
Conventions and organize their works according to the resolutions by the Cabinet of
Ministers of the Republic of Azerbaijan, etc.
As a rule, solution of the matters relating to fulfillment of obligations arising out of the
Convention is delegated to relevant executive bodies or concrete organization. Most of
the Conventions and Protocols have tools to benefit from and take part at international
and regional projects, programs, attraction of know-hows and preferential investments
to the country.
UN Fram ew ork Convention on Clim ate Change w as adopted in 1992. The
supreme body of the Convention is Partnership Conference with the seat of Secretariat
66

Environmental
division
in the city of Bonn. Goal of the Convention is to minimize greenhouse gases resulting
from burning fuel emissions and achieve sustainable development in the world
countries and retain climate system for future generations. According to the
Convention, amounts of global atmospheric emissions shall be maintained at the level
of year of 1990 or shall be below that level. Convention stipulates concrete obligations
for developed countries regarding waste minimization. Furthermore, they are also
tasked with assisting developing countries. The Republic of Azerbaijan has ratified the
Convention in 1995. This Convention is the largest of its kind regarding environment in
the international system and it is closely related to "Convention on Protection of
Ozone Layer", "Convention on Bio-diversity", "Convention on Fighting
Deforestation .
Table 4.2: Ecological Conventions signed by the National Assembly of the
Republic of Azerbaijan
Tytle of Convention
Year of
adoption
Convention on protection of world cultural and natural heritage 1972
1993
UN Framework Convention on Climate Change 1992
1995
Convention on International Maritime Organization
1995
Convention on Protection of Ozone Layer 1985
1996
Convention on Fighting Deforestation 1994
1998
International Convention on International Trade in endangered species

of wild fauna and plants (CITES) 1973
1998
Convention on Protection of wildlife, plants and natural habitat in

Europe 1979
1999
Aarhus Convention on Access to Information, Public Participation in

Decision-making and Environmental Matters 1998
1999
Convention on Environmental Impact Assessment within Transboundary Context 1991
1999
Convention on Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) (1973/78).
1999
Convention on Biodiversity 1992
2000
Kyoto Protocol 1997
2000
Roman Convention Plant Protection 1951
2000
Convention On protection and utilization of water flows and

international lakes crossing the border 1992
2000
Basel Convention on control over hazardous wastes trans-boundary

transportation and deactivation 1989
2001
67

Environmental
division
The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, especially at

Waterfowl Habitat 1971
2001
Convention on trans-boundary air pollution at great distances 1979
2002
Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants 2001
2003
Convention on the Trans-boundary Effects of Industrial Accidents

1992
2004
OPRC, 90 Convention
2004
Framework Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of

the Caspian Sea
2006
4.4
Standards and Regulatory Documents on Environment
Sanitary-hygiene and ecological norms are used to control environment. In this case,
Allowable Thickness Threshold (ATT), i.e., the norms defining concentration of harmful
substances having no undesirable effects, within a certain period, on human health and
his generation when affecting air, water, food products and soil or skin, the surface of
active respiratory organs.
ATT varies largely over residential and work places, as well as residential zones. ATT
has been defined as per the below given state standards and norms on air, water and
soil discharges. Sanitation-hygiene and ecological norms define quality of environment
as regards human health and ecosystem, though not regulating their work without
indicating to the source of effect. In particular, the requirements regarding the source
of effect contain scientific-technical norms.
Scientific-technical norms include technological, construction, town-building norms and
rules integrating the requirements on emissions of harmful substances to air and water
(AT and BBAH), as well as requirements regarding environment.
The following principle stands at the base of scientific-technical norms:
Any waste amount in water, air and soil by all enterprises shall ensure regulatory
requirements of sanitation-hygiene norms.
Elaboration of AYVH and BBAH anticipate puts environmental contamination
restrictions in the work of enterprises.
Enterprises are required to observe the threshold level of harmful substances as
defined for an entire facility or emission sources attached to it.
ATT and BBAHs for air, water and land emissions are calculated for each source
and approved by authorized bodies.
Payments for utilization of natural environment is made based on approved ATT
and BBAH parameters.
Below is the listing of current standards and regulatory papers in force in Azerbaijan
and CIS countries considering parameters of contamination devices and elements:
68

Environmental
division
Rules on Protection of Surface waters from wastewaters. State Committee for

Control over Ecology and Nature Utilization. Baku, 1994.
Rules on elaboration and enforcement of water utilization limits Resolution

206 of October 15 1998 of AR Cabinet of Ministers.
Norm setting rules in use and protection of water facilities Resolution 2006 of
October 15, 1998 of AR Cabinet of Ministers, Article 8:
Rules on State Registration of harmful atmospheric emissions and harmful
physical effects on it" Resolution 112 of July 13 2002 of AR Cabinet of Ministers.
Rules on inventorying the harmful atmospheric emissions and its sources of
physical effect Resolution 63 of April 2002 of AR Cabinet of Ministers.
Development of draft ATT norms for Enterprises where technical norms and
allowable emission thresholds are enforced and recommendations to its
composition". State Ecology Committee.1994.
Licensing rules of harmful waste processing plants, Resolution of AR Cabinet

of Ministers (June 29 1999, N112).
Rules on vehicle transportation of harmful waste, Resolution of AR Cabinet of
Ministers (January 27 2000, N10).
Harmful wastes certification Rules, Resolution of the Cabinet of Ministers
(March 31 2003, N 41).
Rules on inventorying the waste emerging in production and service areas and
instruction on their classification system" Justice Ministry (July 01 2003,
Certification N 419).
GOST 17.2.1.03-84. Nature protection, Atmosphere. Pollution Control terms and
definitions. M. 1984.
GOST 3223-85 Sanitation norms of the allowable noise levels at work places,
M.1985.
GOST 27535-87 Internal and external noise from vehicles. Allowable levels and
measurement methods, M.1987.
ENS-86
State Hydrometeorology Committee. Estimation methods of

concentration of harmful substances in the air by enterprise. Hydrometeors
publication. 1987.
GOST 17.2.3.01-86. Atmosphere. Rules on air quality control at residential places. 1986.
RS 52.04.52-85. Waste regulation under unfavorable meteorological conditions. L.:
Hydrometeors publication. 1987.
GOST 17.2.3.02-78. Nature protection. Rules on defining allowable waste limits for
harmful substances discharged from enterprises. M.1978.
GOST 12.1.005-88. Occupational Safety standards system. General sanitation-hygiene
requirements on work zone. M. 1988.
Instruction on norm setting for harmful wastes into atmosphere and water facilities.
USSR State Nature Committee. M. 1989.
69

Environmental
division
GOST 17.0.0.04-90. Methodological recommendations as to completion and

maintenance of ecological passport by an industry. USSR State Nature Committee. M.
1990
GOST 17.0.04-90. Ecologic passport. Baku. 1990.
GOST 17.0.0.04-90. Ecological passport of an industry. Main provisions. USSR State
Standards Committee. M. 1990.
GOST 3223-85. Sanitation norms of the allowable noise levels at work place.
Regulatory papers on nature preservation and efficient utilization of natural resources.
State Ecology Committee. 1994.
GOST 17.5.1.03-86. Nature Preservation. Lands. Classification of opened and empty
rocks for biological land reclamation.
GOST 17.5.3.06-85. Nature Preservation. Requirements on picking productive soil layer
when carrying out earth works.
GOST 17.5.1.02-85. Nature Preservation. Classification of lands spoilt for reclamation.
GOST 17.4.3.04-85. Lands. Protection from contamination and general control.
GOST 17.4.01-84. Nature Preservation. Lands. Land reclamation.
GOST 17.5.1.05-85. Nature Preservation. Land reclamation. General requirements on
ground works.
GOST 17.5.4.02-84. Nature Preservation. Land reclamation.
measurements methods for toxic salts in opened and empty rocks.
Estimation
and
GOST 17.5.3.04-83. Nature Preservation. General requirements on land reclamation.

GOST 17.5.1.01-85. Nature Preservation. Land reclamation. Terms and definitions.
GOST 17.4.2.02-85. Nature Preservation. Lands. Nomenclature of the spoilt productive
soil layer for ground works.
Resolution of the Cabinet of Ministers of The Republic of Azerbaijan on approval
of regulatory and legal papers regarding allowable concentration thresholds of

harmful substances in the air, land and surface water facilities. 2000.
Current standards in force in Azerbaijan on individual environmental components are

presented in Appendix 1.
The Republic of Azerbaijan is a member of international organization on environment
and standardization. EU member countries and Azerbaijan signed Partnership and
Cooperation Agreement (PCA) on June 22, 1999 (signed in Luxembourg on April 22,
1996) that proves high level cooperation between the parties.
(http://www.mfa.gov.az/az/international/organizations/union.shtml).
The Agreement stipulates in Article 50 "Cooperation Standards and Conformity
Assessment" that Azerbaijan has made all efforts to "use rules of the Union in technical
sphere and promote enforcement of European standards and conformity assessment
methods". Azerbaijan has undertaken the obligation to "upgrade laws on Union's
standards" in Article 50, section titled Environment".
At the Brussels meeting of heads of state and government of the European Union held
70

Environmental
division
on June 17-18 2004, European Commission's recommendation on involving the

countries of South Caucasus in Neighborhood Policy (ENP)
(http://www.mfa.gov.az/az/international/organizations/union.shtml). "European UnionAzerbaijan Action Plan" was signed within the European Neighborhood Policy in 2006.
The Policy paper includes the followings:
Action in EU and international law and management expertise for standards,
technical regulations and conformity assessments;
Upgrading procedures and structures for evaluation of factors affecting
environment including also adoption and enforcement of relevant law
Azerbaijan is recommended to develop draft law and main guidelines, provide
planning for sectors dealing with air and water quality, waste management,
nature preservation and continue harmonization with the European
requirements.
In 2009, the World Bank recommended Azerbaijan Government to refer to international

and European Standards to implement project on high level.
The standards proposed are given below:
Water Supply and Sewerage: British Standards (BS), British Water Industry
Standards (BSSS), DIN Standards, ISO Standards, AWWA (American Water
Works Association) Standards, European Norms (AN).
Work Project on Wastewater Purification Plants: ATV 301 Standard.
71

No. 6 in Gunashly field by 28 May Oil and Gas
CHAPTER
Environmental
Division
BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

5.1. Caspian Sea
5.1.1. General information
The origin of the Caspian Sea is related to geological condition of ancient Tetis sea. 5060 million years ago this sea linked Atlantic and Pacific oceans embracing the present
day Mediterranean, Black, Azov and Caspian Seas. Due to complicated tectonic
currents, Tetis sea receded off the Pacific first and then Atlantic oceans 5-7 million
years ago, it split into a number of merging-parting small water basins including also
the Black and Caspian Seas. And finally, 1,8 million years ago the Caspian Sea divided
from the world ocean. That stage may be considered the period of formation of the
Caspian Sea that had transformed in appearance and dimensions several times till it
attained its current features throughout the long history.
The most ancient records about the Caspian Sea may be found on inscriptions carved
on Assyrian clay vessels where it was called South Sea. Greek historian and geographer
Hecataeus of Miletus (VI century B.C.) terms this sea as Kaspi and Hirkan. The first
ethnonym is conditioned with Kaspi nation settled along the south-western shores of
the sea, in the territory of modern day Azerbaijan. The second name originates from
the country of Hirkan (which means "country of wolves" in Persian) situated in southeastern canton of the sea. Both names are also used by Herodotus (V century B.C.).
The subsequent ancient authors also cite to it as Joshgun and Hirkan seas along with
the above names. Ancient Russian manuscripts record the Caspian Sea as Blue (taken
from Mongol-Turks), Kharazm (related to the Kharezm state situated in the lower
estuary of Amu-Darya river and stretching up to the Caspian Sea), Khvalin, Derbent etc.
The nations settled around the Caspian Sea have given different names to this sea, for
example: Russians-Khvalin, Tatars-White Sea, Turks-Small Sea, Chinese-Si Hay, i.e.,
Western Sea In Russia, Kaspi as a name emerged at the beginning of XVI century. This
water basis in other countries around the Caspian was as follows: in Azerbaijan as
Khazar (Khazars being Turkic speaking national settled on the north-western shores of
the sea in V-X centuries), in Iran as Mazandaran, while in Kazakhstan and in
Turkmenistan as Kaspi Sea In general, different nations have given up to 70 names for
the Caspian at different times of the history.
The Caspian Sea is the biggest isolated water basin in the world. Isolated from the
world ocean, the Caspian Sea houses up to 45 percent of the waters in all lakes of the
world Sea length along meridian totals 1,200 km, mean width 325 km, total area 392
thousand sq.km, water volume 79 thousand cub km., mean depth 207 m and the
deepest seabed reaches up to 1,025 m.
For its physical-geographical, bottom relief and morphological features of its shores the
Caspian Sea is divided into 3 parts North Caspian, Mid Caspian and South Caspian. Sea
has both parameters posing as a sea (due to its large dimensions, hydro124

Environmental
Division
meteorological features, chemical water content etc.) and as a lake (lack of any direct
linkage to the oceans and positioning in thousands of kilometers distance from them).
The key feature of the Caspian Sea is regular rise and fall its level. The main reason of
fluctuation of the sea level is the change of its water balance components. Inlet water
balance (80%) is made up of river flows, of which 85% is accounted for by the waters
flowing from the Volga river. Observations show that river flows are subject to changes
at greater intervals relative to mean value. Its reason is due to hydro-meteorological
processes taking place in the widest water accumulation basin of the sea (approx. 20%
of the northern hemisphere).
In its historic past (last 3,5 thousand years) change in the sea level is 15 m and 3, 5m
over the last 200 years. Sea level is also subject to changes over months and its value
ranges between 30 and 40 cm. The highest value of the level falls to June-August and
the lowest value is reached around December-February. There is also ebbing and
eddying changes on sea level due to the long-term wind effects. This process is
especially evident in North Caspian. Here edding may be 4,5 m and ebbing movement
2,5 m due to strong south-easterly winds.
There are 5 littoral countries around the Caspian Sea: the Republic of Azerbaijan, the
Republic of Kazakhstan, Islamic Republic of Iran, Russian Federation and Turkmenistan
Republic. The length of the shoreline between the countries is as follows: Azerbaijan
850 km, Kazakhstan 2350 km, Iran 900 km, Russia 1000 km, Turkmenistan
1200 km. There are 50 islands with total space 2 thousand km2 in the Caspian Sea.
The Caspian Sea has unique beauty, colorful echo-system, and rich natural resources
Albeit frosts and blizzards prevail in its northern shores, magnolias and apricot trees
blossom in its southern shores. The sea is unique for conserving its ancient flora and
fauna, as well as its ability to maintain the biggest sturgeon flocks. The sea vegetation
layer has been subject to profound changes under the influence of repeated salinization
or freshening of the water resulting in increased plant varieties in fresh waters and
scarce sea flora. After the Volga-Don channel was commissioned for use, plant varieties
growing in Azov and Black seas emerged along with the algae here.
There are 500 plant varieties and 854 animal species in the Caspian Sea of which 79
are vertebrate. The sea yields 80% of the world's total sturgeon production and 95% of
caviar production. Beluga is the biggest of 5 sturgeon species to be found here. It may
weigh up to 1 metric ton and length 5 meters. Besides sturgeon, salmon, bream, chub,
shamai, omul and Caspian eel are caught in the Caspian Sea.
Only one mammal out of 121 is found in the Caspian. It is the Caspian seal that cannot
be found any other seas. The seal is the smallest in the world with length 160 cm and
weight 100 kg. Seals are seen in flocks in March through April on Azerbaijan's shores,
during which time they migrate to South and return to North in October- November for
winterization.
The Caspian Sea is a major migration path between Europe, Asia, and Near East for the
birds. Every year up to 12 million migrating birds fly across this region and 5 million
birds remain here for winterization.
The main natural resource of the Caspian Sea is offshore oil and gas in its seabed.
Offshore Oil production was first attained namely here. Currently most of the oil
124

Environmental
Division
produced in the Republic of Azerbaijan (70-95%) is extracted offshore. As a result of

geological-exploration works carried out in the region a number of large oil and gas
deposits have been discovered offshore and the area adjacent to it. Caspian Sea holds
the second place in the world for oil and gas fields yielding only to the Persian Gulf for
its hydrocarbon resources.
5.2. Sensitive areas of the Caspian Sea
The protected sensitive areas in the Caspian Sea are Gil island, bays, harbors, and other
sensitive areas in the South Caspian may be considered potential receptors. Bahar,
Daghsil etc., mud, subsea etc. volcanoes in the Sea area are considered nature reserves
Figure 5.1. Volcano spreading map in Absheron peninsula

In general, the sea has 10 large bays Komsomolets, Mangishlaq, Gazakh, Gara-BoghazGol, Turkmenbashy (former Krasnovodsk), Turkman, Gizil-Aghaj, Hastarkhan and Gizlar
There are two large bays on the Caspian shores of Iran: Hirkan (former Astrabad) and
Anzaly (former Pahlavi).
Big bay of the Caspian Sea which is called Gara-Boghaz-Gol is of special interest where
the area of the bay periodically alter subject to the level of the sea. Bay merges with
the sea through of a narrow gulf with width 110-300 m and length 8-10,5 m. Level of
Gara-Boghaz-Gol gulf is always below the Caspian Sea. The difference between the
levels are changeable, depends on sea level and at interval 2-6 meters.
124

Environmental
Division
There is constant water flow into the bay through the gulf and all this evaporate from
the bay surface. Every year around 8-10 km3, i.e., 20-300 m3/sec water volumes flows
from the Caspian into the bay (according to the latest data, this figure is much greater)
150 million tons salt is being transported through this water route from sea into the
bay. In 1980-1984, the bay was separated from the sea by artificial dam and
consequently, Gara-Boghaz-Gol dried up and a huge salt valley emerged in an area
totaling 18 thousand km2. Annually 1,500 mm water evaporates from the surface of
Gara-Boghaz-Gol and precipitation doesn't exceed 70 mm/year.
Therefore bay waters actually look like a solution saturated with salt. Its salinity is
300% and it is the only bay where sea salt related sedimentation occurs Gara-BoghazGol bay is very rich with mirabilite (hydrous sulphate of sodium), halite, astrakhanite
etc., mineral salts Currently, sodium sulfate, bischofite, epsomite, glaubor salt, Glauber
salt, medical and sea salt and curative chloride magnium are produced in the bay.
The main ports of the Caspian Sea are Baku (the biggest), Turkmenbashy,
Hashtarkhan, Mahachgala, Aktau, Atirau, Bender-Anzali, Nousheher which are
considered sensitive areas.
5.3
Geological structure of the field
Gunashly" field is located at 120 km distance from Baku city, south-easterly direction
and was first discovered in 1970. Here geological and stratigraphic properties of the
field was studied via 60 drilled wells, including also Productive layers and Seasonal
plays. Here the Productive layer comprises 13 sections, of which 7 are the layer
abundant in oil with remaining 6 clayey layers. The sea depth here ranges between 80220 m.
The field is primarily included in the fields of Absheron archipelago-basin of the South
Caspian. "Gunashly" field is situated on the East Absheron anticlinorium. The field has
major contribution to development of stratigraphic column in Quarternary Period and
Neogene (Pliocene and Myocene sedimentations). Here productive layer forms a strata
with thickness 3000 m composed of sandsone, limestone and clayey shales. Lower
pRoductive layer divides into Gala (GLD), Girmakialti (GalD), Girmaki (GD), Girmakustu
sandy (GuGLD) and Girmakustu clayey (GuGLD) layer packs. The upper productive layer
sedimentations are: Fasile, Balakhany, Sabunchy, and Surakhany layer packs.
Here the part of the field with greatest reserve of the Productive layer is the lowest
Productive layer where the most productive ones are Girmakialti and Girmaki layer
packs. The northwards , thickness of Girmakialti layer pack dwindles and towards south
and south east of the field, we may observe increase in the thikcness of Gala,
Girmakiustu sandy layers.
Unlike some other fields of Absheron archipelago, Upper Productive layer
sedimentations are mostly encountered in Gunashly field and several fields situated
around it.
The sandstone positioned under the water has even complicated relief of the sea
bottom. The interestting fact is that the above mentioned sandsone is in the form of
arc, stretched along a strip from south-east toward south-west in sequence. Sandstone
ridges make up convex shapes of the underground relief.
124

Environmental
Division
In the field, Akhcahgil and Absheron scars also form a narrow strip, which has caused
rugged strip in development of the seabed relif.
Tectonically, this field is composed of asymmetrical sincle scar stretching from northwest toward south-east, inclination angle of south-westerly wing of which is 35-37,
and north-easterly wing 40-45.
Gala pack rests on widely spread ranging from sandy, sandstony, calcareous to gravel
mixed substances over siltstone layer. Here limestone prevails over sand and accounts
for 57% of the layer. Gala layer pack in Gunashly field divides into 4 sandy sections
delineated by thick limestone layers with thickness 45-50 m. Sandy layer comprises
Sandy layer comprises low amount of quarts sands with color changing from dark to
open gray and high content of clayey sandstones. The sections with no porosity are
sandy lime layers with color range from gray to open gray.
Unlike other fields, liquid absorption ability in Productive layer sedimentations in
Gunashly oil field is lower. For example, porosity in Surakhany pack totals 21%, while
absorption ability make up 212 mD. The lowest porosity here is encountered in Gala,
Girmaky and Girmakiustu clayey layer packs. Further, absorptive capacity of these
layers is also markedly lower.
Girmaki pack comprises well granulated sand, sandstone, lime and clayey sand layers
with thickness of 300 m. Here average thickness of sand layer ranges from 1 m to 5-7
m. Its thickness in the highest point varies in 10-15 m, occasionally reaching 20 m.
Girmakiustu sandy layer pack is composed of quartz sand and sandstone. Average layer
thickness is 35 m. Here, clay layer is thick and rarely wide spread. 70% of general
thickness of productive layer is composed of sand layer, lower layers gravel and a strate
composed of rock particles.
Girmakiustu clayey layer pack is mainly composed of clay layer as well as rare and
thickly spread sand and shale layers. Thickness of this layer ranges between 120 to 140
m. Here the clay is dark and brownish. Here sand layer iwth clay mix dying the layer
with open color accounts for 20% of the overall strata.
"Fasila" layer pack thickness, considered the primary Productive layer is 100-120 m.
This layer pack is roughly granulated and composed of large sandstone and covered
with thick clay layer on top.
Balakhanay layer pack is the pack with the greatest tickness. Its average thickness
reaches 400 to 500 m. Here sand layer makes up primary layer of all. Furthermore, this
area also contains silt and clay sedimentations. Sand and sandstone in this pack is
found in horizones V, VI, VII, VIII, IX and X and they are separated from each other
with thin clay layers. Portions of Balakhany pack where primary sand layer is located
are horizones X, V, VI, VII. The horizones containing the largest oil reserves among
them is horizone X. Here overall thicknes of Balakhany layer pack ranges between 610750 m (here thicknes sof horizone X is 80-90 m).
Sabunchu layer pack thickness is 320-440 m. Here the widely spread sedimentations
are sand, silt and clay. Strata thicknesses in horizones II, III v IV changes between
30-70 m.
Surakhany layer pack is mainly composed of clay layer. However here thisk sand and
124

Environmental
Division
clay layers may also be found. Overall thickness of this layermakes up 950-1150 m.
Sand layer only in this portion of the layer, sand layer may be found in horizon I.
5.4
Infrastructure of Gunashly" field
Gunashly" field was first discovered in 1979 and commissioned for utilization in 1980.
Total number of wells drilled in the field 441, of which 41 were closed after operation
and 62 after drilling.
Total number of DWF in the basin is 14 ( deep water foundations), one foundation has
completed its utilization period with 13 foundations still operational. Total well stock is
276 units of which 176 are oil wells ( 26 wells by well-spring method and 150 wells by
gas-lift method) are in utilization fund and 46 units gas-condensate wells.
Water injection wells are 19 of which 6 in operation and 2 wells expecting closure
124

Environmental
Division
Figure 5.2. Bathymetric map of Gunashly field
124

5.5
Meteorological condition
5.5.1
Climate
Environmental
Division
Major factors determining the climate in Caspians are the followings: geographical sea
condition, nature of atmospheric circulation, impact of the surrounding ground areas
(Aral-Caspian plateau in East, Greater Caucasian mountains in West) and water
exchange betwen different sea segments. Key characteristics of the Caspian sea is
prevalent anticlonal air condition, sharp temperature fluctuations over a year, warm
winter in North Caspian and warm, dry, and calm air condition throughout the Caspian.
Temperature area over the sea in winter is extremely hetereogenous and temprature in
North is below minus everywhere. Frosts may be observed in October through March,
temperature on shores in January-February -7-11oC and in the sea -4-7oC.
The areas surviveded by the Ecological Division belong to the Mid and South Caspian.
5.5.2
Air temperature
Winte in Mid Caspian is mild with average air temperature in January-February in northeast ranging from 3oC to 3-4oC in South East, where frosts frequent in JanuaryFebruary.
Average monthly temperature in January in South Caspian varies from 3oC in north-east
to 8-12oC in southr.
Tropical air masses prevail over Caspian sea in summer persisting here dry, warm, and
weak winds for longer periods. Average monthly temperature in July and August in
northern part of the sea is 22,3oC, mid section 24,13oC, south 25-27oC, falling down
toward north-east.
The below table shows time-spatial distribution of monthly air temperatures over the
Caspian sea.
124

Environmental
Division
Orta v Cnub
Xzrofzrind
havaover
temperaturunun
aylar
Monthly
alterations
temperature
Mid and Southern
(as (.S.liyev
for A.S .Aliyev,
2007)
zr Caspian
dyimlri
gr,
2007 il)
t,oC 30
25
20
15
10
5
0
I
II
III
IV
VI
Mid Caspian
Orta
Xzr
VII
VIII
IX
XI
XII
months
Southern Caspian
Cnub
Xzr
Figure 5.3 Table of monthly air temperature changing over the Mid and South
Caspian
5.5.3. Winds
South-easterly, easterly and North-westerly winds prevail throughout the year in open
sea section of the Mid Caspian and western shores. Recurrence of each of them is
between 20-40%. Northerly winds prevail in Baku port area of the Absheron peninsula
(recurrence 30-50%), but Southerly winds ( recurrence 15-25%) are also frequently
observed from October to May. In major part of the Eastern shore, easterly winds
prevail beginning from September to April-May (recurrence 20-50%), and Northwesterly and westerly winds from May-June to August (recurrence respectively 30-35%
and 20-25%).
In most of the stations mean monthly wind speed is 5-7 m/s. Mean speed near Derbent
city minimizes down to 3-4 m/s.
Recurrence of disastrous air is 4-12% in a year and around 16-23% near Darband.
124

Environmental
Division
l rzind klk axlri

imal
imal-Qrb
imal-rq
Qrb
rq
Cnub-Qrb
Cnub-rq
Cnub
Figure 5.4 Wind streams

Mean monthly number of the windy days with speed 15 m/s and greater is between 28. Strong winds are mainly observed in October through April. Such weather condition
around Darband is observed 1 day between May-August and around 9 days in
December near Fort-Shevchenko city.
Strong hurricanes also happen with speed above 25 m/s in the region of Absheron
peninsula.
Duration of strong and squally winds is usually lower than 12 hours. Direction of strong
winds coincides with the direction of prevalent wind directions.
Northerly wind prevails in the open sea of the South Caspian throughout a year. East
and North-easterly winds prevail in October-February months in eastern shores. Their
recurrence is respectively 20-50% and 20-30%.
Northerly and north-westerly winds mainly prevail from March to September (total
recurrence 60%). Westerly winds throughout a year on southern shores are often
observed (recurrence 15-50%).
Northerly and north-easterly winds prevail only in south-east (recurrence for each 1520%).
North-easterly winds prevail in the western shores of South Caucasus. Their recurrence
is from 20% to 35%. Mostly North-westerly winds are observed in the Anzali port
region in November through March (recurrence 20-35%). Recurrence of westerly winds
near Astara is great: 20-45%. Mean monthly wind speed is 3-6 m/s. Mean speed in
individual months near only Sangi-Mughan island may reach to 7 m/s.
Recurrence of disastrous air on easterly and westerly shores ranges between 3-14%
But recurrence of disastrous air condition on eastern shores in September through April
reaches 25 %. This value is within 20-40% on Southern shores.
Mean monthly number of windy days with speed 15 m/s and greater doesn't exceed 5.
In March through July only in Sangi-Mughan island is 6-7 days. Blowing period of such
124

Environmental
Division
winds doesn't exceed 12 hours.

Strong winds in South Caspian is in North and North-easterly direction.
The wind speed was measured at hourly intervals by SOCAR run Ecological Division in
2008-2009 and based on the received measurement data (17544 measurement data),
branches and recurrence hystogram of wind speed were developed.
tkrarlanma
l rzind klk istiqamtinin tkrarlanma histoqram
4000
3500
3451
3253
2970
3000
2500
2117
1927
2000
1651
1500
1226
1000
484
465
500
0
imal
imal-rq
rq
Cnub-rq
Cnub
Cnub-Qrb
Qrb
imal-Qrb
lakt
klyin istiqamti
Figure 5.5. Recurrence hystogram of wind speed throughout a year

5.5.4. Cloudiness
Mean monthly cloudiness in Mid Caspian fluctuates between 2-8 points. Mean annual
number of sunny days in wider ranges 49-100, the number of chilly days 80-147.
Sunny days may mostly be observed from June-July to October. Mean monthly number
of such days on western shores 7-14 days and eastern shore 11-17 days.
Monthly mean cloudiness in the southern part of the sea 2-7 points. Number of mean
annual sunny days on eastern and southern shores 56-101 and eastern shores 100-110.
And number of sunny days in chilly weather conditions is respectively 94-147 and 7174. Sunny days throughout a year is mainly observed in June through October ( 5-16
western and southerly, 11-18 easterly shores). Chilly days are mainly observed from
November to March through April. Monthly number of chilly days on western and
southern shores around 9-18 days and eastern shores 6-11 days.
5.5.5. Humidity
Humidity over northern and eastern sections of the Caspian and northern and eastern
areas is not high so that value of relative humidity in those areas in summer is 44% and
124

Environmental
Division
annually 56% reaches up to 60-80% on the northern shores of the sea in summer, fall
and especially winter and 90% in individual months.
Value of relative humidity in the western and southern sections of the sea ranges
between 65-80% The highest humidity over the year is observed in south-western
regions of the sea. Mean annual values of relative humidity here is at interval 70-80%.
An instrument called psychometer is used to establish humidity. A cloth material is
attached to the tip of right hand thermometer in two scale psychometric thermometers.
The cloth is soaked with distilled water and temperature (damp thermometer) is
measured. The difference between the value obtained and the value indicated by the
dry thermometer is found and relative air value is given based on the difference with
the help of special table. Relative air humidity is expressed by (%) percent.
The below given table reflects mean time-spatial distribution of dew point temperature
and relative humidity over the Caspian basing on multiyear data.
Boiling point temperatures alteration per month in the Caspian Sea (as
Xzr dnizind eh nqtsi temperaturunun aylar zr dyimlri
for A.S.Aliyev, 2007)
(.S.liyev gr, 2007 il)
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
I
II
III
IV
VI
VII
Orta
MidXzr
Caspian
VIII
IX
XI
XII
Southern Caspian
Cnub
Xzr
Figure 5.6.
5.5.6. Precipitations
Precipitation amount in the mid sea section is unevenly distributed. Their mean annual
amount on eastern shores ranges from 75 mm up to 410 mm on the western shores.
Mean monthly precipitation amount on eastern shores ranges between 2-15 mm and
increases from summer to winter season. Mean monthly precipitation amount on
western shores ranges from 5 mm to 50 mm. Precipitations mostly fall in SeptemberDecember months.
The number of precipitous days from October to March 5-10 on eastern shores and 813 on western shores. These figures fluctuate 2-4 and 3-8 respectively for eastern and
western shores from April to September. Maximum daily precipitation amount coincides
124

Environmental
Division
with August-September around Derbent reaching up to 113 mm.

Precipitations mainly fall as rain. Snowing may take place from November through
March. Mean monthly amount of snowy days is from 1 to 7.
Precipitation distribution on southern part of the Caspian Sea is extremely uneven. Its
value ranges from 100 mm in north-east to 1700 mm in south-west. The lowest
precipitation amount is observed in north-east in June-September: monthly mean is up
to 4mm. Here precipitation 10-16 mm falls in November through April monthly.
Mean monthly precipitation amount from March to August in south-western part is 3095 mm fluctuating around 100-335 from September to February.
Number of precipitous days in May through October in the South Caspian is 1-4 and 4-6
days in November through April. Number of precipitous days in a month from May
through August in south-western par 5-8 September through April 11-16.
Daily maximum precipitation amount is around 294 mm (Astara city, November).
Snow is a very rare natural phenomenon in South Caspian It may primarily take place in
December through March. Mean monthly number of snowy days doesn't exceed 1-3.
5.5.7. Fogs
Fogs on open sea in the Mid Caspian is mainly observed in winter and spring. Their
recurrence in this case is 1-5% and up to 15% in north-west.
Annual mean number of foggy days on shores is between 20 and 40. Fogs over a year
on eastern shores is unevenly distributed. In north they coincide with November-April
and April-July in South. Mean annual number of foggy days on eastern shores in that
period is at the interval 2-4.
On eastern shores fogs are usually observed during the period from November through
December. Here mean monthly amount of foggy days is around 3-8. It doesn't exceed
3 days in remaining months. It is presumed that the visibility in October-April will be
less than 1 miles. Recurrence of such visibility distance doesn't exceed 10%.
Fogs on open sea in South Caspian mainly take place in winter season. Fog recurrence
at the beginning of spring is lower than 5% and it is up to 10% in south-west. Mean
annual number of foggy days on the sea shores fluctuates between 15 and 40. Fogs
usually mostly continue from November to April-May and changes between 2-7 days.
Monthly mean number of foggy days tin the remaining days doesn't exceed 2 days.
Visibility distance less than 1 mile in South Caspian is rarely met and their recurrence is
below 5 %. It reaches 10% only in some areas.
5.5.8. Measurement methods and instruments
Air temperature measurement. Measuring air temperature is performed on an open
area. The measurement is carried out in a glassy (containing mercury and spirit)
thermometer with the help of deformed thermograph. The most common measurement
instrument is glassy thermometer. Unit of measurement of air temperature 0C.
124

Environmental
Division
Determination of relative air humidity. An instrument called psychometer is used

to establish humidity. A cloth material is attached to the tip of right hand thermometer
in two scale psychometric thermometers. This cloth is soaked with distillation water and
temperature (wet thermometer) is measured. The difference between the value
obtained and the value indicated by the dry thermometer is found and relative air value
is given based on the difference with the help of special table. Relative air humidity is
expressed by (%) percent.
Measurement of air pressure. Barometer-aneroid called instrument is used to
measure air pressure. Deformed metallic aneroid vessels are used when atmospheric
pressure change takes place in barometer-aneroid. Electronic barometers are widely
used in modern times. Pressure measurement unit - millimeter mercury scale (mm.c.s.)
or Pascal (Pa).
Measuring wind speed and direction. Air swivel called flugers are used to establish
wind direction. Flugers come in different shapes but mostly two pole flugers are used.
Fluger is installed in each of modern vessels. Directions are as follows:
N (North) imal ():
W (West) Qrb (Q):
S (South) Cnub (C):
E ( East) rq (q);
Further eight sides are used. For example, NW (north-west) etc. Armed or portable
instrument with electronic sensor is used to measure wind speed. Wind speed unit of
measurement is m/s or number in a scale.
Cloudiness identification. Visual observations are used to establish cloudiness.
Cloudiness is measured by 10 score system. Fully cloudy air is 10 score while cloudless
air is estimated as 0 score.
Measuring meteorological parameters during sea expedition. Meteorological
parameters are measured during the ecological monitorings carried out by the SOCAR
run Ecological Division, Ecological Researches Expedition in the Azerbaijani sector of the
Caspian Sea. State of art instruments are used when carrying out measurement works.
Measurements are taken thrice a day at 0900, 1500 and 2100.
JHC-3(A) type multi-mode instrument is used to measure air temperature, while
thermal ammeters "GDF-6" is used to establish wind speed. Meteorological observation
data obtained during the monitorings during September 04-07 and November 05-09
2012 at "Bulla-Daniz" field are presented in Table 5.1.
124

Environmental
Division
Wind
Day
02
03
04
05
15
16
17
18
19
Month
Year
Hour
Velocity, Directions,
(m/s)
(Rumb)
Cloudliness,
(score)
Date
Wheather
temp.
(OC)
Wheather
relative
humidity,
%
Atmopheric
pressure,
(mm.m.c.)
Table 5.1: M eteorological observation data during the m onitorings held on

Septem ber 04-07 and 05-09 2012 at "Bulla-Daniz" field
09:00
2-4
SE
16.8
62
753
2012 15:00
3-5
SE
16.4
60
751
21:00
2-3
SE
15.9
61
754
09:00
3-4
SE
16.2
63
755
2012 15:00
2-4
SE
16.9
62
752
21:00
4-5
SE
16.4
64
753
09:00
3-5
SE
15.8
65
754
2012 15:00
4-6
SE
16.7
63
752
21:00
2-4
SE
16.1
64
751
09:00
3-5
SE
15.2
61
753
2012 15:00
2-4
SE
15.8
63
754
21:00
3-5
SE
16.3
65
755
09:00
4-5
NE
6.4
77
756
october 2012 15:00
5-6
NE
7.5
74
758
21:00
3-5
NE
75
762
09:00
5-7
NE
7.4
76
761
october 2012 15:00
4-6
NE
8.5
79
759
21:00
6-8
NE
8.7
77
763
09:00
3-5
NE
81
760
october 2012 15:00
4-5
NE
9.6
80
762
21:00
4-7
NE
7.4
79
761
09:00
2-4
NE
7.1
77
760
october 2012 15:00
3-5
NE
9.2
75
758
21:00
4-6
NE
8.4
73
759
09:00
4-5
NE
7.2
74
757
october 2012 15:00
5-7
NE
7.8
75
755
21:00
4-6
NE
6.9
77
756
april
april
april
april
5.6. Biological characteristics of the Caspian Sea

5.6.1. Undulation
The followings are key factors identifying the hydrological mode of he Caspian Sea:
Climate
124

Water flow
Sea depth
Bottom relief
Environmental
Division
Strong undulation in the Caspian Sea usually occurs due to strong north-southerly
winds blowing in autumn and winter months in particular. Such winds have long
running distance and duration periods.
There are also large waves of north-westerly directions are observed in open areas of
Mid and South Caspian. It was established as a result of multiple observations in the
mid of the sea that:
Probability of waves with height up to 2 m in winter 70%, spring 79%,

summer 81% and fall 70%;
Waves with height above 3 m respectively 10%, 7%, 5% and 10%;
Waves with height above 8 m (storm waves) make up 0,10%; 0,10%; 0,07%
and 0,01% .
North-easterly waves prevail in the western part of the South Caspian and northwesterly (also north-easterly in winter) prevail in eastern part throughout a year South
Caspian:
Probability of waves with height up to 2 m in winter 83%;
For waves with height above 8 m respectively 0,02%, 003%, 0,02% and 0,03%.
The above statistical data for undulation characterize mean undulation over seasons,
though there may be deviations from such values in individual years.
5.6.2. Currents
Sea currents play a vital role in the living organisms and human beings living there. Sea
currents transport fish released spawn from one location to another, an area where
they may afterwards feed themselves.
When deep water foundations, trestles etc., are being built offshore, it is very vital to
study the current regime there. As long as it is impossible to carry out construction of
different structures without first studying current characteristics.
Study of sea currents is also important for navigation. So it is clearly evident when the
vessels lying at anchor change their course etc.
Currents are huge energy carriers. The energy just on the upper three meters of water
equals the whole energy in the atmosphere. It is clearly obvious at places where cold
depth waters rich with feedstuff surface up. This event called also Upwelling" is also
evident in the Caspian Sea. Horizontal and vertical sea water circulation is very poorly
investigated with dynamics of pollution substances. Synchronic observation data carried
out on these processes is almost not available (Mehdiyev ASh, Gul A.K. Man-induced
pollution of the Caspian Sea, Baku Elm 2006, page 180).
The followings are factors generating currents in the Caspian Sea:
124

wind,
Sea water density,
Corriolist force,
Sea depth,
Subsea relief,
Shore configuration,
Water flow,
Ebbing-edding events
Environmental
Division
Wind is the most important of these factors. Joint current system is observed in the sea
due to the influences of these processes in real sea conditions.
The General water circulation in the Caspian and the currents system generated due to
mean average hydrometeorological condition is observed.
General water circulation in the Caspian Sea has developed due to multiyear
hydrometeorological condition. In general current system is described as given below.
The northerly winds prevalent throughout a year over the sea generate drift flows from
North Sea towards west. Such water floods divides into 2 branches moving up to the
Absheron peninsular. The strongest of these branches crosses the peninsular and
enters the southern part, moves along the shores of the South Caspian and turns left
and move towards Mid and Northern Caspian again. The second branch moves toward
the east from the Absheron peninsula entering eastern shores and merging with the
main tributary. The merged flow entering Mangishlag peninsula turns to west from
peninsula thus generating cyclonic water circulation in the North Caspian. There are
also local anticyclonic flows between the Absheron peninsula and mouth of the river Kur
in South Sea side.
Flow plan in the Caspian Sea as presented by different investigators is presented below.
124

Environmental
Division
Figure 5.7. Flow plan in the Caspian Sea
124

Environmental
Division
South-easterly flows are prevalent along the western shores of Mid Caspian.
Due to shore influences in the territory of Absheron peninsula strong north-westerly
winds generate flows from shore towards east and towards north-west in open sea.
There appears sustainable southerly flows apart from southerly winds in the region
between Chilov and 28 May islands and their speed ranges between 60-80 cm/sec.
Speed of flows from Absheron peninsula towards north is 10-20 cm/sec in northwesterly and southerly winds, 30-40 cm/sec. in mild winds and 60-100 cm/sec in strong
winds.
In the eastern part of Mid Caspian and flow directions mostly coincide. Wind speed
from south to north along the shore and as a result of this, flow speed increases.
Recurrence of flows with speed 0-10 cm/sec. between Gilli and Gum island is 50%, 1020 sm/sec 40% and 20-30 sm/sec - 10%.
South flows with speed 10 cm/sec in Baku Archipelago in the South Caspian prevail
Here maximum flow speeds (40-50 cm/sec) have been observed during strong northwesterly winds (8-9 scores). Southerly flows prevail in April through September along
the eastern shores of the Caspian Sea. Here flow speed under mild winds 15-30
cm/sec, and strong winds 50-60 cm/sec. With recurring flows with speed up to 10
cm/sec it reaches 60%.
Flow speed and direction is measured by SOCAR run Ecological Division during the
seasonal ecological monitorings in oil and gas extraction areas of Azerbaijan portion of
the Caspian Sea During measurement 3D-ACM-7000 instrument made by Falmouth
Scientific, Inc. (US) company is used. This instrument, housed in a dedicated hermetic
and waterproof case is utilized after being tightened with the help of a computer. The
instrument also helps to concurrently measure water temperature, power conductivity
and additionally, pressure in special cases.
As seen from Table 5.2, flow direction in Gunashly field in September 80o -130o,
and 190-230 o in November. During mild winds, flow speed in September ranges
between 6 cm/sec 20 cm/sec, and in November 7 cm/sec to 23 cm/sec.
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
Measured depth
St.No
Item No
Table 5.2: Measurement of flow speed (cm/sec) and flow direction ( o) on

September 04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from Bulla-Daniz field
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Flow speed,
cm/sec
tolerance
(2)
Sept
Novem
emb
ber
er
9
7
11
9
13
12
15
17
16
14
15
17
Flow direction
tolerance (2)
September
Bearin
O
g
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
November
Beari
O
ng
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
124
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
4
6
8
11
12
14
15
16
17
22
24
25
Measured depth
St.No
Item No

Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Surface
Depth
Flow speed,
cm/sec
tolerance
(2)
Sept
Novem
emb
ber
er
14
10
9
8
10
14
13
11
14
15
13
10
9
11
15
13
14
16
14
19
18
16
15
13
16
18
17
19
20
18
21
17
20
19
21
19
16
18
15
17
19
21
18
17
16
18
21
20
Environmental
Division
Flow direction
tolerance (2)
September
Bearin
O
g
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
250-310
220-300
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
SWNW
November
Beari
O
ng
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
130-150
120-140
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
General bathymetric mapping of the Caspian is presented as given below:
124

Environmental
Division
Figure 5.8. Bathymetric map of the Caspian Sea
124

Environmental
Division
5.7. Living organisms in the Caspian

5.7.1. Caspian fish
There are 101 different fish species and varieties in the Caspian It counts from 5 m
giant beluga from sturgeons to gobies with length up to 45 mm . Some of the species
count in millions and even billions: herrings, Gobies, Sturgeons, salmons, pikes, carps,
nakha fish etc. Of these pikes, perch, crucian are fresh water fish.
These are mainly found at above river flows into the sea and occasionally.
Zander, bream, cheki also dwell in the fresh water portions of the sea. Only sturgeons
and herrings have spread throughout the sea and flow up the river for reproduction
Aterina, needle fish, grey mullet and flounder are purely sea fish.
All of these have arrived from Azov and Black sea. They have a very favorable
conditions for development and growth in the Caspian Sea.
5.7.2. Caspian birds
312 bird varieties have been recorded in the preserves of the Caspian Sea and there are
a lot of water birds nesting on its shores. Caspian Sea is famous for large winterization
area for especially swans. Caspian Sea is one of the key routes of migration for birds
between Europe, Asia and Near East. Up to 12 million birds flow across Azerbaijan
during migration of which 5 million birds winterize here Azerbaijan's seashores have
high natural vitality. So its protected harbors, small islands, ponds, swamps are ideal
places for migrating and winterizing as well as permanently residing and reproducing
bird varieties. There are duck, goose, coot, black chest qaqar, curly feathered pelican,
big cormorant, small cormorant, heron, flamingo, hissing swan, crying swan, gray
goose, white brow gas, mallard or red duck, green head duck, gray, herald duck teal,
red head diver and etc.
5.7.3. Wildlife
There habitute 1809 species and semi-species of animals in the Caspian Sea of which
1069 are free living invertebrate, 325 species parasites and 415 species of vertebrate
animals. For their origin, five groups of free living animals may be specified in the
Caspian Sea and it proves the Caspian Sea has a very complex historic background.
The first group consists of the Caspian Sea's aboriginal fauna with total number 513
species. It makes up 48 percent of the whole fauna. They have developed from ancient
varieties in Sarmat, Pont and Akjagil basins Herrings, khum, chomche khums,
sturgeons, dreissen molluscs, crabs, turbellyaris, some polykhets, large portion of
mizids are remainders of the sea fauna.
The second genetic group are in Arctic varieties. Their predecessors are in the North
sea. They migrated into the Caspian Sea 10-12 thousand years ago from the North sea
Arctic group has 14 species It includes limnokalanus from crabs, four mizits, two white
salmon, Caspian salmon, amphipod, sea yuyurk and Caspian Seal. They arrived in the
Caspian via goychay eppared after ice period. They live a 200-700 meters depths of Mid
and South Caspian is explained by higher cold temperatures at those depths (4,9-5,9
124

Environmental
Division
0C).
These are third group Mediterranean species. Total number is 26 They arrived in the
Caspian Sea in Khvalin period through Kumu-Manij bay This group includes hairy warm,
two types of cyrastoderm molluscs, needle fish etc. Some Mediterranean sea species
migrated to the Caspian through Volga-Don channel. Fourth group fresh water fauna
includes 228 species Migration of fresh water species into the Caspian Sea has taken
place in a number of stages due to freshening of the sea water. It includes salmons,
pikes, nakhas, carps, perches, as well as some invertebrate (olygokhets), rotatories,
some of turbelliaries, khyronomids etc. Fifth group are sea species. These are infusors
(386 species), two foraminifer etc.
5.7.4. Caspian Seal
There are 4,000 known species of Mammals in the world Of these 100 species live in
seas. Only 1 species is observed in the Caspian Sea-Caspian Seal (Pusa caspisa).
Caspian Seal only dwells in the Caspian Sea and may be found from the North Caspian
to shores of Iran. It has spread all over the Sea, meanwhile, species are in increased
quantity in Northern Caspian. Seals dwell on the ice in Northern part of Caspian in
winter, once the ice melt they spread all over Mid and Southern Caspian. Length 1,5 m,
average mass up to 70 kg Feeds with gobies, sprat, aterina, shrimp and amphipods.
Occasionally, herring and vobla may be found in its stomach. In the past, the number
of seals in the Caspian exceeded 1 million.
Caspian Seal (Phoca caspica), mammal

Species in the true seal family of Predator Group. It is the only sea mammal habituating
in the Caspian Sea. It is an endemic species of the Caspian Sea and considered the
smallest of the world seals (average age-50) Caspian Seal only dwells in the Capsian
sea and it may be encountered anywhere from North Caspian up to the shores of Iran.
They are widespread in all parts of the sea. Their number is higher in North Caspian.
Seals dwell on the ice in Northern part of Caspian in winter, once the ice melt they
spread all over Mid and Southern Caspian. Length 1,5 m, average mass up to 70 kg
Feeds with gobies, sprat, aterina, shrimp and amphipods. Occasionally, herring and
vobla may be found in its stomach.
Figure 5.9. Caspian Seal
124

Environmental
Division
According to estimations held in 1987, total number of population of the Caspian Seal is
360-400 thousand heads (Krilov, 1989). Their number as per the estimations held by
Commission on water bio resources of the Caspian Sea. in 2005 their number is 375
thousand heads. The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) held
discussions about the state of Caspian Seals in 1996 and considering progressive
pollution and constriction of the shoreline dwelled by seals, incorporated this species as
a "weak" species into IUCN. Caspian Seal (Phoca caspica) is the sole representative of
pin legged and was incorporated into "Guinnes Book of Records" as the smallest seal of
the World ocean. This species is an endemic type spread in the Caspian Sea.
Incorporated into the "Red List" of the International Union for Conservation of Nature,
and proposal is made to incorporate it into the second issue of "Red List" of Azerbaijan
Republic.
5.7.5. Caspian turtle (Clem m ys caspica)
The reptiles belonging to red head turtles dwell in different water basins and usually in
groups ( from 3 to 100). Feed with animals (insects, small fish, frog) and occasionally,
plants. First observed in the Caucasus in 1774 around Shamakhy. Widespread in the
islands north of Mediterranean sea.
5.7.6. Zooplankton
In the zooplankton of the Caspian Sea, infusors, empty intestinals, rotatories, warms,
molluscs, as well as fish spawns and larva may be found. Zooplankton is a key feedstuff
for fish and whales and it is very nutritious. There are up to 2000 zooplanktons in the
world oceans, including also 1200 crab species.
There are 315 species in the zooplankton of the Caspian Sea. Of these 135 species are
infusors, 2 empty intestinals, 67 rotatories, 54 bearded crabs, 32 web-footed crabs, 1
pancer crabs, 5 khums, 6 amphipods, 1 izopodes and 1 water tick. Of 135 species of
plankton infusors in the Caspian Sea, 73 species are in North Caspian, 112 in Mid
Caspian and 108 in South Caspian. Rotatories primarily dwell in the places where Volga
and Kur flow into the sea as the fresh water sources of the sea. Bearded crabs play
major role in zooplankton of the Caspian Sea. Their fresh water species are mainly
found in North Caspian and in part where Volga flows into the sea. The plankton of the
Caspian Sea has the following web-footed crab semi-groups (Calanoida-6 species,
Cyclopoida-17 species, Harpacticoida- 9 species). Here the first prevalent variety in
number is limnokalaus crab Mizids, amphipods and invertebrate animal larvae also play
a major role in the Caspian plankton. In autumn, zooplankton biomass grows on
shoreline of the sea, though its biomass in its central part is substantially low. Trophic
structure of the zooplankton of the Caspian Sea is as expressed below: phytographs
prevail in deep zones, role of predators in circula flow zones increases, while in shallow
places deritographs may be seen along with Phytographs and predators.
5.7.7. Zoobenthos
Distribution of benthic animals in the Caspian Sea depends on the type and depth of
124

Environmental
Division
soil covering its bottom 855 species and semi-species of invertebrate animals have been
recorded in the bottom of the Caspian Sea. Of these 305 species are infusors, 52
nematodes, 118 molluscs, 74 amphipods and 46 pancer crabs etc. On the shorelines of
the sea (0-50m) species variety of benthic animals is greater than its deeper sections.
There have been 276 animals noted in the benthos of North Caspian. There are 589
animal species in Mid Caspian benthos Of these 233 species are infusors. There are 199
infusor species in the western part of the Mid Caspian. In zoobenthos of Mid Caspian,
Azov and Black sea species (abra, mitilaster, serastoderma, nereis) and some Caspian
varieties-dreisena, pirgula snail, hipania warm and chironomid larvae prevail. High
development of benthic animals may be found in Khudat and Gilazi islands. Huge
number of amphipod crabs have developed in the eastern part of Mid Caspian.
Zoobenthos of the Caspian Sea play a major role in fish growth. 589 animal species
have been noted in the benthos of the Caspian Sea. Of these 279 are infusers
Maximum development of benthic animals are observed at 10-50 m depths of the sea.
Here mitilaster, abrah and dreissena snails prevail in biomass. Maximum development
of benthic animals are found in Bandovan mace, near Lankaran and Astara. Total 13
animal species have been observed where the Kur river flows into the sea. In general,
389 species of benthic animals dwell in the eastern part of the Caspian Sea. Of these
176 are infusers Mitilaster and abra hold major place among mollusks. Benthic animals
are mainly more developed near Tazabad, Ogurchinsk island and Ulksi bank. Substantial
changes have taken place in its zoobenthos due to salinization of the water of Caspian
Sea. Completely new biocoenoses have developed due to increased salinization of
waters at bays and it is due to arrival of living organisms dwelling in saline waters from
Azov and Black seas via Volga-Don channel. This process is more intensive in
Krasnovodsk, South Chalakan, Balkhan, Gizilaghaj, and Gorgan bays Currently Azov and
Black sea species have occupied all areas in those bays. Caspian fauna has maintained
its dominance since no considerable changes have taken place in the salinity of water in
only Kazkahstan bay Diversity of Mid and South Caspian shorelines, as well as benthic
fauna of North Caspian attracts different fish species such as sturgeon, vobla, cheki,
some gobies, aterina etc. Main biomass in all regions of the Caspian are made up of the
species from Azov and Black Sea waters. Changes have taken place in the productivity
of sea bottom fauna under the influence of rise in the Caspian Sea level. Zoobenthos
biomass is more productive in Mid and South Caspian and there is huge feedstuff base.
However, fish fully consume the feedstuff base at the bottom of North Caspian, as long
as al fish relating to Volga and Ural rivers dwell and feed in these regions.
5.7.8. Perifiton
Perifiton is occasionally called biological cover. A lot of perifiton organisms develop in
natural and artificial substrates of the Caspian. Bacteria, algae, infusers, sungurs,
briosis, warms, molluscs, hairy legged crabs etc. dwell in perifiton 90 plant species and
212 animal species have been observed in the perifiton of the Caspian Sea. Only a
number of perifiton species dwelled in the Caspian in the beginning of our century.
Those animals had no harm for hydrotechnical facilities in the Caspian. However
perifiton role substantially increased due to arrival of new animal species in the Caspian
Sea from Azov and Black seas Currently, perifiton animals have substantially increased
on vessels, trestles etc., submerged portions causing a lot of damage to them. Mitilaster
124

Environmental
Division
snail has arrived in the Caspian from Black sea via vessels. It was first noted in Baku
Bay and spread towards the western shore of South Caspian, then eastern shore and
subsequently to all sections of the sea. All changes in perifiton of the Caspian Sea have
taken place after Volga-Don channel was first commissioned for use. Several perifiton
organisms dwelling in Black and Azov seas arrived in the Caspian Sea stuck on vessel
hulls 172 infuser species have been noted in the perifiton of the Caspian Sea, of which
30 species are found in all the sea basin. Mitilaster out of mollusks plays a major role in
the perifiton of the Caspian Sea. Along with mitilaster, perifiton also includes dreissena,
abra, serastoderma, teodoxsus mollusks. Corofids of crabs play a major role in the
biological layer of the Caspian. Balanus crab (balanus improvisus) play a major role in
the perifiton of the Caspian Sea Balanus prevail in all the biological layers of items and
hydrotechnical plants under water. Briozois have 3 species dwelling on the biological
covers of the Caspian Sea Barensia has been noted among sonboshluqlar in the
perifiton of the Caspian Sea recently It was first encountered in Krasnovodsk bay 10
animals have been found at the bottom of vessels in the Caspian, which are also
characteristic of biological layers in hydrotechnical plants. Perifiton animals contribute
very little to fish feedbase Some plankton fish feed on their larvae.
5.7.9. Invertebrate animals
Most of the animals in the Caspian is accounted for by invertebrate animals. They have
1394 species and it makes up 77,1% of the total number.
Rhizopoda falls under rudimentary animal family, move and hunt with their false legs.
There are 10 known species of tall legged animals in the bottom of the sea. They dwell
on the sea bottom and water layers Foraminiferida. Falls under rudimentary animal
families with body inside the pancer. They mainly dwell from the seashores up to the
deepest sea bottom. There are 18 species of it in the Caspian Sea.
Heolizoa has round shape consisting of ectoplasm and endoplasm layers. 2 heliozoi
species have been observed in the Caspian Sea.
Both of them dwell on shallow shore waters Mastigophora. This Semi-type fall under
sargomastigofor class. All of these have whips helping them to move.
It has 6-8 thousand known varieties at the moment nfusers (Ciliophora). A variety of
rudimentary animals. They move with the help of eyelashes. It has 460 known species
in the Caspian of which 21 species are parasites. Infuser species is diverse in the sand
of the sea. They play a major role as a feedstuff for mollusks and crabs as well as
biological purification of the sea. They destroy pathogenous bacteria.
Porifer dwell in the Sea and fresh waters. They have settled life in the bottom of the
sea. They have 5000 known species There is one species having 3 forms in the Caspian
Sea.
Coelenterata. These are mainly sea animals also dwelling fresh waters. It has five
species in the Caspian Sea; cordylophora caspia (figure 19). It dwells up to 85 m
depths on the shoreline. Colony of Bougainvillia meqas is varied and has develop
polyps. Moerisia pallasi has two colonies, one of which dwell in the substrate and the
other plankton Moersia maeotica polyps have settled life on the sea bottom. They live
both in colonies and individually. Its jellyfish is semi-spheric. Growth in large numbers
124

Environmental
Division
along the Absheron shore in summer. This species arrived in the Caspian from Azov sea
Blackfordia virginisa has both polyp and also jellyfish varieties Arrived in the Caspian in
1962.
Turbellaria. This types of warms dwell in sea waters, fresh waters, and rarely on
ground. Currently it counts 3000 species of which 29 have been observed in the
Caspian; Caspius, Anaperus sulcatus, Oliqochoerus bakuensis, Caspioplana pharynqosa
etc. Most of these warms dwell in Mid and South Caspian. The poles in Lankaran and
Anzali port have marks reading Pentacoelum caspium, an endemic variety marked on
them.
Nemertini is a unique variety of invertebrate animals and belong to multitissue
animals. It has 1 known species in the Caspian Sea (Prostoma clepsinoides).
5.7.10. Nematoda
It is another class of round-shaped warm species. It has 20000 known species at the
moment. Of these 52 species have been noted in the Caspian Nematodes dwell in the
sea, fresh waters and soils. All of the nematodes in the Caspian Sea are benthic
animals. They dwell in sand, silt-sand, and occasionally clean silt Fresh water
nematodes may be found in the Caspian Sea, although they dwell in North Caspian.
Nematodes develop in huge numbers in the Caspian and play a major role as fish feed
Further, nematodes are indicators of contamination of water and soil.
Rotatoria; Lecane luna, Platuas quadricornis, P. Patulus etc. It is a unique class of
round-shaped warms it has 2000 species; primarily dwell in fresh waters and some
species in the sea; 67 species have been noted in the Caspian and mainly found where
Volga flows into the Caspian. They are brought into the sea river flow. Platyas
quadricornis, P. Patulus etc., mainly dwell in fresh waters, while some other species in
shallow waters of the Caspian and places with low salinity Trichocersa caspisa , etc.,
species dwelling in saline waters are endemic ritatories of the Caspian Sea.
Hairy worms (Polychaeta) are separate family of circular worms with 7000 known
species and 7 known species in the Caspian Sea Nereis diversicolor from among hairy
worms brought to the Caspian Sea from Azov sea in 1939-1941 and adapted to the
local climate Hypania invalida and Hipaniola kowalewskii live in mud in the Caspian Sea.
Mercierella enigmatica arrived in the Caspian Sea stuck on vessel hull Azov sea in 1960.
Less hair worms (Oligochaeta) are separate family of Circular worms. Currently it has
5000 known species and 32 species have been observed in the Caspian Sea. These play
a major role as fish feed.
Leech (Hirudinea) Piscicola caspia, Caspiobdella tuberculata, Archaeobdella esmonti.
These dwell in waters, seas, and occasionally land with currently 400 known species. It
has 3 species observed in the Caspian.
Bearded crabs (Cladosera) Pleopis polyphemoides, Polyphemus exiguus, Evadne
anonux, Podonevadne, Cornigerius, Caspievadne, Cercopagis, Apagis are widespread in
the Caspian. It has 380 known species of which 55 found in the Caspian. All other forms
apart from Pleopis polyphemoides are endemic for Caspian and Azov seas. This species
arrived in the Caspian Sea after Volga-Don channel opened in 1957.
124

Environmental
Division
Web-footed crab (Copepoda) 21 species of free dwelling web-footed crabs have been
noted in the Caspian. Of these, 5 species Eurytemora minor, Halicyclops sarsi,
Estinosoma concinnum, Schizopera akatovae, Smirnnoviella unisetosa are widespread in
the Caspian.
Hairy-footed crabs (Cirripedia). Currently it has 1000 species. Of these, there are 2
species in the Caspian Sea Balanus improvisus was first observed in 1955 and
B.eberneus in 1956 Both arrived in the Caspian from Azov sea carried by vessels after
Volga-Don channel opened and make up major part of biological layers of
hydrotechnical facilities. B.eberneus primarily dwells in the sea bottom.
Pancer crabs (Ostrasoda) Cyprideis littoralis, Leptocythere lonqa Darinula stevensoni,
Cytherissa inormis, Leptocythere laevis, L.minuta, L laetifica Dwell in silt, sand and shell
biotopes on shallow shore waters of the Caspian Sea Some of them make up feed of
benthic fish.
Mizids (Mysidacea) Currently, known species are 500, of which 20 species observed in
the Caspian. 13 mizid species are considered endemic with 7 species also found in Black
and Azov seas alongside the Caspian Sea. Mysis macrolepis, M.microphthalma, M.
amblyops, Paramysis loxolepis always dwell in planktons Mizids play key role as a
feedstuff for some fish such as big-belly herrings, zander, long-nose, bream etc.
Kums (Cumacea) have 700 known species, of which 18 dwell in the Caspian Sea.
Caspian kums are evriqalin (Pseudocuma cercaroides, Stenocuma graciloides,
pterocuma pectinata) and stenoqalin (Pterocuma qrandis, stenocuma diastyloides)
Kums form a major part of feed for bream, vobla etc. fish.
Even footed (Jsopoda) Currently has 4500 known species, of which 2 semi-species
have been observed in the Caspian Sea. Sea croach (Saduria entomon caspia) is of
Arctic origin and arrived in the Caspian Sea from there. This species is mostly
encountered in Gilazi dili and near Kenderli Jaera sarsi caspisa semi-species have been
observed at 50-60 m depth of Mid and South Caspian.
Amphipoda has 4500 known species, of which 74 have been observed in the Caspian.
69 species dwelling in the Caspian fall under local fauna, 4 species (Pseudolibrotus
caspius, P. Platyceras, Pontoporea affinis microphtalma, Gammaracanthus loricatus
caspius) fall under Arctic fauna. Amphipoda play a key role as a feedstuff for fish
(vobla, bream, cheki, gobies).
Decapoda. It has 8500 known species, of which 5 species have been observed in the
Caspian, including also 2 shrimps. Shrimps (Palaemon elegans, P.adspersus) arrives in
the Caspian Sea accidentally together with gray mullet from Azot sea in 1930. Dutch
cumacean freely arrived in the Caspian Sea from Azov sea through bilge waters in 1958
via Volga-Don channel (Rhithropanopeus harrisii tridentatus). Cumacean may be found
in feedstuff of some fish (sturgeons, cheki, vobla, gobies).
Water tick (hydracarina) has 2 known species in the Caspian which live in water and
land Caspihalacarus hyrcanus Baku bay, Copidognathus oxicanus in the east of North
Caspian Both species dwell in plankton.
Chironomidae. Currently has 3000 known species, of which 8 species have been
noted in the Caspian, mostly dwelling in fresh waters, and some in sea Chiromonus
albidus is endemic for Caspian Sea. These species as well as Clunio marinus have
124

Environmental
Division
spread along the shores of the sea Chironomidae larvae develop mostly in North
Caspian for their amount and biomass They make up a major portion of crah, vobla and
surgeon fish feed.
Wet flies (Ceratopoginidae). Currently it has 4000 known species. Of these the species
in Culicoides family have been observed in the Caspian Sea Larvae dwell in fresh waters
and wet soils
Molluscs (Mollusca). It has 130,000 know species, of which 118 have been noted in
the Caspian. Mytilaster lineatus has been brought to the Caspian in 1928 from Black sea
by vessels.
Vessels brought it along to the Caspian from Batumi via railway. It plays a major role as
a filter to purify sea water. It largely contributes to development of biological layers.
In 1959, Hypanis colorata snail was noted in North Caspian. This species arrived in the
Caspian from Azov sea Abraovata was adapted to local climate under the leadership of
Russian scientist L.A. Zenkevic in 1939-1940. This species also came to the Caspian
from Azov sea. Currently abra snail is encountered in all sections of the sea and play a
key role for its biomass among benthic animals.
Abra snail has a special role as a feedstuff for sturgeon and long-nosed fish.
Cerastoderma snail is also widespread. It has 2 species in the Caspian (C.rhombodies,
C.isthmicum). Probably they arrived in the Caspian from Black sea in Khvalin era.
Dreisena snail is also widespread in the Caspian. Molluscs feed on algae and organic
humus and play a vital role as a fish feed.
Briozoa (Briozoa) it currently has 4000 known species of which 6 have been noted in
the Caspian. Bowerbankia imbricata B.grasilis, Paludicella articulata, Victorella, pavida
are widespread in the Caspian. Conopeum seurati came to the Caspian from Azov Sea
in 1958 Currently largely contribute to development of biological layers.
Sonboluqlar (Kamptozoa). Currently it has known 60 species, of which Barentsia
benedeni has been noted. It was first discovered in Krasnovodsk in 1962, arrived in the
Caspian from Black sea stuck on vessel hull and currently play a major role in
development of biological layers.
5.7.11. Vegetation
Flora of the Caspian Sea is known from miocene era Sea flora consists of 755 varieties
and semi-varieties of which 5 are higher varieties Higher varieties grow on land, seas
and fresh waters. The followings are varieties growing in the Caspian Sea: Sea-grass
(zostera notli), Raked chickenpox (potamogetonpestinatus), 2 varieties of ruppiya
(ruppia spiralis, r.maritima, najas marina). It is a multiyear plant mainly reproducing
vegetatively and occasionally, amphimictically. Chickenpox is found on the sea shore
and najas on bays. Higher water plants provide a good shelter for invertebrate animals
and fish. Both fish and water birds feed on higher plants. Some fish release their spawn
on them.
Phytoplankton is the basis of fish resource. Most of sea animals feed on them.
Phytoplankton in the Caspian Sea is distinct from phytoplanktons from other seas by
few number of sea species and prevalent of fresh water species. There grow both fresh
124

Environmental
Division
water and also saline water algae in the phytoplankton of the Caspian Sea. And it is due
to deficiency of salinity in the sea 450 algae have been noted in the phytoplankton of
the Caspian Sea: of these 163 varieties are algae, 102 blue-green algae, 139 green
algae, 39 dinofit algae, 2 golden algae, and 5 evglen algae. There are 47 sea algae, 66
saline water algae, 210 fresh water algae and 52 other algae varieties in the Caspian
Sea. Prorosentrum and rizosoleniya are prevalent in the phytoplankton of the Caspian
Sea. Because salinity of Mid and South Caspian Sea is higher relative to North Caspian,
fresh water algae don't survive and perish there.
5.7.12. Algae
There are no living algae group in the waters with normal salinity in the Caspian Green
and blue-green algae prevail in the Caspian. Early in 30s of our century, diatome algaerizosoleniya came to Caspian from the Black sea and has spread all over the sea When
Volga-Don channel opened, other algae species began to appear in the Caspian that
originally grow in Azov and Black seas. These algae include rudimentary plant groups
and usually water plants. Algae are in different colors and it needs on interrelationships
between chlorophyl and pigments contained in them Blue-green, diatome, red, green,
brown, moire, dinofit algae grow in the Caspian Sea.
Blue-green algae have 203 varieties, of which 136 varieties are found in the western
shores of the sea. Variety number of blue-green algae are predominant where the
Volga river flows into North Caspian and it is due to their transportation via the water of
Volga river Some varieties of blue-green algae grow on rocks, stones and
hydrotechnical plants. They are rare in Mid and South Caspian. In general, the varieties
growing in fresh and saline waters of the Caspian Sea are prevalent.
Golden algae (Chrysoptyta) has two varieties in the Caspian; Dinobryon baltikum, it is
in colonies Dinobryon sertularia colonies are shrublike growing in different areas of the
sea.
Diatome algae (Bacillariophyta). This algae has known 12000 varieties, 292 varieties
have been observed in the Caspian, of which 165 varieties in the plankton and 129
varieties live in benthos. Chaetoceros, Thalassiosira, Coscinodiscus and Rhizosolenia
varieties play a major role in the Caspian plankton and phytoplankton.
39 Dinofit algae (Dinophyta) have been noted in the Caspian Most of them grow in
plankton Proposentrum alga is wide spread variety.
Green alga (Chlorophyta). It has currently 20000 known varieties. It has 139 varieties
in the Caspian Protokokk and zignema algae are prevalent in the plankton of the
Caspian Sea and desmid algae are rarely found. Algae mainly in cladophora and
hetomorpha varieties are widespread in the bottom of the sea.
Khara algae (Charophyta). It has currently 300 known varieties Khara has 10 known
varieties in the Caspian Sea They have mainly spread in gulls mainly protected from
waves in shallow water portions of the sea.
Brown algae (Rhodophyta). It has currently 1500 known varieties 13 varieties have
been noted in the Caspian. Of these Estocarpus sp., Monosiphon caspius grow in
western parts of Mid and South Caspian and Krasnovodsk gulf.
124

Environmental
Division
Red algae (Rhodophyta) It has currently 3,800 known varieties It has 25 known
varieties in the Caspian, of which laurensiya, polisifoniya, melobeziya etc. are
widespread
5.7.13. Higher plants
Higher plants have currently 300 thousand known varieties 5 varieties have been noted
in the Caspian All of them fall under flowery plant groups: Sea grass (Zostera nolti),
raked chickenpox (Potamogeton pectinatus), 2 ruppiya varieties (Ruppia spiralis,
R.maritima), najas (Najas marina). Sea grass develops in sand and sand-shell soils.
Chickenpox grows on shores of the sea, while najas grow.
In gulfs Both of ruppiya varieties grow in gulfs Both fish and water birds feed on higher
plants. Several fish species ( cheki, bream, vobla) release their spawn on them.
Phytoplankton is the base of Phytoplankton fish resources. Most of sea animals feed on
them Phytoplankton in the Caspian Sea is distinct from phytoplanktons from other seas
by few number of sea species and prevalent of fresh water species. Rizosoleniya
diatome was observed in Caspian Sea plankton in 1934 that has caused substantial
changes in sea phytoplankton. Fresh water algae prevail in the phytoplankton of North
Sea of which blue-green and green algae are prevalent. Diatome and blue-green algae
previal in the phytoplankton of Mid Caspian. Phytoplankton variation over seasons is as
follows: Large number of developments in north-western part of North Caspian and
where Volga river flows into the sea in spring. Variety number of algae growing in
phytoplankton in summer increases.
In fall, blue-green algae virtually disappear in the phytoplankton of North Caspian and
in their place, diatome and dinofit algae begin to develop Unlike the North Caspian,
development of algae in Mid and South Caspian also continues in summer. In the east
of the sea, algae grow in greater number than the west of the sea and it is due to
larger body of water in the east.
In the phytobenthos of North Sea diatome, green, blue-green, red and brown algaes
are encountered in different varieties, including also higher plants Currently, 350 algae
and 5 varieties of higher plants have been noted Sea-grass, chickenpox and ruppiya in
higher plant family are found in the phytobenthos of North Sea. On the western shore
of Mid Caspian, development of phytobenthos is noted up to the depth of 10 m of the
sea. They have spread on stones and shell, while higher plants in biotope of silt-sand.
Algae grow on stones near Mahachgala port. There is substantial development of algae
in southern parts of islands of Baku and Absheron archipelago. There are more than
100 algae and 3 higher plants growing. In the phytobenthos of the eastern part of Mid
Caspian, green, red, diatome, brown and khara algae have developed.
In the phytobenthoz of Alexander Bekovic- Cherkasske (Aleksandrbay) bay, algae have
only poorly developed for their variety number and it is due to the fact that the bay
bottom is covered by sand. Bottom of major part of Kazakh bay is covered by sand and
therefore sea-grass and ruppiya are widespread They are especially developed in the
Kenderli bay.
West of North Caspian and locations of the sea up to the depth of 3,5 m are rich in
algae. Red algae and sea-grass are well developed near Alat and Bandavan maces. Sea124

Environmental
Division
grass and chickenpox from higher plants develop well in Great Gzilaghaj bay. At the
bottom of Krasnovodsk and Turkmen bays, along the shores of Ogurchinsk and
Osushnoy island, all varieties of water plants may be encountered. Khara algae develop
well in the north of Krasnovodsk bay. There are 2 greeen, 1 khara, 5 red algae and 2
water plant in North Cheleken bay Large number of algae development may be seen in
the middle of the bay.
Phytobenthoz of North Caspian. Plays major role in the productiveness of the sea.
There are a lot of worms, molluscs, crabs (amphipoid, mizid, cumacean, shrimps) and
baby fish among plants in photobenthos. Phytobenthic plants are considered shelter for
a number of invertebrates and fish.
5.8. Monitoring of baseline environment
Officers from Ecological Monitoring Department realized Environmental monitoring
project on September 04-09 and 05-09 2012 at "Gunashly" field The Ecological
explorations were carried out on selected 17 stations Including also 7 stations on the
edge of the station and 10 stations in the center. Goal in selection of stations on those
locations is probable maximum spread of contamination in terms of flows.
Environmental monitoring was carried out from vessel MPK-452.
Figure 5.10. MPK - 452 vessel

Monitoring works have been implemented via MPK-452 vessel. Part of ground and
water samples have been analysed in the laboratory installed in the vessel, while the
124

Environmental
Division
other parts have been verified at the Complex Studies Laboratory. Parameters of the
selected stations have been established at Siledis radio-frequency system. Distance
from the base to stations totals 71 miles.
Table 5.3 presents coordinates and the parameters to be investigated of the selected
stations
T, , pH,
Ra, O 2
Measurement of flow
speed
Water
Depth
Precipitation
Microorganisms
Plankton
(zoo-, fito-, ixtio-)
Benthos
401404
510335
102
401101
510855
200
400938
510348
200
401142
510030
80
401254
510203
90
401257
510534
150
11
401218
510356
110
12
401150
510233
90
14
401158
510509
140
15
401149
510732
170
16
401144
510615
150
17
401136
510423
120
22
401058
510555
190
24
401032
510346
160
25
401028
510230
100
Length
Width
Station No
Coordinates
Fish
Depth, (m)
Table 5.3: Coordinates and the parameters to be investigated of the selected

stations
+
+
Note: T temperature; salinity; pH density of hydrogen ions; Ra

General Radioactiveness, O 2 solved oxygen amount.
124

Environmental
Division
Figure 5.11. Placement diagram of Echological Stations at the Gunashly field

124

Environmental
Division
5.8.1. Outcomes of physic-chemical parameters in water samples

Outcomes of physic-chemical parameters and radioactiveness in water samples taken
from Gunashly field are presented in table 4 and 5.
Table 5.4. I n the w ater sam ples taken on Septem ber 04-07 2012 from
Depth, m
St,
Gunashly field outcom es of physical-chem ical param eters and

radioactiveness
pH
Oxygen
amount,
mq/l
Temperature,
oC
Salinity,
Power
conductivity,
mS/cm
8,42
4,8
17,0
11,0
19,15
8,36
5,4
16,2
11,0
18,63
97,0
8,30
5,7
10,0
10,7
18,50
5,0
8,39
5,2
16,5
11,0
19,05
8,36
5,9
12,3
10,5
18,67
195,0
8,33
6,1
7,2
10,1
5,0
8,43
5,5
17,3
11,0
18,32
18,85
8,41
5,6
15,0
11,0
18,65
195,0
8,38
5,9
11,2
10,9
18,51
5,0
8,38
4,7
18,5
11,1
19,03
8,35
5,3
14,3
11,1
18,85
8,32
5,8
10,1
10,9
18,48
8,38
5,2
17,0
11,0
18,86
8,31
5,5
10,3
11,0
18,86
85,0
8,29
5,7
6,4
11,1
19,02
5,0
8,42
5,5
14,9
11,1
19,13
8,39
5,9
11,9
11,1
18,89
8,27
6,3
6,4
10,8
18,53
8,44
5,4
16,8
11,1
18,89
8,38
6,1
12,9
11,0
18,84
105,0
8,36
5,8
8,5
10,8
18,45
5,0
8,36
5,5
16,4
11,0
19,04
8,30
5,8
10,5
11,0
18,87
85,0
8,11
5,0
7,4
10,7
18,52
5,0
8,45
4,8
16,0
11,0
18,88
8,41
5,5
10,0
11,0
18,88
135,0
8,33
5,8
6,5
11,1
19,05
5,0
8,47
5,4
17,7
11,1
19,25
8,43
5,9
11,1
11,1
19,23
8,41
6,2
7,2
11,0
19,06
8,39
4,8
17,3
11,2
19,05
8,30
5,7
10,5
11,0
18,86
Radioactiveness,
mkR/hour
5,0
1
51,0
100,0
100,0
40,0
9-10-9
10-9-10
12-11-10
11-12-11
75,0
5,0
6
45,0
75,0
9-8-9
11-10-10
145,0
5,0
11
12
14
15
55,0
45,0
70,0
85,0
8-10-9
11-10-11
10-10-9
11-10-11
165,0
16
5,0
75,0
12-11-12
124
17
22
24
Depth, m
St,

pH
Oxygen
amount,
mq/l
Temperature,
oC
Salinity,
Power
conductivity,
mS/cm
145,0
8,27
5,9
7,7
10,8
18,67
5,0
8,37
4,9
18,2
11,0
18,80
8,35
6,5
14,5
11,0
18,84
115,0
8,31
6,1
8,6
10,9
18,68
5,0
8,43
4,6
17,3
11,1
18,85
60,0
95,0
Radioactiveness,
mkR/hour
11-10-10
8,41
5,7
11,5
11,1
19,01
185,0
8,35
5,6
7,0
11,0
18,86
5,0
8,43
4,8
16,2
11,0
18,85
8,37
5,5
9,3
10,8
18,67
8,24
5,7
6,4
10,7
18,34
8,37
4,6
17,1
11,1
18,53
8,33
5,4
10,1
11,0
18,84
8,31
5,5
8,1
10,7
18,65
80,0
11-9-10
10-9-9
155,0
5,0
25
Environmental
Division
50,0
10-10-11
95,0
Depth, m
St.
Table 5.5. Outcomes of physic-chemical parameter indicators and

radioactiveness in water samples taken on 05-09 2012 from Gunashly
field
pH
Oxygen
amount,
mq/l
Temperature,
oC
Salinity,
Power
conductivity,
mS/cm
8,37
6,2
12,3
11,0
19,213
8,34
5,3
9,1
11,0
18,762
97,0
8,31
5,0
6,1
10,9
18,522
5,0
8,34
6,5
11,1
11,2
19,035
Radioactiveness,
mkR/hour
5,0
1
51,0
100,0
10-9-10
8,35
6,2
8,2
11,1
18,764
195,0
8,32
6,1
7,3
10,5
18,692
5,0
8,43
6,7
10,1
11,3
19,037
8,39
5,6
9,3
11,5
18,865
8,32
5,6
7,1
11,4
18,865
8,38
6,9
11,0
10,9
18,697
8,36
6,5
8,4
10,6
18,548
75,0
8,32
5,9
6,5
10,6
18,524
5,0
8,31
7,2
11,4
11,4
19,205
8,34
6,2
8,6
11,5
18,857
8,28
5,4
6,6
10,7
18,694
8,42
6,2
11,1
11,2
18,863
8,42
5,6
9,4
10,5
18,528
8,32
5,4
7,6
10,5
18,344
8,41
6,5
11,3
11,4
19,034
8,31
6,2
7,3
10,7
18,695
100,0
10-9-9
9-10-8
195,0
5,0
4
40,0
45,0
11-10-11
7-8-8
85,0
5,0
8
75,0
11-10-10
145,0
11
5,0
55,0
9-8-8
124
12
14
15
Depth, m
St.

pH
Oxygen
amount,
mq/l
Temperature,
oC
Salinity,
Power
conductivity,
mS/cm
105,0
8,32
5,3
6,2
10,4
18,353
5,0
8,35
6,2
12,3
11,2
19,205
8,32
6,3
10,6
11,1
18,864
85,0
8,25
5,2
7,4
10,9
18,523
5,0
8,42
5,3
11,3
11,2
18,866
45,0
70,0
Radioactiveness,
mkR/hour
9-8-7
8,36
5,3
8,4
10,6
18,695
135,0
8,36
5,5
6,4
10,7
18,524
5,0
8,44
7,5
11,4
10,4
18,694
8,43
6,5
9,6
10,6
18,524
8,35
6,0
7,0
10,5
18,525
8,35
5,6
11,1
11,4
19,036
8,34
5,2
8,2
11,2
18,864
145,0
8,44
4,3
6,3
11,3
18,885
5,0
8,35
5,5
11,2
11,2
19,035
8,36
5,3
9,2
10,6
18,696
115,0
8,32
5,2
6,1
10,7
18,353
5,0
8,45
6,4
11,6
11,2
19,206
8,42
6,2
8,5
11,3
18,864
185,0
8,32
5,4
6,2
10,4
18,523
5,0
8,43
5,6
11,3
11,2
18,864
8,33
5,5
9,2
10,6
18,695
155,0
8,27
4,4
6,1
10,7
18,524
5,0
8,35
6,5
10,7
11,2
18,825
8,32
5,5
8,2
10,6
18,695
8,32
5,1
6,3
10,7
18,357
85,0
9-10-9
10-9-8
165,0
5,0
16
17
22
24
25
Environmental
Division
75,0
60,0
95,0
80,0
50,0
10-10-9
11-10-10
9-10-9
9-8-9
8-9-9
95,0
Outcom es
It may be seen from tables 5.4 and 5.5:
R adioactiveness. From results obtained in September we may see that
pH. It may be said based on the results from September that density of hydrogen
Oxygen am ount. In September 4,7 6,9 mg/l, November 7,0 7,9 mg/l.
W ater tem perature. In September 18,2 22,5oC, November 14,1 15,7 oC .
Salinity of sea w ater Based on the results obtained, we may say that salinity of
radioactiveness 8 13 mkR/hour, November- 8 12 mkR/hour
ions ranges between 8,12 8,59 and the results in November 8,12 8,90.
water in the Caspian in September 11,0 11,3 and November 10,8 11,7
P ow er conductivity indicator . In September 16,20 17,63 mS/cm, November
14,90 15,98 mS/cm
124

Environmental
Division
5.8.2. Results of biogenous elements in water samples

Results of biogenous substances identified in water samples taken from Gunashly
field are presented in Tables 5.6 and 5.7
Table 5.6. Results of biogenous substances (mg/l) in water samples taken on
September 04-07 2012 from Gunashly field
Station
#
11
12
14
15
16
17
22
Depth, m
Nitrites,
mqgl
Nitrates,
mg/l
Phosphates,
mg/l
Ammonium
ion, mg/l
Silicates,
SiO2 Si
mg/l
5,0
51,0
97,0
5,0
100,0
195,0
5,0
100,0
195,0
5,0
40,0
75,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
75,0
145,0
5,0
55,0
105,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
70,0
135,0
5,0
85,0
165,0
5,0
75,0
145,0
5,0
60,0
115,0
5,0
0,049
0,041
0,039
0,055
0,048
0,041
0,051
0,042
0,039
0,060
0,056
0,043
0,056
0,043
0,042
0,062
0,055
0,049
0,058
0,050
0,047
0,053
0,042
0,041
0,050
0,047
0,041
0,049
0,042
0,039
0,062
0,061
0,052
0,053
0,044
0,041
0,052
1,30
1,28
1,15
1,33
1,30
1,26
1,34
1,31
1,20
1,29
1,21
1,19
1,31
1,36
1,30
1,39
1,32
1,23
1,38
1,27
1,19
1,40
1,38
1,23
1,39
1,38
1,28
1,42
1,40
1,37
1,53
1,42
1,39
1,48
1,41
1,38
1,53
0,078
0,069
0,061
0,082
0,071
0,062
0,079
0,072
0,061
0,080
0,076
0,063
0,079
0,075
0,064
0,076
0,066
0,059
0,082
0,073
0,059
0,078
0,072
0,056
0,082
0,075
0,063
0,079
0,068
0,063
0,082
0,075
0,069
0,083
0,079
0,071
0,082
0,251
0,242
0,229
0,262
0,211
0,194
0,262
0,219
0,197
0,251
0,212
0,186
0,236
0,212
0,199
0,261
0,223
0,187
0,271
0,252
0,232
0,223
0,201
0,200
0,261
0,251
0,212
0,292
0,252
0,213
0,271
0,231
0,211
0,262
0,232
0,221
0,271
15,21
15,36
16,11
15,23
15,32
17,01
15,21
15,99
17,21
15,32
15,72
17,25
15,71
16,23
16,98
16,21
16,82
16,99
16,21
16,78
17,23
16,20
16,83
17,65
15,36
15,76
16,96
16,32
16,85
17,39
15,39
16,92
17,36
16,01
17,23
17,95
16,24
124

Station
#
24
25
Environmental
Division
Depth, m
Nitrites,
mqgl
Nitrates,
mg/l
Phosphates,
mg/l
Ammonium
ion, mg/l
Silicates,
SiO2 Si
mg/l
95,0
185,0
5,0
80,0
155,0
5,0
50,0
95,0
0,053
0,039
0,053
0,041
0,038
0,052
0,049
0,037
1,49
1,28
1,45
1,39
1,36
1,47
1,48
1,35
0,073
0,059
0,080
0,071
0,062
0,078
0,072
0,063
0,251
0,232
0,281
0,261
0,212
0,253
0,232
0,212
17,21
18,69
16,23
17,63
18,36
15,92
16,63
17,36
Table 5.7.Results of biogenous (mg/l) substances in water samples taken

from November 05 to 09 2012 at Gunashly field
Station
#
11
12
14
15
Depth, m
Nitrites,
mqgl
Nitrates,
mg/l
Phosphates,
mg/l
Ammonium
ion, mg/l
Silicates,
SiO2 Si
mg/l
5,0
51,0
97,0
5,0
100,0
195,0
5,0
100,0
195,0
5,0
40,0
75,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
75,0
145,0
5,0
55,0
105,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
70,0
135,0
5,0
85,0
0,041
0,039
0,034
0,042
0,039
0,031
0,041
0,039
0,032
0,043
0,040
0,039
0,043
0,041
0,040
0,049
0,042
0,039
0,046
0,041
0,038
0,049
0,045
0,039
0,048
0,041
0,036
0,049
0,042
1,21
1,19
1,11
1,25
1,21
1,12
1,22
1,18
1,13
1,23
1,19
1,13
1,30
1,26
1,18
1,39
1,36
1,23
1,38
1,26
1,24
1,35
1,24
1,22
1,41
1,39
1,31
1,46
1,38
0,091
0,072
0,061
0,075
0,068
0,041
0,070
0,059
0,047
0,075
0,064
0,052
0,072
0,065
0,051
0,071
0,058
0,041
0,065
0,052
0,047
0,073
0,062
0,058
0,067
0,052
0,051
0,064
0,052
0,249
0,241
0,239
0,256
0,247
0,242
0,253
0,249
0,245
0,259
0,241
0,240
0,256
0,243
0,241
0,268
0,262
0,253
0,261
0,253
0,249
0,256
0,248
0,235
0,263
0,251
0,240
0,262
0,243
15,39
15,85
15,89
15,41
15,69
15,89
15,62
15,73
15,86
15,59
15,78
15,83
15,57
15,72
15,85
15,60
15,62
15,75
15,68
15,79
15,89
16,11
16,41
16,49
15,85
15,89
15,98
16,09
16,28
124

Station
#
16
17
22
24
25
Environmental
Division
Depth, m
Nitrites,
mqgl
Nitrates,
mg/l
Phosphates,
mg/l
Ammonium
ion, mg/l
Silicates,
SiO2 Si
mg/l
165,0
5,0
75,0
145,0
5,0
60,0
115,0
5,0
95,0
185,0
5,0
80,0
155,0
5,0
50,0
95,0
0,039
0,051
0,042
0,036
0,046
0,041
0,033
0,049
0,043
0,036
0,045
0,036
0,028
0,045
0,038
0,030
1,31
1,45
1,39
1,31
1,41
1,35
1,31
1,43
1,41
1,31
1,39
1,28
1,21
1,43
1,38
1,32
0,041
0,078
0,069
0,065
0,074
0,069
0,061
0,071
0,066
0,052
0,070
0,061
0,049
0,071
0,063
0,056
0,235
0,267
0,251
0,241
0,261
0,249
0,242
0,266
0,251
0,242
0,263
0,246
0,239
0,268
0,249
0,241
16,33
15,87
15,89
15,99
16,26
16,38
16,43
15,89
15,92
15,98
16,35
16,42
16,50
15,89
15,99
16,21
Summary
It appears from the indices given in Table 5.6 and 5.7 that nitrites in April total 0,037
0,062 mg/l, nitrates 1,15 1,53 mg/l, phosphates 0,056 0,083 mg/l, ammonium ions
0,186 0,292 mg/l, silicate acids 15,21 18,69 mg/l. In October, nitrites ranged
between 0,028 0,051 mg/l, nitrates 1,11 1,46 mg/l, phosphates 0,041 0,078
mg/l, ammonium ion 0,235 0,268 mg/l, silicate acids 15,41 16,50 mg/l. Stemming
from the most recent surveys conducted in the area of the Capian Sea in effect therein,
have revealed substantial increase in the number of silicates. Noteworthy that quantity
of silicates in the waters of the Caspian sea doesn't restrict organic substance
productiviey process. Cold seasons in mid Caspian are accompanied with mass
development of diatome algae takes place, in which case, silicium consumption is on
markely high levels. Its maximum amount is observed in the subsea layer. In most
cases, increase of silicates is dependent upon the river waters and industrial wastes
flowing into the survey area. So phytoplankton doesn't experience any silicium
deficiency due to high silicate concentrations.
Notably, quantity of biogenous substances in samples taken in June was higher as
compared to November-December. In general, microorganisms activeness increases in
relation to temperature growth in warm months leading to increases in biogenous
substances.
124

Environmental
Division
mq/l
Figure 5.12. Dynamics of biogenous substances in water samples taken from

Gunashly field over the last 3 years (mg/l) (average indicator)
15
10
5
0
nitrites
2010
nitrates
2011
phosphates
illr
2012
ammonium
silicates
5.8.3. Results of oil products and phenols in water samples

Results of amount of oil products and phenols in water samples taken from
Gunashly field is presented in Table 5.8.
Table 5.8. Oil products (mg/l) and phenols (mg/l) in water samples taken
during September 04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field
Station
#
1
11
12
14
Depth, m
5,0
51,0
97,0
5,0
100,0
195,0
5,0
100,0
195,0
5,0
40,0
75,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
75,0
145,0
5,0
55,0
105,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
Oil products, mg/l
Phenols, mkg/l
April
October
April
October
0,069
0,071
0,081
0,070
0,072
0,073
0,067
0,070
0,072
0,068
0,067
0,071
0,068
0,072
0,073
0,069
0,071
0,074
0,070
0,072
0,076
0,068
0,069
0,073
0,068
0,071
0,072
0,078
0,069
0,073
0,079
0,065
0,073
0,081
0,065
0,069
0,073
0,063
0,073
0,076
0,063
0,072
0,076
0,069
0,073
0,078
0,070
0,072
0,079
0,059
3,019
3,020
3,065
2,986
2,999
3,033
2,568
2,671
2,893
2,835
2,842
2,896
3,102
3,132
3,223
2,898
3,106
3,236
3,132
3,262
3,381
2,981
2,923
2,998
2,732
3,001
3,102
3,084
2,916
2,987
3,029
2,781
2,972
3,013
2,751
2,832
2,911
2,863
3,005
3,161
2,889
2,923
3,136
2,769
3,103
3,228
2,681
2,796
2,821
2,623
124

Station
#
15
16
17
22
24
25
Depth, m
70,0
135,0
5,0
85,0
165,0
5,0
75,0
145,0
5,0
60,0
115,0
5,0
95,0
185,0
5,0
80,0
155,0
5,0
50,0
95,0
Medium Indicator
Oil products, mg/l
Environmental
Division
Phenols, mkg/l
April
October
April
October
0,069
0,072
0,069
0,071
0,073
0,056
0,059
0,071
0,056
0,061
0,076
0,063
0,068
0,079
0,059
0,066
0,072
0,065
0,068
0,071
0,069
0,072
0,065
0,072
0,073
0,053
0,062
0,068
0,063
0,066
0,078
0,058
0,073
0,079
0,060
0,062
0,073
0,063
0,066
0,071
2,821
2,989
2,726
2,835
3,123
2,898
2,999
3,123
3,023
3,123
3,128
3,123
3,221
3,326
2,935
2,989
2,999
3,011
3,123
3,296
2,832
2,971
2,713
2,865
2,932
2,651
2,872
2,976
2,661
2,773
3,012
2,817
2,962
3,107
2,512
2,812
2,939
3,001
3,112
3,213
0,069
0,070
3,017
2,914
Outcom es
Source of contamination of the sea by hydrocarbons is deemed to be oil transportation,
natural hydrocarbon leakages, industrial waste, losses from oil refineries and offshore
oil mines
Due to the investigation conducted amount of water-leaf groups was established to be
relatively higher than hydrofuge groups. There are a lot of vessels owned by Caspian
Oil Fleet in the Caspian in Gunashly field basin. Degree of contamination of the area
may be influences by technical failure of the vessels. Furthermore since the region
under investigation is characterized by simple geological, hydrographic features and
strong flows, amounts of different compounds as well as amounts of oil products
change depending on the season in this region. So, oil spilled all over the surface of
water is imposed to oily particular clashes due to the increase of sun rays (ultraviolet)
and the increase of temperature which leads to viscosity of phenol. As seen from the
table amounts of oil products and third phenols slightly exceed background values and
amount of oil products and phenols in mainly summer season was higher than BBQH.
So intensive pollution of Mid Caspian as well as Azerbaijani shores of the Caspian may
lead to decrease in feed sources of transient and semi-transient fish and restriction of
reproduction areas of ordinary sprats and sea herrings. Oil pollution strongly influences
reserves of sturgeons, carps and other fish species.
124

Environmental
Division
5.8.4. Results of heavy metals in water samples

Results of metals in water samples taken from Gunashly field are given in tables 5.9
and 5.10.
11
12
14
15
16
17
Depth, m
Station
#
Table 5.9. Amount of metals (mg/l) in water samples taken in September 0407 2012 at Gunashly field
Iron
Fe,
mg/l
Nickel
Ni, mg/l
Mercury
Hg ,
mg/l
Arsen
As,
mg/l
Cadmium
Cd, mg/l
Copper
Cu,
mg/l
Mercury
Pb, mg/l
Sink
Zn,
mg/l
5,0
51,0
97,0
5,0
100,
195,
0,167
0,166
0,163
0,160
0,157
0,157
0,149
0,146
0,143
0,161
0,159
0,156
0,159
0,152
0,151
0,163
0,161
0,159
0,162
0,159
0,158
0,163
0,161
0,159
0,163
0,162
0,160
0,159
0,155
0,153
0,158
0,157
0,156
0,161
0,160
0,158
0,0039
0,0035
0,0031
0,0042
0,0036
0,0033
0,0039
0,0035
0,0032
0,0038
0,0034
0,0032
0,0038
0,0037
0,0029
0,0041
0,0039
0,0036
0,0040
0,0036
0,0033
0,0041
0,0037
0,0034
0,0040
0,0037
0,0036
0,0044
0,0038
0,0035
0,0039
0,0035
0,0034
0,0040
0,0038
0,0036
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
0,003
0,002
0,002
0,004
0,004
0,003
0,004
0,003
0,002
0,004
0,002
0,002
0,004
0,003
0,002
0,004
0,003
0,002
0,005
0,004
0,003
0,004
0,003
0,002
0,004
0,003
0,002
0,005
0,004
0,003
0,004
0,004
0,003
0,005
0,004
0,003
0,0005
0,0004
0,0003
0,0004
0,0003
0,0003
0,0005
0,0002
0,0001
0,0003
0,0002
0,0002
0,0003
0,0003
0,0002
0,0004
0,0004
0,0003
0,0004
0,0003
0,0002
0,0004
0,0003
0,0002
0,0004
0,0004
0,0003
0,0005
0,0004
0,0003
0,0004
0,0004
0,0003
0,0002
0,0002
0,0001
0,0049
0,0046
0,0044
0,0046
0,0044
0,0043
0,0046
0,0039
0,0038
0,0039
0,0036
0,0035
0,0041
0,0036
0,0032
0,0039
0,0037
0,0035
0,0040
0,0037
0,0036
0,0038
0,0031
0,0031
0,0038
0,0035
0,0034
0,0041
0,0039
0,0038
0,0042
0,0041
0,0040
0,0039
0,0038
0,0036
0,002
0,001
0,002
0,001
0,001
0,001
0,001
0,001
0,003
0,001
0,002
0,001
0,001
0,002
0,001
0,002
0,001
0,001
0,003
0,002
0,001
0,002
0,001
0,001
0,002
0,002
0,002
0,002
0,002
0,002
0,002
0,001
0,001
0,003
0,002
0,001
0,141
0,139
0,138
0,136
0,131
0,129
0,155
0,136
0,136
0,151
0,149
0,136
0,141
0,138
0,136
0,141
0,139
0,132
0,145
0,132
0,129
0,151
0,140
0,138
0,140
0,141
0,139
0,152
0,139
0,136
0,151
0,146
0,139
0,152
0,140
0,138
5,0
100,
195,
5,0
40,0
75,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
75,0
145,
5,0
55,0
105,
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
70,0
135,
5,0
85,0
165,
5,0
75,0
145,
5,0
60,0
115,
124
Station
#
Depth, m

Iron
Fe,
mg/l
22
5,0
95,0
185,
0,159
0,158
0,155
0,157
0,153
0,152
0,164
0,158
0,157
5,0
80,0
155,
5,0
50,0
95,0
24
25
Environmental
Division
Nickel
Ni, mg/l
Mercury
Hg ,
mg/l
Arsen
As,
mg/l
Cadmium
Cd, mg/l
Copper
Cu,
mg/l
Mercury
Pb, mg/l
Sink
Zn,
mg/l
0,0039
0,0036
0,0033
0,0042
0,0038
0,0036
0,0039
0,0035
0,0032
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
0,005
0,004
0,003
0,005
0,002
0,002
0,003
0,002
0,001
0,0005
0,0004
0,0003
0,0004
0,0003
0,0002
0,0001
0,0001
0,0001
0,0041
0,0040
0,0039
0,0042
0,0039
0,0036
0,0042
0,0039
0,0040
0,004
0,002
0,002
0,003
0,002
0,001
0,002
0,001
0,001
0,149
0,147
0,146
0,150
0,149
0,146
0,153
0,149
0,136
11
12
14
Depth, m
Station
#
Table 5.10. Metal (mg/l) amount in water samples taken in November 05 to

09 2012 from Gunashly field
Iron
Fe,
mg/l
Nickel
Ni, mg/l
Mercury
Hg ,
mg/l
Arsen
As,
mg/l
Cadmiu
m
Cd,
mg/l
Copper
Cu,
mg/l
Mercury
Pb,
mg/l
Sink
Zn,
mg/l
5,0
51,0
97,0
5,0
100,
195,
0,165
0,163
0,163
0,164
0,159
0,156
0,151
0,149
0,148
0,161
0,159
0,158
0,158
0,152
0,151
0,162
0,156
0,155
0,161
0,158
0,157
0,161
0,159
0,158
0,162
0,161
0,0040
0,0038
0,0037
0,0041
0,0038
0,0037
0,0040
0,0038
0,0037
0,0041
0,0039
0,0038
0,0039
0,0037
0,0032
0,0043
0,0040
0,0038
0,0041
0,0040
0,0038
0,0039
0,0037
0,0033
0,0039
0,0036
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0002
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
0,0025
0,0026
0,0033
0,0022
0,0023
0,0032
0,0023
0,0025
0,0031
0,0019
0,0020
0,0022
0,0021
0,0023
0,0031
0,0021
0,0023
0,0031
0,0022
0,0026
0,0033
0,0021
0,0023
0,0027
0,0022
0,0027
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
0,0043
0,0044
0,0045
0,0041
0,0044
0,0046
0,0040
0,0043
0,0051
0,0041
0,0042
0,0046
0,0039
0,0049
0,0052
0,0041
0,0048
0,0051
0,0039
0,0041
0,0049
0,0041
0,0043
0,0052
0,0036
0,0040
0,0001
0,0001
0,0002
0,0001
0,0002
0,0002
0,0002
0,0003
0,0004
0,0001
0,0002
0,0003
0,0001
0,0002
0,0004
0,0001
0,0002
0,0003
0,0001
0,0001
0,0002
0,0001
0,0002
0,0003
0,0001
0,0002
0,126
0,136
0,171
0,123
0,174
0,221
0,151
0,181
0,199
0,131
0,152
0,176
0,136
0,152
0,193
0,135
0,163
0,211
0,138
0,183
0,212
0,146
0,216
0,235
0,162
0,190
5,0
100,
195,
5,0
40,0
75,0
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
75,0
145,
5,0
55,0
105,
5,0
45,0
85,0
5,0
70,0
124
15
16
17
22
Environmental
Division
Depth, m
Station
#

Iron
Fe,
mg/l
Nickel
Ni, mg/l
Mercury
Hg ,
mg/l
Arsen
As,
mg/l
Cadmiu
m
Cd,
mg/l
Copper
Cu,
mg/l
Mercury
Pb,
mg/l
Sink
Zn,
mg/l
135,
0,160
0,162
0,158
0,157
0,160
0,156
0,154
0,160
0,159
0,158
0,160
0,147
0,145
0,162
0,158
0,156
0,161
0,159
0,158
0,0035
0,0042
0,0039
0,0036
0,0040
0,0036
0,0035
0,0041
0,0039
0,0038
0,0040
0,0039
0,0037
0,0041
0,0037
0,0036
0,0041
0,0039
0,0038
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0002
<0,0001
<0,0001
0,0032
0,0019
0,0022
0,0030
0,0018
0,0020
0,0029
0,0018
0,0021
0,0029
0,0022
0,0025
0,0030
0,0021
0,0025
0,0031
0,0021
0,0023
0,0031
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
<0,0001
0,0049
0,0040
0,0041
0,0050
0,0039
0,0041
0,0043
0,0040
0,0048
0,0051
0,0041
0,0043
0,0049
0,0041
0,0048
0,0051
0,0039
0,0041
0,0043
0,0003
0,0001
0,0003
0,0003
0,0001
0,0002
0,0002
0,0001
0,0002
0,0003
0,0001
0,0002
0,0002
0,0001
0,0002
0,0003
0,0001
0,0002
0,0002
0,236
0,161
0,243
0,293
0,162
0,232
0,273
0,151
0,199
0,231
0,160
0,166
0,211
0,153
0,182
0,245
0,179
0,193
0,236
5,0
85,0
165,
5,0
75,0
145,
5,0
60,0
115,
5,0
95,0
185,
24
5,0
80,0
155,
25
5,0
50,0
95,0
Summary:
It appears from indices in Tables 5.9 and 5.10 that quantities in April total 0,143
0,166 mg/l, nickel 0,0029 0,0044 mg/l, arsenic 0,001 0,005 mg/l, cadmium
0,00010,0005 mg/l, copper 0,0031 0,0046 mg/l, lead 0,001 0,004 mg/l, zink
0,129 0,155 mg/l. Iron quantity in October 0,145 0,165 mg/l, nickel 0,0032
0,0043 mg/l, arsenic 0,0018 0,0033 mg/l, cadmium <0,0001 mg/l, copper 0,0036
0,0052 mg/l, lead 0,0001 0,0004 mg/l, and zink 0,123 0,293 mg/l.
In the water samples taken during the monitoring in April through October at
Gunashly" field, distribution dynamics of iron and zink across stations is reflected in the
below chart:
124
quantity of metals, mg/l

Fe,April
Zn,April
st.
2
2
st.
2
st.
1
4
st.
1
st.
1
Fe,October
st.
6
st.
3
st.
1
0.18
0.175
0.17
0.165
0.16
0.155
0.15
0.145
0.14
0.135
0.13
Environmental
Division
Zn,October
stansiyalar
Figure 5.13. Distribution dynamics of iron and sink over stations in water
samples taken in September and November from Gunashly field
5.8.5. Results of granulometric content in bottom precipitations
Granulometric content (%) of soil samples taken on September 04-07 and October 0509 in 2012 from Gunashly field is given in Table 11
Table 5.11. Granulometric content (%) of soil samples taken on September
04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field
St.
Depth, m
Granulometric content in soil fractions ,%
1
2
3
4
6
8
11
12
14
15
16
17
22
24
25
102,0
200,0
200,0
80,0
90,0
150,0
110,0
90,0
140,0
170,0
150,0
120,0
190,0
160,0
100,0
> 0,25
mm
0,25 0,125 mm
0,1250,075 mm
0,075-0,044 mm
Septe
mber
Novem
ber
Septem
ber
Novem
ber
Septem
ber
Novem
ber
Septem
ber
Novem
ber
40,51
44,25
48,13
58,11
41,01
41,98
30,32
33,45
14,01
31,69
45,12
34,99
42,89
33,01
10,01
41,91
47,81
50,32
59,41
39,99
42,95
31,78
32,18
10,81
33,71
48,95
35,31
43,98
32,72
8,35
29,10
9,31
5,31
3,98
19,51
12,13
20,98
11,12
5,24
25,18
23,18
21,95
31,15
29,98
9,36
30,95
13,21
8,96
4,15
18,68
13,14
21,91
11,19
6,98
27,21
21,95
23,86
35,18
29,85
7,11
5,21
6,31
9,81
10,30
7,98
7,81
17,39
2,86
2,41
4,31
8,29
16,82
14,33
6,12
7,35
6,31
5,12
7,41
11,13
7,81
8,13
18,41
2,96
3,01
4,12
10,96
17,71
14,99
5,82
6,95
25,18
40,13
36,75
27,61
32,50
25,21
31,31
52,27
78,34
38,82
23,41
26,24
11,63
30,89
73,19
20,83
33,86
33,31
25,31
38,52
36,78
27,90
53,67
79,2
34,96
18,14
23,12
5,85
31,61
77,59
124

Environmental
Division
hissciklrin miqdar, %-l
Outcom es
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
st.1
st.2
st.3
st.4
>0,25
st.6
st.8
st.11
0,125-0,075
0,25-0,125
st.12
0,075-0,044
100
80
60
40
20
0
st.14
st.15
st.16
>0,25
st.17
0,25-0,125
st.22
0,125-0,075
st.24
st.25
0,075-0,044
Figure 5.14. Dynamics of soil samples in granulometric content (%) on

September 04-07 2012 taken from Gunashly field
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
st.1
st.2
st.3
st.4
>0,25
st.6
0,25-0,125
st.8
0,125-0,075
st.11
st.12
0,075-0,044
100
80
60
40
20
0
st.14
st.15
st.16
>0,25
st.17
0,25-0,125
st.22
0,125-0,075
st.24
st.25
0,075-0,044
Figure 5.15. Dynamics of granulometric content (%) of the soil samples

taken on November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field
5.8.6. Results of organic compounds, humus and carbonate in bottom
precipitations
Results are presented in Table 5.12
124

Environmental
Division
Table 5.12 . Results of organic compounds (%), humus (%) and

carbonateness (%) in soil samples taken on September 04-07 and November
05-09 2012 from "Gunashly" field.
Depth,
St.
m
1
2
3
4
6
8
11
12
14
15
16
17
22
24
25
102,0
200,0
200,0
80,0
90,0
150,0
110,0
90,0
140,0
170,0
150,0
120,0
190,0
160,0
100,0
Organic compounds,
%
Humus, %
Carbonateness, %
September November September November September November

0,61
0,65
0,73
0,71
0,78
0,69
0,71
0,68
0,67
0,73
0,61
0,59
0,76
0,63
0,72
0,63
0,74
0,76
0,72
0,81
0,65
0,66
0,69
0,72
0,69
0,63
0,58
0,59
0,69
0,76
0,93
0,86
0,83
0,72
0,81
0,98
0,96
0,93
1,12
0,82
0,97
0,97
0,89
1,02
0,92
0,94
0,87
0,86
0,77
0,89
0,92
0,95
0,89
1,08
1,07
0,96
0,98
1,04
0,96
0,95
63,2
56,1
62,2
67,8
75,3
76,2
60,9
61,8
76,1
60,1
63,5
61,2
50,6
52,1
60,2
59,1
52,9
58,3
61,4
68,3
58,7
57,9
54,6
62,3
51,2
52,8
54,2
45,3
61,1
60,5
Outcom es
Analysis of carbonateness in bottom precipitations show increased soil durability in
precipitation mass.
5.8.7. Results of oil products and phenols in bottom precipitations
Results are presented in Table 5.13
Table 5.13. Results of oil products and phenols (mkg/kg) in soil samples
taken on September 04-07 and November 05-09 2012 from "Gunashly"
field
St.
Depth, m
1
2
3
4
6
8
11
12
14
15
102,0
200,0
200,0
80,0
90,0
150,0
110,0
90,0
140,0
170,0
Oil products, mg/kg
Phenols, mkg/kg
September
November
September
November
46
43
48
52
51
49
51
52
45
46
45
47
43
46
50
51
49
51
46
45
15,2
16,3
17,1
15,9
16,8
15,3
17,3
15,2
16,1
16,1
15,3
16,7
17,6
15,8
17,2
16,1
17,4
15,8
16,3
16,5
124

16
17
22
24
25
150,0
120,0
190,0
160,0
100,0
43
48
49
47
51
46
49
51
52
49
Environmental
Division
16,2
15,1
17,9
15,6
15,8
16,6
15,5
18,1
16,2
15,7
Outcom es
It may be seen from Table 5.13 the area in station 10 of the field has been subject to
pollution most, the amount of oil products in bottom sedimentations is higher as
compared to other areas.
5.8.8. Results of heavy metals in bottom sedimentations
Results are given in tables 5.14 and 5.15
St.
Depth ,m
Table 5.14. Results of metals (mg/kg) in soil samples taken on September

04-07 2012 taken from "Gunashly" field
Iron
Fe,
mg/kg
1
2
3
4
6
8
11
12
14
15
16
17
22
24
25
102
200
200
80
90
150
110
90
140
170
150
120
190
160
100
17342
15132
16256
13256
18161
16735
16985
18942
17456
16938
16482
16938
16689
18123
17368
Nickel
Ni,
mg/kg
Mercury
Hg ,
mg/kg
Arsen
As,
mg/kg
Cadmium
Cd, mg/kg
Copper
Cu,
mg/kg
Mercury
Pb, mg/kg
Sink
Zn,
mg/kg
61
68
49
61
66
67
59
62
61
66
71
59
53
71
62
0,011
0,016
0,012
0,013
0,012
0,016
0,019
0,017
0,018
0,013
0,016
0,017
0,018
0,020
0,014
036
0,51
0,69
0,62
0,71
0,63
0,76
1,11
0,84
0,78
0,68
1,02
0,89
1,12
1,04
0,52
0,51
0,48
0,45
0,39
0,51
0,49
0,42
0,43
0,49
0,39
0,51
0,46
0,42
0,47
61
49
46
39
31
45
42
39
41
39
44
40
46
51
42
5,1
3,6
6,2
5,3
3,9
4,6
5,9
5,1
4,2
4,3
4,3
4,9
5,6
5,2
5,1
61
59
67
65
58
51
61
58
62
63
68
59
61
67
60
St.
Depth ,m
Table 5.15. Results of metals (mg/kg) in soil samples taken on November 0509 2012 from Gunashly field
Iron
Fe,
mg/kg
102
18453
Nickel
Ni,
mg/kg
Mercury
Hg ,
mg/kg
Arsen
As,
mg/kg
Cadmium
Cd,
mg/kg
Copper
Cu,
mg/kg
Mercury
Pb,
mg/kg
Sink
Zn,
mg/kg
52
0,017
032
0,43
58
4,9
59
124

2
3
4
6
8
11
12
14
15
16
17
22
24
25
200
200
80
90
150
110
90
140
170
150
120
190
160
100
16259
17441
23645
22123
18135
21139
18423
17454
17521
16213
18324
17561
19361
17141
56
41
53
48
61
57
59
60
62
69
49
54
68
63
0,018
0,017
0,021
0,019
0,021
0,018
0,024
0,021
0,018
0,019
0,018
0,022
0,018
0,016
0,38
0,61
0,59
0,72
0,64
0,86
1,01
0,89
0,77
0,63
0,98
0,89
1,21
1,01
0,48
0,51
0,41
0,42
0,48
0,53
0,54
0,58
0,42
0,43
0,47
0,53
0,54
0,51
51
42
40
36
41
46
52
43
36
38
39
41
46
39
Environmental
Division
3,8
5,8
4,7
4,1
4,3
4,9
4,8
4,1
4,2
5,3
5,2
5,1
4,9
4,6
57
61
66
60
56
58
49
63
59
47
62
59
68
62
Outcom es
It may be seen from the tables that in September iron 20349 22615 mg/kg, nickel 63
75 mg/kg, mercury 0,0019 0,0033 mg/kg, arsenic 0,7 1,5 mg/kg, cadmium 0,10
0,28 mg/kg, copper 34 43 mg/kg, lead 4,0 4,6 mg/kg, sink 58 67 mg/kg.
Results of November show that iron 20186 22588 mg/kg, nickel 57 69 mg/kg,
mercury 0,0017 0,0028 mg/kg, arsenic 0,4 1,1 mg/kg, Cadmium 0,07 0,90
mg/kg, copper 31 38 mg/kg, lead 3,8 4,1 mg/kg, sink 55 62 mg/kg.
Iron and sink amounts are especially greater in number among the investigated metals
It must be noted that greater iron and sink amount in September relative to November
is mainly due to increase in activeness under relatively higher temperature and
placement of the equipment used here and actively operated drill rigs here
5.8.9. Results of microbiological surveys in water and soil samples
Microorganism number of Summer season (September 04-07 2012) 5.16 table 5.17,
fall (November 05-09 2012) 18 given in table 19
Table 5.16: The most probable number of oil oxidizing (NOB), phenol
oxidizing (FOB) and heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in bottom samples taken
during September 04-07 2012 from Gunashly field
Ite
m
No
Stati
on
No
Depth,
m
102
Soil properties
Number of oil
oxidizing bacteria
in bottom
sedimentations
Number of
phenol oxidizing
bacteria in
bottom
sedimentation
Number of
heterotrophic
bacteria in
bottom
sedimentations
Soil (NOB)
1gram
Soil (FOB)
1 gram
Soil
(HB)
1 gram
7.5 102
4.5102
27x103
124

Environmental
Division
200
Silt
4.5103
7.5 103
17x104
200
Sand
9.5103
9.5103
15x104
80
Fine sand
9.5102
7.5102
21x103
17
120
Shell
11.5103
9.5103
17x104
22
190
Silty sand
9.5103
9.5103
11x104
25
100
Sand shell
7.5102
9.5102
18x103
oxidizing (FOB) and heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in water samples taken
from water surface during September 04-07 2012 from Gunashly field
Ite
m
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Station
No
1
2
3
4
17
22
25
Number of oil oxidizing

bacteria on surface
waters.
Number of phenol
oxidizing bacteria on
surface waters
Number of
heterotrophic bacteria
(HB) on surface waters
Water (NOB) 1mL
Water (FOB) 1mL
Water (HB) 1mL
9.510
11.510
4.5102
9.510
4.5102
7.5102
9.510
9.510
9.510
4.5102
9.510
4.5102
4.5102
9.510
10x102
15x102
17x102
10x102
15x102
13x102
11x102
124

Environmental
Division
Ite
m
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Depth, m
Station No
oxidizing (FOB) and heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in bottom samples taken
during November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field
1
2
3
4
17
22
25
102
200
200
80
120
190
100
Soil properties
Number of oil
oxidizing bacteria
in bottom
sedimentations
Number of phenol
oxidizing bacteria
in bottom
sedimentation
Soil (NOB) 1gram
Soil (FOB)
1 gram
4.5102
9.5103
9.5103
4.5102
9.5103
9.5103
7.5103
7.5102
7.5103
7.5103
7.5102
9.510
7.5102
4.5103
Silt
Silt
Sand
Fine sand
Shell
Silty sand
Sand shell
Number of
heterotrophic
bacteria in
bottom
sedimentations
Soil
(HB)
1 gram
17x103
18x104
18x104
18x103
11x104
11x104
12x104
Table 5.19. The most probable number of oil oxidizing (NOB), phenol
oxidizing (FOB) and heterotrophic (HB) bacterias in water samples taken
from water surface during November 05-09 2012 from Gunashly field
Item
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Station
No
1
2
3
4
17
22
25
Number of oil oxidizing

bacteria on surface
waters.
Number of phenol
oxidizing bacteria on
surface waters
Number of
heterotrophic bacteria
(HB) on surface waters
Water (NOB) 1mL
Water (FOB) 1mL
Water (HB) 1mL
7.510
4.5102
4.5102
9.510
4.5102
4.5102
7.5 102
7.510
9.510
4.5102
9.510
4.510
9.510
9.510
21x10
12x102
15x102
23x10
15x102
13x102
11x102
Outcom es
As seen from tables 5.16 5.17, number of oil oxidizing bacteria in 1 gram soil samples
at surveyed stations ranges between 7,5103 9,5104. Number of oil oxidizing
bacteria in 1ml water sample taken from depth 05 meter of surface meters ranges
between 4,5102 7,5104.
Number of phenol oxidizing bacteria in gram samples ranges between 7,5103
9,5105. Number of phenol oxidizing bacteria in water samples ranges between
4,5102 7,5103 .
Number of heterotrophic bacteria in 1 gram soil sample ranges between 13104
124

Environmental
Division
17106. Number of such bacteria in water samples ranges between 14102 12104.
As you may see in table 5.18 5.19, number of oil oxidizing bacteria in 1 gram soil
samples at surveyed stations ranges between 4,5102 4,5103. Number of oil
oxidizing bacteria in ml water sample taken from surface waters and depth 05 meter
ranges between 4,510 9,510.
Number of phenol oxidizing bacteria in gram samples ranges between 7,5103
9,5105. Number of phenol oxidizing bacteria in water samples ranges between 4,510
11,510.
Number of heterotrophic bacteria in 1 gram soil sample ranges between 2210317
104106. Number of these bacteria in water samples ranges between 2710 13102 .
Spread of microorganism in soil and water is subject to objective laws. Their number in
order shall be two items above water in soil. The above mentioned objective law may
be disrupted due to different reasons of these are strong bottom flows and long-term
toxic substances, as well as spread in water of hydrocarbons. Number of
microorganisms is also substantially influenced by temperature factor. Number of
microorganisms may change once or twice depending on the season of the year.
Officers from Ecological Survey Expedition have scientifically investigated the analysis
results. When identifying spreading and number of microorganisms in soil and water
samples taken from different stations at Gunashly field it may be concluded that
there are 1-2 variance in the number of surveyed bacteria in water and soil. Slight
change in the number of microorganisms is linked to temperature change.
Bacteria number in "Gunashly" field is onefold greater in spring and it is due to greater
monthly air temperatures as compared to October. It signifies low level of
contamination of the survey area with solely oil and oil products. Slight change in the
number of microorganisms is linked to one or two temperature change. So, regardless
of increased intensiveness of oil extraction, unchanged level of the number and
distribution of microorganisms shows that favorable ecological condition facilitates selfpurification and stabilization of pollution speed of the Caspian Sea.
5.8.10. Variety composition, number and biomass results of phytoplankton
Algae variety composition, number and biomass in Summer season (September 04-07
2012) table 5.20, fall season (November 05-09 2012) are presented in table 5.21.
124
For construction and operation of Stationary Offshore Foundation 6 in

Gunashly field
Baseline ENvironmental Assessment
Environmental
division
Table 5.20 variety composition, number (N, mln ex/m3) and biomass (B, mg/m3) of phytoplankton taken on September
04-07 2012 from Gunashly field
Station No
Taxon
1
b
a
N
Microcystis grevillei (Elenk)

M.aeruginosa (Kutr)
Anabaenopsis tanganyikae (Mller)
0,2
0,4
0,8
1,0
2,0
0,016
0,5
1,0
Rhizosolenia calcar-avis (Chult)

Rhizosolenia fragillisima(Bergon)
Sceletonema costatum (Grev)
Coscinodiscus jonesianus (Ostf)
Chaetoceros paulsenii (Ostf )
C. rigidus (Ostf)
Cyclotella caspia (Grun)
Diatoma elongatum (Ag)
Thalassiosira caspica (Makar)
T.variabilis (Makar)
1,3
0,6
0,5
1,2
0,6
0,8
-
221,0
3,6
1,87
0,48
0,15
0,4
-
1,2
1,0
0,4
0,2
1,6
1,0
0,5
1,0
-
Exuviaella cordata (Kissel)

Goniaulex polyedra (Stein)
Goniaulex spinifera (Dies)
0,2
0,7
0,5
3,0
3,5
1,75
0,4
0,8
-
Scenedesmus guadricanda (Breb)

Binuclearia lauterbornii (Pr-L)
Pediastrum duplex (Hey)
1,6
0,5
0,1
0,032
0,087
0,5
1,5
0,6
-
Total:
10
B
N
Cyanophyta
0,5
2,5
0,02
1,2
Bacillariophyta
204,0
1,0
6,0
0,8
0,12
0,5
0,75
0,64
1,3
0,58
0,8
0,4
0,48
0,2
0,5
0,6
0,5
Dinophyta
6,0
4,0
1,0
0,4
Chlorophyta
0,03
1,8
0,105
0,2
3
b
2,5
0,024
0,5
1,4
2,5
0,028
0,4
0,2
1,0
2,0
1,0
0,02
0,6
1,5
3,0
0,03
170,0
4,8
0,15
0,52
0,46
0,1
0,19
0,3
0,25
0,8
1,2
0,8
0,52
1,2
0,8
0,7
136,0
7,2
0,24
1,5
0,7
0,76
0,35
1,5
0,8
1,0
1,8
1,0
0,2
0,6
0,4
-
255,0
4,8
0,3
0,72
0,58
0,05
0,57
0,2
-
1,0
1,4
0,6
0,2
2,0
1,4
1,0
0,2
0,5
170,0
8,4
0,18
0,75
0,8
0,81
0,96
0,1
0,25
5,0
1,4
0,5
0,8
-
75
4,0
-
0,6
0,5
0,6
9,0
2,5
2,1
0,8
0,8
12,0
2,8
0,036
1,0
1,4
1,2
-
0,028
0,21
-
2,0
0,8
-
0,04
0,14
-
1,5
1,0
-
0,03
0,175
-
239,385 11,7 225,725 11,2 186,73 11,82 228,516 13,4 279,02 14,5 200,285
147

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Continued from Table 5.20

Station No
Taxon
4
b

M.aeruginosa (Kutr)
Anabaenopsis tanganyikae
(Mller)
0,7
-
3,5
-
0,6
0,2
1,7
0,034
1,4
0,028

Rhizosolenia
fragillisima(Bergon)
C. rigidus (Ostf)
1,5
255,0
1,8
1,0
6,0
0,8
0,5
0,4
0,8
0,8
0,4
1,2
-
0,15
1,5
0,32
0,2
0,38
0,6
-
0,7
1,0
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,8
0,6

0,5
1,0
7,5
3,5
0,2
0,4
0,8
1,3
0,026
0,6
-
0,105
-
Scenedesmus guadricanda
(Breb)
B
N
Cyanophyta
3,0
1,0
0,5
12
b
2,5
0,8
-
4,0
-
0,6
3,0
0,5
0,4
2,5
2,0
0,032
1,2
0,024
1,0
0,02
1,5
0,03
Bacillariophyta
306,0
1,4
238,0
1,2
204,0
1,5
255,0
1,0
170,0
7,2
1,7
10,2
1,5
9,0
2,0
12,0
0,21
0,6
0,4
0,8
0,23
0,125
0,6
0,57
0,5
0,4
1,0
0,3
0,4
Dinophyta
3,0
2,0
0,5
2,8
0,6
Chlorophyta
2,25
0,32
0,15
0,48
0,5
0,2
0,8
0,5
1,4
0,4
0,8
0,8
0,24
1,87
1,56
0,1
0,76
0,4
0,6
0,7
1,2
0,5
1,2
0,5
-
0,18
2,62
0,48
0,29
1,14
0,25
-
0,5
0,8
1,0
0,6
0,5
1,0
0,6
0,5
0,15
3,0
0,4
0,35
0,125
0,96
0,3
0,25
2,5
2,1
1,2
-
6,0
-
0,5
0,8
0,5
7,5
4,0
1,75
0,4
1,0
0,2
6,0
5,0
0,7
1,0
0,02
1,2
0,024
1,0
0,02
1,5
0,03
1,2
0,024
0,8
-
0,14
-
0,5
0,4
0,087
2,0
0,6
3,0
0,5
-
0,087
-
0,4
0,2
0,07
1,0
4,8
1,6
1,2
147

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Station No
Taxon
4
b
a
N
Total:
c
B
12
b
a
B
c
B
12,4 278,815 12,6 325,023 11,8 258,343 12,4 232,174 13,1 285,347 14,3 204,859

Taxon

M.aeruginosa (Kutr)
C. rigidus (Ostf)
a
N
B
Cyanophyta
0,4
2,0
0,1
0,5
1,4
0,028
Bacillariophyta
1,2
204,0
1,4
8,4
0,6
2,25
1,0
0,4
0,6
0,15
1,0
0,96
0,8
0,4
Dinophyta
0,2
3,0
0,4
2,0
Station No
17
b
N
B
c
N
0,2
1,2
1,0
0,024
0,6
1,5
3,0
0,03
1,6
1,0
0,2
0,4
1,2
0,4
0,5
1,2
0,5
0,4
272,0
6,0
0,06
1,5
0,48
0,23
0,125
1,14
0,25
0,2
1,5
1,2
0,7
0,8
0,5
1,4
0,5
255,0
7,2
1,97
0,32
0,29
1,33
0,25
0,5
-
7,5
-
0,5
2,5
147

Gunashly field
Taxon
Total:
a
N
B
0,5
1,75
Chlorophyta
1,5
0,03
0,4
2,0
11,5
227,868
Environmental
division
Station No
17
b
N
B
0,7
2,45
N
0,4
B
1,4
1,2
0,5
-
0,024
0,087
-
1,3
0,2
0,5
0,026
0,035
2,5
11,7
293,07
11,6
275,851
147

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Table 5.21 species composition, number (N, mln. ex/m3) and biomass (B, mg/m3 ) of phytoplanktons taken from
"Gunashly" field from 15 through 19 October 2012
Station No
Taxon
1
b
a
N
Gamphosphaerio lacustris (Ch)

M.aeruginosa (Kutr)
0,8
0,5
1,2
2,32
2,9
0,24
0,6
0,4
0,8

C.radiatus (Ehr)
C.granii (Gough)
C. rigidus (Ostf)
C.mirabilis (Makar)
C.sosialis (Laud)
Thalassionema nitrshioides (Grun)
0,5
0,6
1,2
1,0
0,6
0,8
0,5
0,8
0,3
0,2
1,89
4,5
0,36
170,0
3,6
0,32
0,25
0,4
0,15
0,26
0,7
0,2
0,4
1,8
0,8
0,5
1,2
0,7
0,2
0,5
0,2
0,4
Prorocentrum scutellum (Schr)

P.obtusum (Ostf)
0,4
0,5
-
5,4
1,75
-
0,5
0,2
0,3
0,2
B
N
Cyanophyta
1,74
1,0
2,0
0,7
0,2
0,16
1,5
Bacillariophyta
2,64
0,4
0,6
0,5
3,0
0,54
1,5
136,0
1,2
3,0
0,8
0,48
1,0
0,35
0,5
0,12
0,25
1,0
0,1
0,5
0,52
Dinophyta
0,2
6,75
1,0
0,6
1,05
3,0
0,5
6
b
2,9
3,5
2,3
0,3
14
0,5
1,0
4,06
5,75
0,2
1,5
0,3
0,4
1,8
4,35
1,74
4,6
0,36
1,2
0,5
1,6
3,48
2,9
0,32
1,51
1,5
0,45
204,0
4,8
0,4
0,25
0,5
0,25
-
0,8
1,0
0,8
1,5
1,0
0,6
1,2
0,7
3,02
7,5
0,24
255,0
6,0
0,3
0,6
0,91
1,2
0,6
0,5
1,2
1,3
1,2
0,5
0,2
0,4
1,5
0,2
0,5
4,53
1,8
3,75
0,36
221,0
7,2
0,2
0,1
0,24
0,75
0,1
0,65
1,0
0,4
0,8
1,0
1,8
0,8
0,6
0,7
1,0
0,8
3,78
1,2
6,0
0,3
306,0
4,8
0,24
0,42
0,5
1,04
2,5
3,0
7,5
0,6
0,3
0,8
-
7,5
4,05
2,8
-
0,8
0,2
0,5
0,6
0,4
10,0
2,7
2,5
2,1
6,0
0,5
0,8
0,5
0,6
6,25
4,0
1,75
9,0
147

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Station No
Taxon

Total:
1
b
0,6
0,2
0,4
0,012
0,035
2,0
0,5
0,4
-
B
N
Chlorophyta
0,01
0,8
0,07
0,5
6
b
0,016
2,5
1,0
0,8
0,2
0,02
0,14
1,0
1,2
1,0
-
0,024
0,17
-
0,8
1,2
-
0,016
0,21
-
11,1 196,387 11,5 163,38 13,4 238,176 26,8 299,09
18
275,224 16,6 352,206

Station No
Taxon

M.aeruginosa (Kutr)
Anabaenopsis tanganyikae
(Mller)
C.radiatus (Ehr)
C.granii (Gough)
C. rigidus (Ostf)
11
b
a
N
0,5
0,7
1,45
3,5
0,6
0,12
0,8
0,5
1,4
0,5
0,6
-
3,02
3,75
238,0
3,0
0,24
-
17
b
0,7
0,2
0,5
B
N
Cyanophyta
2,03
0,4
1,0
0,6
2,5
-
1,16
3,0
-
0,9
0,5
-
2,61
2,5
-
1,3
0,8
3,77
4,0
1,0
0,4
0,6
2,9
2,0
3,0
0,8
0,16
0,2
1,5
0,3
1,0
0,2
1,4
0,28
1,0
0,4
0,2
0,4
0,8
1,0
0,4
Bacillariophyta
2,64
0,6
2,26
1,2
0,5
1,5
1,5
0,12
0,6
0,18
136,0
1,0
170,0
6,0
0,7
4,2
0,5
0,2
0,2
0,5
0,25
0,8
0,5
2,0
0,8
1,0
-
2,4
3,75
340,0
4,8
0,4
-
0,5
0,6
0,8
0,5
1,5
1,0
0,8
-
1,89
1,8
6,0
0,15
255,0
6,0
0,32
-
0,2
1,0
0,8
1,2
1,4
0,8
-
0,75
3,0
0,24
204,0
8,4
0,32
-
1,0
147

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Station No
Taxon
11
b
17
b
N
0,5
0,8
B
0,3
0,4
N
0,6
0,2
0,6
B
0,36
0,1
0,3
N
0,5
-
B
0,25
-
N
1,2
0,4
0,5
B
0,72
0,2
0,25
N
1,5
0,4
B
0,9
0,2
N
1,0
0,6
-
B
0,6
0,3
-
0,4
0,52
0,6
0,78
0,8
1,04
0,5
0,65
0,9
1,17

P.obtusum (Ostf)
0,6
0,8
0,5
7,5
4,0
7,5
0,5
0,7
0,6
0,4
0,2
1,0
1,0
-
2,5
13,5
3,5
-
0,4
0,8
0,6
0,7
0,4
5,0
10,8
3,0
2,45
6,0
0,5
0,8
0,4
0,8
0,3
6,25
10,8
2,0
2,8
4,5

1,2
0,6
0,024
3,0
1,5
0,4
0,5
1,6
0,4
0,032
2,0
1,2
0,8
-
0,024
0,14
-
1,4
0,6
0,2
0,028
0,1
1,0
C.mirabilis (Makar)
C.sosialis (Laud)
Thalassionema nitrshioides
(Grun)
Total:
Dinophyta
6,25
9,45
0,6
8,1
0,5
2,5
2,1
0,4
1,4
6,0
0,7
10,5
Chlorophyta
0,03
1,0
0,02
0,07
0,5
0,085
2,5
-
10,6 275,804 12,8 181,03 11,2 206,585 15,1 380,502 16,1 308,294 16,3 254,438

Station No
Taxon

M.aeruginosa (Kutr)
22
b
a
N
0,5
0,4
-
1,45
2,0
-
0,8
0,8
B
N
Cyanophyta
2,32
0,6
0,2
9,2
0,5
25
b
1,74
1,0
5,75
1,0
0,4
0,6
2,9
2,0
6,9
1,2
0,8
3,48
9,2
0,8
0,6
0,4
2,32
3,0
4,6
147

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Station No
Taxon
22
b
N
0,8
B
0,016
N
0,7

C.radiatus (Ehr)
C.granii (Gough)
C. rigidus (Ostf)
C.mirabilis (Makar)
C.sosialis (Laud)
Thalassionema nitrshioides (Grun)
0,6
0,5
1,4
1,6
0,4
0,5
0,5
0,6
0,8
-
2,26
3,75
0,42
272,0
2,4
0,2
0,3
0,3
0,4
-
0,5
0,4
0,2
1,7
1,2
0,6
0,6
1,0
0,5

P.obtusum (Ostf)
0,4
0,2
0,4
0,8
-
5,0
2,7
2,0
2,8
-
0,5
0,5
0,6
0,4

1,5
0,5
0,2
0,03
0,087
1,0
1,2
0,6
-
Total:
B
N
0,014
Bacillariophyta
1,89
0,8
1,2
1,5
0,4
0,51
1,5
204,0
1,4
3,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,4
0,3
0,5
0,8
0,5
0,65
0,4
Dinophyta
6,25
0,4
2,5
2,1
1,0
6,0
Chlorophyta
0,024
1,8
0,105
0,6
25
b
B
-
N
1,4
B
0,028
N
1,0
B
0,02
N
1,5
B
0,03
3,02
3,0
0,45
238,0
3,0
0,16
0,2
0,18
0,4
0,25
0,52
1,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
1,8
1,0
0,7
0,8
1,2
-
5,29
1,5
4,5
0,21
306,0
6,0
0,28
0,4
0,6
-
1,5
0,8
0,5
2,0
0,8
1,0
1,2
0,4
0,8
0,5
5,67
6,0
0,15
340,0
4,8
0,4
0,6
0,2
0,4
0,65
1,3
0,7
0,5
1,0
1,5
1,2
0,8
1,0
0,5
1,0
0,2
4,91
2,1
3,75
0,3
255,0
7,2
0,32
0,5
0,25
0,5
0,26
5,4
3,5
-
0,6
0,2
0,4
0,2
8,1
1,0
1,4
3,0
0,2
0,6
0,5
2,5
3,0
7,5
0,5
0,5
0,2
6,75
1,75
3,0
0,036
3,0
0,6
1,2
0,4
0,012
0,21
2,0
0,5
1,4
-
0,01
0,24
-
0,8
1,0
0,5
0,016
0,17
2,5
12,6 299,113 12,8 242,663 12,5 269,606 15,7 352,33 15,7 384,82 16,5 299,226
147
For construction and operation of Stationary

Offshore Foundation 6 in Gunashly field
Environmental
division
R esults
24 algae varieties are presented in Table 5.20 in summer. Of these 6 varieties are bluegreen (Cyanophyta), 10 diatome (Bacillariophyta), 5 dinophytes (Dinophyta), 3 green
(Chlorophyta) algae were observed. Number of algae ranges between 16,7 (st. #29)
31,2 (st. #29) mln. ex/m3 Average number 20,3 mln. ex/m3. Biomass ranges between
298,69 (st. 5) 521,844(st. #11) mg/m3. Average number 421,30 mg/m3.
For fall sea on 14 algae varieties are presented in Table 5.21 Of these 2 blue-green
(Cyanophyta), 8 diatomes (Bacillariophyta), 4 dinophytes (Dinophyta) were observed
No green (Chlorophyta) algae were encountered. Number of algae ranges between 16,7
(st. #29) 31,2 (st. #29) mln. ex/m3 Average number 20,3 mln. ex/m3. Biomass
ranges between 43,87 (st.#22) 447,2 (st.#27) mg/m3. Average number 421,30
mg/m3.
15,8%
15,8%
yaz mvsm
15,8%
52,6%
Cyanophyta
Bacillariophyta
Dinophyta
Chlorophyta
15,8%
15,8%
yaz mvsm
15,8%
52,6%
Cyanophyta
Bacillariophyta
Dinophyta
Chlorophyta
Figure 5.16. Distribution dynamics of phytoplankton variety composition in

Gunashly field over seasons in 2012
148

Gunashly field
Baseline Environmental Assessment
Environmental
division
5.8.11. Zooplankton variety composition, number and biomass results

Zooplankton variety composition, number and biomass for summer season(September 04-07 2012) is presented in table 5.22, fall season
(November 05-09 2012) is presented in table 5.23.
Table 5.22 variety com position, num ber (N, m ln ex/ m 3 ) and biom ass (B, m g/ m 3 ) of zooplankton taken on Septem ber
Station No
Taxon
1
b
a
N
Polyphemus exiguus (Sars)

Podonevadne trigona typica(Sars)
Evadne anonus typica (Sars)
Evadne anonus prolongata (Behn)
Cercopagis pengoi (Ostf)
C.sosialis (Grimmi)
6
5
10
6
-
0,042
0,07
0,2
0,9
-
Limnocalanus grimaldi (Guerne)

Heterocope caspia (Sars)
Eurytemora grimmi (Sars)
E,minor (Sars)
Calanipeda aguae dulcis (Krit)
Acartia tonsa (Dana)
12
5
14
15
22
0,96
0,2
0,56
0,225
1,43
Mnemiopsis leidyi (Agassis)
35
Larva Mollusca
Larva Balanus
Larva Copepoda
8
24
0,08
0,168
N
B
Cladocera
8
0,112
6
0,12
5
0,1
4
0,6
Copepoda
4
0,6
8
0,64
7
0,28
10
0,4
24
0,36
16
1,04
Ctenophora
48
Others
10
00,1
30
0,21
3
b
5
6
9
2
0,035
0,084
0,18
0,3
10
6
5
0,14
0,12
0,75
5
7
5
5
2
0,035
0,1
0,1
0,75
0,3
8
8
5
-
0,056
0,16
0,1
-
5
5
12
18
20
0,75
0,2
0,48
0,27
1,3
6
8
10
12
15
0,48
0,32
0,4
0,18
0,97
8
8
12
16
12
0,64
0,32
0,48
0,24
0,78
6
5
10
15
14
19
0,9
0,43
0,41
0,6
0,21
1,23
60
54
40
65
5
6
20
0,05
0,06
0,14
6
12
34
0,06
0,12
0,24
8
20
0,08
0,14
4
5
28
0,04
0,05
0,2
163

Gunashly field
Total:
Environmental
division
162 4,835 180 4,562 173 3,849 178 3,78 148 3,965 192 4,386

Station No
Taxon
4
b
a
N

C.sosialis (Grimmi)
7
4
8
4
0,049
0,08
0,16
0,6

E,minor (Sars)
9
4
10
19
15
0,72
0,16
0,4
0,285
0,975
55
Larva Mollusca
Larva Balanus
Larva Copepoda
4
5
18
0,04
0,05
0,126
N
B
Cladocera
12 0,084
4
0,058
10
0,2
5
0,75
Copepoda
6
0,9
5
0,2
8
0,32
20
0,3
18
1,17
Ctenophora
70
Others
7
0,07
25 0,175
12
b
9
6
8
-
0,063
0,12
1,2
-
5
5
6
-
0,03
0,1
0,9
-
6
5
5
0,084
0,1
0,75
4
5
7
6
0,028
0,07
0,14
0,9
5
6
5
6
22
16
0,75
0,48
0,2
0,24
0,33
1,04
8
6
9
16
24
1,2
0,24
0,36
0,24
0,91
5
8
14
20
10
0,4
0,32
0,56
0,3
0,65
4
10
12
15
12
0,6
0,4
0,48
0,225
0,78
45
50
65
30
4
10
27
0,04
0,1
0,189
14
20
0,14
0,14
5
6
15
0,05
0,06
0,105
8
5
16
0,08
0,05
0,112
163

Gunashly field
Total:
Environmental
division
162 3,645 190 4,227 169 4,752 163 4,26 164 3,379 134 3,865

Station No
Taxon
N
B
Cladocera
6
0,084
5
0,1
6
0,9
C.sosialis (Grimmi)
Copepoda
5
0,75
6
0,24
E,minor (Sars)
10
0,4
12
0,18
17
1,105
Ctenophora
45
Others
Larva Mollusca
Larva Balanus
5
0,05
Larva Copepoda
19
0,133
Total:
127
3,55
17
b
9
7
5
4
0,063
0,14
0,75
0,6
5
5
4
7
0,035
0,07
0,08
1,05
8
5
12
16
15
0,64
0,2
0,48
0,24
0,97
4
5
7
10
10
20
0,6
0,4
0,28
0,4
0,15
1,3
57
60
4
23
0,04
0,161
20
0,14
156
3,167
145
4,505
163

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Table 5.23. variety composition, number (N, mln ex/m3) and biomass (B, mg/m3) of zooplankton taken on October 0509 2012 from Gunashly field
Station No
Taxon
N
Podonevadne trigona
typica(Sars)
P,trigono intermedia (Sars)
0,11
4
7
0,05
0,14

E,minor (Sars)
18
5
12
15
1,17
0,2
0,48
1,0
40
Larva Mollusca
Larva Balanus
Larva Copepoda
12
10
20
0,12
0,1
0,14
Total:
1
b
N
B
N
Cladocera
6
0,9
5
0,75
7
0,1
5
4
0,08
Copepoda
4
12
12 0,78 16
8
0,32
6
10
0,4
8
18 1,21 16
Ctenophora
60
50
Others
10
0,1
8
15 0,15 12
23 0,16 18
0,6
0,07
0,04
-
6
b
1,05
0,08
5
6
5
0,07
0,05
0,1
8
-
0,06
-
10
4
6
0,14
0,03
0,12
1,04
0,24
0,32
1,07
6
14
10
16
10
1,8
0,91
0,4
0,64
0,67
19
7
10
14
1,23
0,28
0,4
0,94
4
15
4
8
12
1,2
0,97
0,16
0,32
0,8
70
55
80
0,08
0,12
0,13
6
14
25
0,06
0,14
0,17
10
16
22
0,1
0,16
0,15
8
10
26
0,08
0,1
0,18
151 3,51 177 16,2 149 3,86 191 5,61 167
3,4
194 5,15
163

Gunashly field
Environmental
division

Taxon
N

5
6
8
0,75
0,08
0,16

E,minor (Sars)
5
14
8
12
8
1,5
0,91
0,32
0,48
0,53
55
Larva Mollusca
Larva Balanus
Larva Copepoda
8
10
26
0,08
0,1
0,18
Total:
11
b
N
B
Cladocera
5
0,07
4
0,05
6
0,12
Copepoda
20
1,3
10
0,4
14 0,56
12
0,8
Ctenophora
35
Others
6
0,06
12 0,12
20 0,14
Station No
N
4
6
5
-
0,6
0,08
0,04
-
7
15
6
10
16
4
6
5
0,05
0,05
0,1
2,1
0,97
0,24
0,4
1,06
22
10
15
14
64
10
14
18
0,1
0,14
0,12
17
b
8
5
4
7
1,2
0,07
0,03
0,14
6
8
5
0,9
0,11
0,1
1,43
0,4
0,6
0,93
5
16
8
10
20
1,5
1,04
0,32
0,4
1,33
20
12
16
15
1,3
0,48
0,64
1,0
70
40
65
5
8
25
0,05
0,08
0,17
8
10
16
0,08
0,1
0,11
10
12
20
0,1
0,12
0,14
165 5,09 144 3,62 175 5,85 184 3,86 157 6,32 189 4,89
163

Gunashly field
Environmental
division

Station No
Taxon
N

8
6
4
5
1,2
0,08
0,03
0,1

E,minor (Sars)
22
7
8
20
1,43
0,28
0,32
1,34
55
Larva Mollusca
Larva Balanus
Larva Copepoda
5
6
19
0,05
0,06
0,133
Total:
22
b
N
B
Cladocera
10
0,14
6
0,05
Copepoda
5
1,5
16
1,04
5
0,2
10
0,4
17
1,14
Ctenophora
65
Others
8
0,08
25 0,175
5
6
5
8
0,75
0,08
0,07
0,16
18
12
16
7
7
-
0,1
0,06
-
1,17
0,48
1,07
8
15
5
7
12
48
4
10
16
0,04
0,1
0,112
25
b
4
5
4
5
6
0,6
0,07
0,05
0,04
0,12
10
8
10
1,5
0,11
0,2
2,4
0,97
0,2
0,28
0,8
5
20
4
6
15
1,5
1,3
0,16
0,24
1,0
24
10
18
1,56
0,4
1,2
50
80
45
12
20
0,12
0,14
5
8
22
0,05
0,08
0,154
7
10
18
0,07
0,1
0,126
165 5,023 167 4,725 148 4,032 143 5,07 189 5,364 160 5,266
163
For construction and operation of Stationary

Offshore Foundation 6 in Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Outcom es
Zooplankton variety composition, number and biomass in Gunashly field for summer
season 5. Presented in Table 22 and for summer and Table 5.23 for fall
Zooplankton organism observed in summer 13 and fall 11. For summer season 6
varieties of these are Cladocera, 6 Copepoda, 1 Ctenophora groups. For fall, of these 5
Cladocer, 5 Copepoda, 1 Ctenophora groups Furthermore, plankton has plenty of
larvaes of bottom organisms (Mollusca, Balanus v Copepoda).
In summer total zooplankton number 121 ex./m3 (st. #3) 207 ex./m3 (st. #12)
Average number 158 ex./m3. Biomass 2,019 mg/m3 (st. #12) 4,95 mg/m3 (st. #18)
. Average number 421,30 mg/m3.
Total number of zooplanktons in fall 72 ex./m3 (st. #18) 104 ex./m3 (st. #3).
Average number 89 ex./m3. Biomass 2,019 mg/m3 (st. #12) 4,95 mg/m3 (st. #18) .
Average number 421,30 mg/m3.
As a result of surveys, it may be concluded that zooplankton samples found in summer
13 and fall 11 respectively Average biomass indicator in summer 3,317 mg/m3, while
fall - 2,938 mg/m3. Variety number in summer 158, fall 89, and it is due to the fact that
water temperature in fall was slightly lower and it influences number of the living
organisms in water.
40.00%
37.50%
37.50%
35.00%
30.00%
25.00%
35.70%
35.70%
18.75%
nv t
20.00%
15.00%
6.25%
10.00%
5.00%
7%
0.00%
21.40%
April,2012
Oktober,2012
Cladocera
Copepoda
Ctenophora
Srflr
Figure 5.17. Chart of distribution dynamics over seasons of zooplankton

variety composition (%) in Gunashly field in 2012
164

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
5.8.12. Macroozobenthos variety composition, number and biomass results in bottom sedimentation
Macrozoobenthos variety composition, number and biomass in summer (September 05-07 in 2012) is presented in Table 5.24, and
fall(November 05-09 2012) in table 5.25
Table 5.24 macrozoobenthoz ariety composition, number (N, mln ex/m3) and biomass (B, mg/m3) taken on September
05-07 2012 fromGunashly field
Taxon
N
Station No
1
b
Isohaetides michaelseni (Last.)

Manayunkia caspica (Annenkova)
Enoploides fluviatilis (Micoletzky)
Psammoryctes deserticola (Grimm)
Stylodrilus cernosvitoviv (Hrabe)
Oligochaeta Sp
200
310
30
30
40
+
0,12
0,05
+
0,02
0,02
0,06
260
510
110
70
60
30
Balanus improvisus (Darwin)

Balanus improvisus juvinal
Saduria entonom qlacialis caspia
(Sars)
Corophium chelicorne (G.Sars)
Corophium nobile (G.O.Sars)
Corophium monodom (G.Sars)
Corophium Sp.
Gammarus ischnus (Stebbing)
Gammarus pauxillus (Grimm)
390
410
5,41
0,14
330
330
460
390
500
450
160
200
5,53
1,54
1,71
2,72
0,21
0,09
710
520
630
340
230
310
12,6
2,17
1,31
1,81
0,25
0,24
Cordylophora caspia (Pallas)
B
N
Coelenterata
+
Annelida
0,14
320
0,09
270
+
80
0,03
100
0,02
10
0,01
100
Crustacea
6,11
420
0,11
240
0,18
0,04
+
0,04
+
0,03
30
10
10
-
7,12
0,08
530
640
370
120
120
160
3
b
0,02
+
+
-
100
50
70
-
0,06
0,02
0,02
-
90
40
30
-
0,05
0,02
0,01
-
520
790
2,14
0,20
680
1250
3,37
0,43
610
910
3,83
0,37
9,55
2,86
0,76
0,51
0,12
0,11
60
100
90
+
10
-
0,68
0,33
0,06
2,66
0,01
-
110
150
200
+
50
-
0,92
0,69
0,17
1,17
0,05
-
30
120
130
50
20
-
0,28
0,62
0,11
0,46
0,02
180

Gunashly field
Taxon
Gammarus Sp.
Stenocuma diastyloides (G.Sars)
Pterocuma rostrata (G.Sars)
Volgocuma telmatophora
(Derzhavin)
Cumasea Sp.
Amathillina cristata (Grimm)
Mytilaster lineatus (Gmel)
Dressena rostriformus distincta
(Andr.)
Cerastoderma lamarcki (Reeve)
Conopeum seurati
Total:
N
-
B
-
N
-
10
30
+
0,28
30
10
160
93,3
130
1
b
Environmental
division
Station No
B
-
N
-
B
-
N
10
-
120
0,04
10
0,07
10
Mollusca
78,2
110
55,2
160
72,4
140
Bryozoa
+
-
B
0,01
-
N
30
-
0,02
0,05
81,2
3
b
B
0,03
-
N
60
-
B
0,04
-
60
43,8
100
66,4
50
36,2
75,8
20
8,11
50
24,8
20
11,3
100
39,3
80
26,3
50
18,6
3900 166,4 4760 175,6 3750 178,47 1810 97,32 2920 124,43 2210 71,91
180

Gunashly field
Environmental
division

Taxon
N
Isohaetides michaelseni
(Last.)
Manayunkia caspica
(Annenkova)
Enoploides fluviatilis
(Micoletzky)
Psammoryctes deserticola
(Grimm)
Stylodrilus cernosvitoviv
(Hrabe)
Oligochaeta Sp
Saduria entonom qlacialis
caspia (Sars)
Corophium chelicorne
(G.Sars)
Corophium monodom
(G.Sars)
Corophium Sp.
4
b
Station No
c
B
N
Coelenterata
+
Annelida
1200
0,68
1620
0,85
1330
1680
0,32
1050
0,20
120
180
0,67
900
910
0,12
280
70
0,02
400
3720
5,36
0,88
230
4850
10
3,22
160
12
b
0,47
1340
0,74
1130
0,61
1140
0,17
870
0,09
1250
0,19
50
100
130
110
0,03
150
0,04
120
0,03
40
0,01
70
0,02
20
0,12
+
Crustacea
4,92
490
1,27
5250
0,18
30
0,01
60
0,02
0,07
6,75
2,15
250
630
3,93
0,19
510
1540
7,35
0,39
380
850
5,17
0,24
20
4,93
10
2,68
1,72
250
2,17
240
1,94
200
1,75
310
2,66
140
1,34
120
0,92
180
1,27
230
1,88
150
1,12
190
1,62
240
2,00
360
0,36
550
0,51
430
0,45
280
0,32
190
0,39
150
0,62
180

Gunashly field
Taxon
Gammarus ischnus
(Stebbing)
Gammarus pauxillus
(Grimm)
Gammarus Sp.
Stenocuma diastyloides
(G.Sars)
Volgocuma telmatophora
(Derzhavin)
Cumasea Sp.
Dressena rostriformus
distincta (Andr.)
Cerastoderma lamarcki
(Reeve)
Conopeum seurati
Total:
220
0,29
340
4
b
Environmental
division
Station No
B
260
0,31
0,32
450
40
140
0,
70
0,39
420
0,35
0,20
60
0,23
40
0,06
50
40
0,06
120
0,08
20
0,11
0,08
20
30
0,05
70
340
228,6
150
130
-
12
b
190
0,12
150
0,11
20
0,13
30
0,16
50
0,21
0,04
0,11
260
Mollusca
213,5
310
255,7
180
115,8
120
77,1
150
112,6
66,2
100
55,2
170
78,3
120
56,3
80
34,7
100
41,5
49,7
160
78,9
200
112,6
70
28,5
120
55,7
150
71,9
Bryozoa
+
-
9420 359,23 10490 365,29 10670 464,65 4080 208,49 5680 180,71 4860 235,97
180

Gunashly field
Environmental
division

Taxon

Manayunkia caspica (Annenkova)
Oligochaeta Sp
Saduria entonom qlacialis caspia (Sars)
Corophium Sp.
Gammarus Sp.
Volgocuma telmatophora (Derzhavin)
Cumasea Sp.
N
B
Coelenterata
+
Annelida
40
0,05
180
+
150
0,04
130
0,04
80
0,03
Crustacea
270
2,05
1250
0,54
1450
7,58
950
3,21
600
0,73
120
0,55
100
0,12
160
0,11
30
0,07
50
0,09
-
Station No
17
b
N
B
100
280
120
180
110
0,12
+
0,03
0,05
0,05
70
220
80
120
100
0,08
+
0,02
0,04
0,06
450
830
1230
660
810
180
140
210
50
70
-
4,75
0,33
6,25
2,64
0,88
0,68
0,15
0,15
0,09
0,12
-
390
710
1670
820
510
210
170
250
10
20
-
3,16
0,21
9,13
3,49
0,60
0,81
0,19
0,20
0,02
0,05
-
180

Gunashly field
Taxon
Dressena rostriformus distincta (Andr.)
Conopeum seurati
Total:
Station No
17
b
N
B
10
0,06
Environmental
division
N
B
N
B
20
0,11
30
0,18
Mollusca
130
98,5
80
62,9
40
33,2
50
26,4
30
14,6
40
22,2
90
41,7
50
20,1
70
34,6
Bryozoa
+
+
+
5850 181,92 5590 113,95 5530 108,24
180

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Table 5.25 macrozoobenthos variety composition, number (N, mln ex/m3) and biomass (B, mg/m3) taken on November
Taxon
N
Nereis diversicolor (O.F.Mller)

Oligochaeta Sp
40
130
150
170
250
100
0,82
0,26
+
0,06
0,17
0,07

Corophium robustum
Corophium Sp.
Gammarus warpachowskyi (G.O.Sars)
Gammarus Sp.
Pseudalibrotus platyceras (Grimm ,
30
160
210
120
170
50
50
140
30
-
0,14
2,58
2,73
1,76
0,52
0,77
0,13
0,15
0,14
-
1
b
B
N
Coelenterata
+
Annelida
50
0,51
20
150
0,19
100
90
+
140
220
0,09
180
370
0,25
220
160
0,11
130
Crustacea
70
1,31
90
270
3,78
210
350
4,35
270
230
2,91
190
260
1,12
150
110
1,53
180
80
0,10
100
180
0,20
250
10
0,06
20
-
Station No
c
0,17
0,12
+
0,08
0,12
0,09
240
170
130
190
210
1,17
31,7
3,66
2,43
0,62
2,36
0,14
0,23
0,09
-
50
100
390
270
410
660
710
60
180
260
150
30
40
30
11
b
0,37
+
0,06
0,11
0,13
290
250
170
230
250
0,34
+
0,10
0,14
0,15
360
140
140
160
180
0,45
+
0,08
0,07
0,08
0,44
0,06
5,72
3,84
5,00
2,71
8,39
0,22
0,22
0,27
0,17
0,08
0,17
1,37
60
170
550
370
540
810
940
110
300
350
200
50
20
10
0,37
0,10
7,79
4,81
6,14
3,17
12,8
0,35
0,35
0,39
0,23
0,13
0,09
0,52
20
230
410
410
370
560
830
90
230
210
110
20
10
40
0,19
0,15
6,11
5,16
4,44
2,34
10,2
0,30
0,26
0,22
0,14
0,05
0,03
2,18
180

Gunashly field
Taxon
Sars)
Conopeum seurati
Total:
30
1,42
1
b
Environmental
division
Station No
B
Mollusca
20
0,76
40
Bryozoa
+
-
10
0,68
1,68
11
b
30
2,17
10
0,44
1830 11,72 2620 17,27 2290 44,66 4290 30,01 5700 40,14 4530 32,89

Taxon
N

Oligochaeta Sp
160
210
140
160
100
0,22
+
0,06
0,09
0,04

Corophium robustum
180
220
630
350
6,17
0,21
8,12
4,21
17
b
B
Coelenterata
+
Annelida
240
0,35
150
+
180
0,10
120
0,06
150
0,03
Crustacea
100
4,23
170
0,11
410
5,37
250
3,41
Station No
N
190
120
100
90
80
130
250
530
500
0,25
+
0,02
0,03
0,02
20
50
70
30
4,47
0,14
7,05
6,41
40
140
130
22
b
0,08
0,03
+
0,01
10
70
100
50
0,03
0,03
+
0,02
50
30
110
10
0,19
0,02
+
+
0,39
1,11
1,26
60
210
150
0,71
2,62
1,52
20
120
90
0,17
0,97
0,92
180

Gunashly field
Taxon
Conopeum seurati
3300
31,77
3030
29,63
Total:
B
2,19
0,98
4,21
0,12
0,12
0,07
0,19
0,09
4,68
N
110
310
290
160
190
70
20
10
100
Station No
17
b
B
1,67
1,19
3,77
0,20
0,22
0,10
0,11
0,05
8,66
Mollusca
Bryozoa
+

Corophium Sp.
Gammarus warpachowskyi (G.O.Sars)
Gammarus Sp.
Pseudalibrotus platyceras (Grimm , Sars)
N
170
240
330
100
140
50
40
20
60
Environmental
division
N
160
220
460
230
310
110
10
40
40
B
1,93
0,91
5,71
0,28
0,28
0,14
0,05
0,22
3,17
N
170
90
50
50
60
3570
B
1,22
0,12
0,63
0,13
1,82
N
180
130
110
30
40
31,08
900
22
b
B
1,31
0,14
0,91
0,11
3,15
N
240
50
80
20
30
B
1,75
0,08
0,78
0,05
1,27
6,8
1140
10,55
850
6,2
180

Gunashly field
Environmental
division

Taxon
N
Station No
24
b

Oligochaeta Sp
100
160
160
120
-
0,67
0,22
+
0,08
-
70
180
230
150
-

Corophium robustum
Corophium Sp.
Gammarus warpachowskyi
(G.O.Sars)
Gammarus Sp.
Pseudalibrotus platyceras (Grimm ,
80
510
360
-
0,37
6,92
4,11
-
130
450
330
-
160
220
60
10
0,22
0,20
0,15
0,06
190
260
20
30
0,24
0,28
0,07
0,14
B
N
Coelenterata
+
Annelida
0,51
30
0,25
120
+
130
0,10
80
Crustacea
0,92
150
6,23
370
3,71
260
-
0,27
0,14
+
0,05
-
210
80
160
60
0,82
5,33
3,22
-
120
180
30
30
25
b
0,29
+
0,07
0,04
250
150
100
110
0,34
+
0,05
0,06
170
90
140
70
0,20
+
0,06
0,05
150
350
270
140
120
110
160
1,12
0,22
3,61
1,88
0,91
0,14
1,84
210
410
360
230
170
80
190
1,63
0,24
4,84
2,83
1,33
0,11
3,18
190
240
210
180
160
140
120
1,33
0,11
3,12
2,01
1,17
0,17
0,86
0,15
0,19
0,12
0,18
60
10
-
0,05
0,03
-
100
30
-
0,07
0,11
-
130
10
-
0,10
0,02
180

Gunashly field
Taxon
Sars)
Conopeum seurati
Total:
N
40
2,47
50
24
b
Environmental
division
Station No
B
25
b
3,22
20
0,81
Mollusca
40
2,03
60
4,05
50
3,15
100
4,17
50
3,24
110
5,12
Bryozoa
+
+
+
+
+
+
2020 17,5 2150 19,72 1570 14,43 1980 14,37 2440 18,03 1960 14,32
180
For construction and operation of

Stationary Offshore Foundation 6 in
Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Summary
Macrozoobenthos samples taken from Gunashly" Field total 26 species in spring and 24
species of invertebrate in autumn.
Table 5.26: Grouping of macrozoobenthos samples taken from "Gunashly"
field over spring and autumn
Species num ber
Variety num ber
(spring season)
(Fall season)
Coelenterata
Annelida
Crustacea
15
15
M ollusca
Bryozoa
Total:
26
24
Group
Total number of macrozoobenthos in summer 380 ex./m2 (st. #25) 2940 ex./m2 (st.
#1). Average number 158 ex./m3. Biomass 6,67 g/m2 (st. #10) 512,88 g/m2 (st.
#1). Average number 155,355 /m2.
Total number of macrozoobenthos in fall 710 ex./m2 (st. #18) 3550 ex./m2 (st. #14)
Average number 89 ex./m3. Biomass 2,019 mg/m3 (st. #12) 4,95 mg/m3 (st. #18) .
Average number 421,30 mg/m3.
Of polychaete prevailing in both seasons Nereis diversicolor is found in most of the
stations. Such large number of worms is due to favorable conditions for development of
bottom organisms penetrating into the sand in the region as well as existence of soft
silt containing sedimentations.
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
april
Coelenterata
october
Annelida
Crustacea
Mollusca
Bryozoa
Figure 5.18. Chart of distribution dynam ics over seasons of m acrozoobenthos
variety com position (% ) in Gunashly field in 2012
191

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
5.8.13. Icthiological survey results

During the monitoring held in both seasons 2 species (cheki, voblas) 5 fish species, in
September-2, November 3 fish species were hunted There was no single sturgeon hunt
from the sturgeons constantly migrating in the survey area
Age and sizes of fish hunted in Gunashly field basin are presented in Tables 26 and
27
Table 5.27 Species and size-age composition of fish surveyed in September
2012 in "Gunashly" field
Species
I. Breed herrings - Alosa
Brazhnikov's shad - Alosa Brazhnikov's
shad
1
2
Total:
II. Breed anchovies - Clupeonella
engrauliaformes (Borodin)
Anchovy-alikes
1
2
3
Total:
Weight, g
Length, cm
Age, year
147,3
152,3
149,8
21,2
26,2
23,7
3
3
3
3,7
4,1
5,3
4,3
6,3
6,2
5,6
6,0
1
1
1
1
Results of general protein and haemoglobin results relating to fish

Total protein and haemoglobin amounts in fish hunted in September and November
2012 in Gunashly field are presented in tables 28 and 29 respectively
Table 5.28 Species and size-age composition of fish hunted in November
2012 in Gunashly field
Species
Breed herrings - Alosa
Brazhnikov's shad - Alosa
Brazhnikov's shad
1
2
Total:
II. Breed anchovies - Clupeonella
engrauliaformes (Borodin)
Anchovy-alikes
1
2
3
Total:
Haemoglobin
amount
mg/l
Haemotokritine
amount, %%
1,60
1,61
31
32
1,61 0,02
32 3,0
1,35
1,37
1,35
1,35 0,03
32
33
32
32,2 2,0
191

Gunashly field
5.9
5.9.1
Environmental
division
Socio-Economic Status Assessment

About Pirallahy region
Pirallahy island is one of the largest islands in the Caspian situated East from Absheron
peninsular. Total area of the island 17,56 km2 (1755,49 ha), length 12 km, width from
0,2 km to 4 km.
By Decree of the President of the Republic of Azerbaijan on December 21 2012,
Pirallahy region was set up composed of the administrative territorial units of Pirallahy,
Jilov and Oil Rock districts .
Population. Total number of population in the region is 18,371, of whom 16,283 live
in Pirallahy district, 1,682 -Jilov district, and 406 persons Oil rocks.
Note: data on demographic situation by 01.12.2013. Although most of the
population are Azerbaijani nationals, the region is also home for Lezgis, Tartars,
Russians, Avars, and representatives of other nationalities. The territory is also settled
by 224 famlies totaling 854 persons-who became refugees and Internally Displaced
Persons due to Armenian occupation. They currently reside in the resort board houses,
summer resorts, child camps, and gardens.
5.9.2
Domestic economic and social status
Economic development started after implementation of large oil-gas projects in

Azerbaijan. Special care is taken of developing the economic infrastructure, including
also motorway, railway, air and water transportation in the country.
The main impedance in socio-economic development of the country is the occupation of
20% of the country territory by Armenia and refugee status of over 1 million persons.
Population According to statistical data from 2012, 1 population number is 9,2 million
52.9 % of the population are urban and 47.1% rural (Table 5.31). Mean population
density is 106 persons/km2. Distribution of population in the country is unequal. So the
most densely populated regions are Absheron peninsular, Lankaran-Astara economic
region (130/km2), density in mountainous and semi-desert regions is below 10
persons/km2-.
Development rate of non-oil sectors in 2012 grew, in actual terms, by 9.7 % (2011:
9.4%). So as compared to 2011, growth in communication sector totals 15.9%,
transport 5%, construction 18%, agricultura 5.8%, and trade 9.6% in 2012.
http://www.azstat.org/publications/azfigures/2011/az/004.shtml
Socio-economic development Actual GDP growth rate in 2012 was 2.2% and was 54 billion AZN by
current prices Per capita GDP volume was 5884.5 AZN (7490.5 USD) (Table 5.3).
Oil-gas sector in 2012 as compared to 2011 grew by 5.0% Special weight of this sector in GDP made up
47.3% (in 2011: 51.2%0
191

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Table 5.29 Change in the number of population recently (thousand persons)
Years
Population
number
Total,
thousand
persons
including:
Relative to the whole

population,
Percent
Towns
Villages
Towns
Villages
2000
8 032.8
4 107.3
3 925.5
51.1
48.9
2001
8 114.3
4 149.1
3 965.2
51.1
48.9
2002
8 191.4
4 192.6
3 998.8
51.2
48.8
2003
8 269.2
4 237.6
4 031.6
51.2
48.8
2004
8 349.1
4 358.4
3 990.7
52.2
47.8
2005
8 447.4
4 423.4
4 024.0
52.4
47.6
2006
8 553.1
4 502.4
4 050.7
52.6
47.4
2007
8 666.1
4 564.2
4 101.9
52.7
47.3
2008
8 779.9
4 652.2
4 127.7
53.0
47.0
2009
8 897.0
4 727.8
4 169.2
53.1
46.9
2010
8 997.6
4 774.9
4 222.7
53.1
46.9
2011
9 111.1
4 829.5
4 281.6
53.0
47.0
2012
9 235.1
4 888.7
4 346.4
52.9
47.1
Development dynamics of non-oil sectors in 2012 resulted in 9.7% growth in this sector
(9.4% in 2011). So development in 2012 as compared to 2011 in communication area
was 15.9%, transport 5%, construction 18%, agriculture 5.8%, and trade 9.6%.
In 2012, from all financial resources 15338.5 million AZN or more than 18% as
compared to previous year was directed to the development of social and economic
sphere in the country 78.8% of the finances invested in the fixed asset was domestic
investments and 21.2% foreign investments 11690.5 million AZN 976%) of general
investments directed to fixed assets in 2012 were used in developing non-oil sector and
3648 million AZN (23.8%) oil sector.
Volume of loan investments by banks in the economy by December 01 2012 grew by
22.1% as compared to December 01 2012 made up 11721.3 million AZN (increate of
loan investments by December 01 2011 was 7.9%).
Development dynamics of non-oil sectors 2010 in general resulted in 7,9% actual
growth in this area. So communication grew by 29,7%, transport 4,3%, and
construction 20,3%. Further in this period 6.2% growth was recorded within this period
in non-oil sector.
In 2010, 9,715,2 million AZN from all financial sources were directed to development of
the country economy and social sectors in 2010 or as compared to the previous years
investment more than 21,2% directed to the fixed assets 75,2% of the finances
invested in the fixed asset was domestic investments and 24,8% foreign investments
6,767,6 million AZN (69,7%) of the general investments directed to fixed assed in 2010
fall to non-oil sector and 2,947,6 million AZN (30,3%) development of oil sector.
191

Gunashly field
Table 5.30: Macroeconomic indices of the Republic of Azerbaijan

Indices
Environmental
division
2
2012 actual, 2012

as
million AZN
compared
to
2011, percent
Gross domestic product
53 995.0
102.2
Including also non-oil GDP
28 474.9
109.7
Total volume of industrial products (works,

services)
33 929.0
97.7
Including also non-oil sector
6 510.4
107.8
Finances directed to fixed asset
15 338.5
118.0
Including also no-oil sector
11 690.5
118.3
General products of agriculture, forestry and

fishery
4 763.7
105.8
210.6
103.5
144.6
107.5
Volume of information and communication

services
1 424.2
115.9
Retail commodity turnover
17 559.1
109.6
Paid services for population
5 828.1
108.0
39 473.1 x)
93.6 3)
Total export volume
39 473.1 x)
92.6 3)
Total import volume
39 473.1 x)
97.3 3)
Revenues of the state budget
39 473.1 x)
134.8 xx)
Expenses of the state budget
39 473.1 x)
122.4 xx)
Proficit of the state budget
1 747.1
Incomes of population
34 723.9
113.8
Per capita income, AZN
3 784.3
112.2
39 473.1 x)
109.1 xx)
101.1
Transportation
metric tons
in
Including
also
transportations
transport
transported
sector,
million
except
Foreign trade turnover, million USD $
oil
including:
Average salary computed per employee, AZN

Consumer prices index
2.http://www.maliyye.gov.az/node/940
191

Gunashly field
Environmental
division
Note:
1) Considering the volume of crude oil and natural gas actually exported by crossing the
country border, but not cleared by customs authorities in the reporting period and its
statistically assessed value.
2) Since the date of customs clearance of crude oil and natural gas doesn't coincide
with actual export date of such products ( data of crossing the country border), only
information containing the cleared part of crude oil and natural gas was included in the
total export amount in the country in the reporting period.
3) Comparative prices in January-November 2012 against January-November of 2011;
x) January-November 2012;
xx) January-November 2012 as compared to January-November 2011
Works performed in developing social spheres in 2010. The number of
economically active population by January 01 2011 was 4,346,3 thousand persons, of
whom 4,088 thousand persons (94,1%) was accounted for by population engaged in
different economic and social sectors Average salaries of employed persons in the
reporting period grew by 9,1% reaching 325 AZN.
In 2010, the composition of employed population was 1 370,7 thousand persons,
including also those working in state sector of economic 858,1 thousand persons, and
non-state sectors 492 thousand persons.
20,4% of the persons hired by enterprises and organizations were in production sphere,
of whom 2,6% in mining industry, 6% processing industry, 2,2% power production, gas
and steam production, distribution and supply sector, 16% water supply, waste
purification and processing, 5% construction, 3% agriculture, forestry and fishery.
25,5% in service sector were in education and 19,8% in retail and wholesale sectors;
vehicle and motorcycle repair; 10% services for population; 5,7% transport and
storehouses, 4% leisure, entertainment and art, 3,9% state governance and defense;
mandatory social security; 3,2% vocational, scientific and technical activity, 1,8%
information and communication, 1,5% finances and insurance, 1,5% administrative and
ancillary services provision, 1,2% life organization and public catering, 0,9% provision
of services in other sectors and 0,6% operations with real estate.
Total 107,2 thousand jobs were created including also 146,6 thousand jobs in 20092010 covering the implementation of the second state program directed to regions'
socio-economic development 14,1% of the jobs created over the last one year were in
newly created enterprises and organizations, 20,5% current enterprises and
organizations, 0,7% wound up enterprises and organizations; 64,7% of the jobs have
been created by physical persons.
191
Environmental Impact Assessment for the period of

construction and operation of Deep Water
Foundation 7 at 28 May OGEO "Gunashly" field
Chapter
ALTERNATIVE'S ANALYSIS
6.1
Withdrawal from Project
General goal of the project is to ensure supply of oil, gas-condensate, flue and natural
gases to be extracted from oil and gas wells at DWF 7 in "Gunashly" field collector
system. Withdrawal from project may imply the anticipated oil, gas condensate, flue
and natural gases won't be extracted. This may lead to shrunken general oil-gas
extraction in the Republic, which is not acceptable.
6.2
Appraisal of Project Facility Layout Alternatives
Project facility will be adjacent to DWF 14,19, and 8. Number of oil wells to be bored in
the foundation will be 4 and gas-condensate wells number 8. Productivity of oil wells at
DWF -400 t/day, flue gas amount-200 m3/day. Natural gas productivity of gas
condensate wells at DWF - 2400 m3/day, condensate productivity - 240t/day.
The subsea pipelines designed at DFW 7 will be connected to adjacent DWFs. So
DWF19-DWF7 (gas lift line) - 1250 m, DWF7-DWF19 ( gas-fluid line) - 1250 m, DWF7DWF19 (high pressure gas line) - 1250 m, DWF7-DWF14 (gas-fluid line) - 2125 m,
DWF8-DWF7 (high pressure gas line) - 1210 m, DWF8-DWF7 (gas-fluid line) - 1210 m,
DWF7-DWF19 (low pressure gas line) - 1250 m, DWF7-DWF19 (high pressure water
line) - 1250 m, DWF14-DWF7 (high pressure water line) -2125 m. This is the optimal
alternative for design purposes.
This alternative is the most favorable one in terms of economy, engineering and
ecology and it will pose minimum environmental impacts when being constructed. It is
also favorable in terms of security since the pipeline is connected to the nearest DWF.
143

Sea Foundation No. 7 in Gunashly field by 28
Chapter
Environmental
division
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING

8.1 Introduction
Main goal in environmental management is to mitigate negative ecological and social
impacts, minimize ecological risks in compliance with safety rules and observe all
anticipated current and strategic actions aiming to protect health in the project
mobilization phase.
Based on impacts assessment, requested mitigation measures have been developed to
minimize or mitigate project's potential impacts (see: Chapter 7).
8.2 Environment and Social Context Management Plan (MP)
This "Environment Management Plan" (EMP) has been elaborated for each
amplitudinous component of the project and covers the special types of activity in
contact with environment. EMP is a main tool for implementation of other procedures
regarding mitigation programs, monitoring programs and environmental protection
throughout the project life.
Definition of Environm ental and Social Context M anagem ent P lan"

Plan or program tries to achieve the final status required and describes how the
activities negatively impacting or likely to impact the environment will be mitigated,
controlled and monitored.
EMP will cover all the ecological impacts to take place at all project phases. Special
focus will be concentrated on protection of environment throughout the project
duration. To achieve this, a range of ecological features/recommendations have been
developed and these aims to ensure contractor keep proper control over the project in
achieving the following:
Minimize the scope of impact during construction works of SSF No. 7,
Ensure the areas impacted by the project is properly restored,
Prevent long-term ecological degradation.
Contractor shall be aware of the ecological responsibilities established in this document

and declare that he will comply with all relevant environmental legislation instruments.
Contractor shall also be aware that "Azneft' PU/Ecological Management Group (EMG)
and Ecology Manager(s) (EM) will control compliance with procedures together with
HSE Controller.
EM P Goals
214

Environmental
division
EMP covers the relevant principles, duties, and requirements aiming to implement
efficient ecological management in Project implementation phase.
EMP has the following goals:
Establishing the types of activity likely to negatively impact the environment;
Detailed explanation of mitigation measures to be realized and procedures for

their implementation;
Creation of appropriate reporting system to be performed in the project

implementation phase.
EMP also serves to focus on special requirements to be monitored during the project
and if the negative environmental impacts are not countered to the necessary level, or
in case its mitigation is not fulfilled some appropriate measures shall be resorted to.
Therefore this document shall be cited to as a manual helping to minimize potential
ecological impacts from activities.
Definition of "M itigation m easures":

Mitigation seeks better ways of carrying out practical measures to minimize, limit and
eliminate negative impacts or enhance benefits of the project and protect public and
individual rights.
EMP also reflects recommendations on roles and responsibilities of project stakeholders,
ecological management team and contractor and defines rules to be applied in order to
ensure realizing mitigation measures.
8.2.1 EMP components
EMP shall adopt careful approach or "the best experience" principles as recommended
by its management. Therefore mitigation measures shall be of more general nature for
implementation without downgrading their significance.
To define true ecological impacts of the project EMP will draw contours of ecological
monitoring programs. Here also include cost estimates on monitoring and mitigation
programs.
Contractor(s) shall be required to prepare and approve detailed Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) and send it to the Customer ("Azneft" PU) for policy
formulation and approval. It must include the following:
o
Safety and Health Policy and Accident Prevention Plan,
Quality Assurance Policy,
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Policy,
Ecological Policy,
Drugs and Alcoholic drinks Policy,
Creation of Equal Employment Opportunities and Anti-discrimination Policy,
Audit Policy
215

Environmental
division
These policies shall be posted on conspicuous places at Project facilities. All project staff
as well as contractor employees will be advised of these policies through introduction
process. EMP backs up these Policies through the processes and activities reflected in
this plan and its relevant sub-plans.
Therefore EMP goal is to develop and implement detailed management plan effectively
to prevent/minimize the ecological degradation.
8.2.2 EMP Execution Period
EMP will focus on execution phase, flaw responsibility period and SSF No. 7 construction
phase and will be active throughout the project.
R eview of I m pacts Assessm ent, M itigation M easures and EM P

This mainly bases on documentation of the ecological problems that may arise during
the project implementation phase, describe the mitigation measures to be included in
the project design, preparation of monitoring and assessment plans and impacts
assessment to approximately compute the expenses required to carry out mitigation
measures and assessment plans to be implemented in the project execution phase.
This EMP establishes goals and targets for ecological aspects.
P reparing Contractors for Solution of M itigation M easures

Contractor shall be informed by incorporating EMP and ecological assessment into
bidding and contract papers. Contractor(s) shall be informed that they will be requested
to submit statement of method in advance and including, but not limited to, plans;
1. Waste Management Plan (WMP)
2. Noise, Vibration and Dust Control Plan, (NVDCP)
3. Safety Plan, (SP)
4. Material Management Plan, (MMP)
Furthermore contractor shall be informed by EMP in agreement papers. Agreements
shall request full implementation of EMP and contractor shall be willing to involve
qualified and trained ecological management personnel to hold audit of efficiency and
control mitigation measures as long as project progresses.
Contractors will be requested to involve qualified and trained personnel to be
accountable for ecological management on work level and observe and report on
efficiency of mitigation measures as project progresses.
8.2.3 Environmental Management Plan When Constructing SSF NO. 7
EMP goal is to consider ecological requirements.
EMP prepared in detail reflects Contractor system to minimize and manage the
ecological risks arising out of the Project in the manner required by it. EMP is a
separate document to be prepared by the Contractor.
216

Environmental
division
Main EMP goals on construction of SSF NO. 7 are as follows:
Ensure confidence in achievement of ecological outcomes expected at all phases

of the activities carried out in the project corridor.
Apply conformity system together with laws and non-legislative requirements,

obligations and duties having relevance upon the project, including also:
o Relevant legislative requirements;
o Licenses and approvals;
o Obligations and duties on EIA process;
o Customer's terms of approval;
Prepare, implement and monitor the measures minimizing contamination and

resources utilization.
Environm ental M anagem ent P lans

Plans to be developed and approved as part for EMP are specified below;
Dust Management Plan,
Plant and Wildlife Management Plan,
Heritage Management Plan,
Noise and Vibration Management Plan,
Sea Routes Movement Management Plan,
Waste Management Plan,
Emergency Response Plan,
Public Relations Plan,
Procurement Plan,
Local Employment Plan.
P roject Organization and R esponsibilities

Contractor shall demonstrate the organization tools of the ecological aspects of the
project for the project team, subcontractors, material supply and Employer's Project
Manager and site Engineer.
This section may include the following:
Project/area's office address and contacts,
Environmental duties of each project stakeholder,
Project Manager and Site Engineer,
Subagents,
In-situ Environment Manager,
Unit's Environment Representative,
217

Environmental
division
Material supply (subcontractors, suppliers, producers, experts, etc.),
The person bearing general responsibility for ensuring full implementation of

EMP provisions throughout the project,
Ensure how the Contractor will bear responsibility for ecological management
within his authorities and ensure logistics officers are aware of their duties in
respect of environmental protection.
Duties of the R epresentative on health, Safety and Environm ent:

Contractor shall describe the tasks of his Representative on Health, Safety and
Environment amending and adding the following as requested;
Provide expert support for project team,
Coordination of ecological aspects of the project,
Review of aspects and impacts and define goals and targets,
Have in place agreement with ecology regulators and cooperation in permit and
other special ecological matters,
Definition of environmental training needs including also training and pre-job

briefing of management,
Onsite and on job inspections, audits and reviews to ensure EMP conformance
and assess work practices such as waste management,
Requests on remedial actions,
Coordination of ecological incidents and complaints and their responses,
Giving recommendations on EMP or changes on work practices and coordination

of any updates on TEMP.
M aterial Supply
Contractor shall inform about all the members of material supply. They shall
demonstrate responsibility for ensuring EMP is adequate to their provisions and how
they successfully they should be applied and maintained in their works.
EM P R eview and Update

Contractor shall demonstrate how EMP shall be maintained as a "live" paper capable of
making changes as project progresses and in cases dictated by surrounding conditions.
He must also indicate as to who will review, update and upgrade the document as the
plan is being realized. Contractor must also accordingly prescribe regular progress
reports for customers and meetings.
M eetings
Contractor will be requested to hold monthly Progress Meetings as project is
implemented. The topics in the agenda of such progress report meetings will generally
cover ecological mitigation and execution, public relations and complaint review
mechanisms and in particular, EMP fulfillment. Contractor shall also hold regular
meetings with local community with a participation of representative from the company
when operations are underway.
218

Environmental
division
Subcontractors and M aterial Supply

Contractor shall demonstrate all of his subcontractors are aware of the ecological
management of the project and their readiness to ensure these are observed. They
shall also demonstrate how subcontractors will be selected, controlled and works will be
monitored. Contractor shall ensure subcontractors understand external communication
strategy and maintain effective communication methods.
Training
Contractor shall ensure any training course proposed to be arranged is held to ensure
his personnel are aware of environmental and ecological issues (and keep record of
attendance at such courses). This chapter may include the followings:
Environmental trainings, including also in-situ baseline induction, toolbox talks

and special technical training, local community related trainings and providing
names of responsible persons.
Ecological R egistrations
Contractor shall demonstrate any registrations are maintained as part of ecology
management process. Such information shall also specify where the document shall be
maintained and who is responsible for that. This document includes the following:
Training, monitoring, project review;
Duration of sessions;
Methods of statement, procedures;
Permits/licenses etc.
Information about complaints (date), type of complaints, responses to them
(with its date), proposals for decision-making, agreement (date and
signature).
8.2.4 Duties and Responsibilities
Control and monitoring are a key for successful EMP implementation and therefore it is
of vital importance to conduct monitoring to see how EMP mitigation measures are
implemented.
All the matters described and discussed in this paper will require to be monitored and
"Azneft' PU will be responsible it is held as per the rules defined by EMP.
Elaboration and implementation of monitoring plan in order to assess EMP

conformity.
AT SSF No. 7 construction phases (Project Mobilization Period, the stage before
SSF No. 7 is constructed-Dislocation and construction phase). Creation of
Ecological Management Team (EMT).
Monitoring of operations at SSF NO. 12 construction phase. Any discovered or

encountered concern shall be reported to "Azneft" PU to take relevant measures
to rectify the situation.
Azneft PU Team on Health, Safety and Environm ent

219

Environmental
division
Azneft PU shall provide necessary personnel to conduct on-ground environmental

monitoring. Significant part of the training to be held will be dedicated to understanding
and application of EMP. Trainings will guarantee personnel are fully trained, EMP is
implemented, contractor party observes ecological requirements and mitigation
potential is created. How the project progresses by additional personnel according to
"Azneft' PU inspection methodology will be kept under control.
A Representative on Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) will be appointed to ensure
compliance with the mitigation and other requirements as conditioned in EMP.
HSE Representative's functions will include the following instructions:
Understanding EMP content and ability to explain it to the contractor, onsite

employees, representatives and other appropriate personnel.
Availability of HSE Representative onsite regularly and preferably every day to

oversee ecological activities due to construction of SSF No. 7.
HSE Representative must be able to understand, interpret, monitor, audit and

execute EMP which shall be his most important function.
Further HSE Representative shall give opinions to "Azneft" PU and Contractor on

audit results which shall be only in writing.
HSE Representative shall ensure to understand demands to address and rectify

any problem arisen as a result of an audit.
HSE management team shall be set up under "Azneft' PU in project implementation

phase.
8.2.5 Ecological Mitigation/Management Plan
The proposed project will include Mitigation Plan to be added to Technical
Specifications.
This section of the report describes mitigation measures to minimize, limit, eliminate or
compensate "acceptable/insignificant" or "below significant level" or "below significant
level by taking mitigation measures" (see: Chapter 7). When mitigation measures are
taken, the practical outcomes of such measures shall be obvious. Both costs and
impacts shall be reduced to minimum subject to prior preplanning of the work. Here
includes;
1.
Authorizations, permits and licenses due to ecology,
2.
EMP training,
3.
Contract areas,
4.
Vulnerable environment,
5.
Materials transportation, use and storage,
6.
Power supply,
7.
Fluid wastes,
220

8.
Vessels entry and movement
9.
Personnel and equipment movement
Environmental
division
10. Preservation of wildlife,

11. Equipment maintenance and fuel supply,
12. Solid substance management,
13. Hazardous materials,
14. Fire,
15. Atmospheric air and dust,
16. Noise,
17. Visual means,
8.3 Ecological Monitoring
8.3.1 Ecological Monitoring
Environmental monitoring facilities of the project are potential impacts sources during
the construction of SSF No. 7 (deep foundation and drill equipment, vessels, personnel
etc.).
There are different types of monitoring activities in practice today and each of them is
to some extent in line with EIA survey. The main types are briefly described below:
Baseline M onitoring: Before works commence (pre-audit survey) surveys shall
I m pacts M onitoring:
Conform ity M onitoring: In this form of monitoring, regular observations are
be conducted on initial ecological parameters within the proposed project site.

Observations to be held thereafter may assess any changes in such parameters
against preliminary data. Baseline monitoring has already been performed by
SOCAR Ecology Division.
In the course of implementation of EIA work the

Contractor and Customer's activities will be kept under control. It shall be set up
Customer or Contractor on consent.
held to ensure the project is in line with the recommended ecological protection
standards or methodology is used to constantly record special ecological quality
indicators or contamination levels.
Monitoring shall be regular and conducted in the project implementation phase.

The goals in holding Project-related Ecological Monitoring are the following:
Creation of database to define any short-or long-term ecological and social

impacts of the project.
Provision of initial indicator if any of the ecological control measures or practices

fails to meet any of the accepted standards.
Observing efficiency of project implementation and mitigation measures.
221

Environmental
division
Ascertaining the presumed ecological impacts in EIA survey.
Establish the project conforms to regulatory requirements, standards, and

government policies.
Take remediation measures if unexpected problems or unacceptable impacts

arise.
Provide information to ensure ecological inspection is held.
Provide observed data in real time mode via defined Internet site.
Information on meetings with local executive power and development of

operations.
Complaint registration and response, defining ways of mutual agreement.
8.3.2 Reporting
"Azneft' PU contractor's representative on Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) in the
project period develops and submits to "Azneft' PU current and final Ecological
Monitoring report. A copy of the final Report is presented to MENR.
I nterim Notifications on Exceeded Ecological Quality Thresholds

In compliance with implementation of the actions plan, where ecological quality
thresholds are exceeded, HSE Representative shall immediately notify "Azneft' PU and
Azerbaijan MENR about the case involved. After the notification is made, "Azneft' PU
and Azerbaijan MENR shall be provided with information regarding survey outcomes,
proposed measures, success of the measures taken and necessary monitoring
proposals.
8.3.3 Ecological and Social Complaints
Complaints shall be addressed to the Representative on Health, Safety and Environment
(HSE) for taking measures. HSE Representative shall immediately enforce the following
procedures immediately after complaints are accepted:
1. Register the complaint, enter the date of receipt in complaints database and
immediately notify "Azneft' PU,
2. Ensure if the complaint is justified and assess whether it originates from the
project related works performed,
3. If the complaint is justified and related to actual works, mitigation measures shall
be defined on consultation with "Azneft' PU,
4. Consider the response of the contractor to contemplated mitigation measure(s)
and the new situation,
5. If necessary, hold additional monitoring and inspections to pinpoint the situation
and consider the situation leading to such complaint to remedy it for re-
222

Environmental
division
emergence.
223

Environmental
division
Table 8.1: Environmental Impacts Mitigating/Management Plan

Phase
Issue
1.Ecology
Related
Agreements,
Permits and
Licenses
The
phase
before
SSF NO. 7
was
construct
ed
Mitigation/Management
EIA negotiation with Azerbaijan MENR
Institutional
Responsibility
Valuation
notes
Azneft PU and
Contractor
State dues
Project
Valuation will
include
2.EMP
instruction
Contractor shall arrange trainings on Health, safety, Ecology and

heritage for employees involved onshore in the manner satisfactory for Azneft PU and
"Azneft' PU and advise its employees of EMP essence in writing or Contractor
orally.
Included in
project
budget
3.Contract
areas
It is imperative HSE Representative is advised of the area under the Azneft PU and
disposal of contractors in the duration of agreement
Contractor
Included in
project
budget
4.Vulnerable
Environment
Trainings on self-conduct in vulnerable areas during projected works

Azneft PU and
will be provided before exploration works commence and based on
Contractor
information specified in Chapter 5.
Included in
project
budget
Project area is located off the heritage areas.
Included in
project
budget
5.Heritage
Areas
Azneft PU and
Contractor
224

Environmental
division
Territorial P lan: Before construction works of SSF NO. 7 commence,

Contractor shall send layout plan of the sea area to ME for approval,
including also the followings:
Access to the area.
All areas where material and equipment are stored (including

also areas to store such hazardous substances as fuel and
chemical substances).
6.Setting up
the area
Azneft PU and
Safety measures ( including also temporary and permanent
Contractor
enclosure and lighting) and accommodation for maintenance
employees
Solid waste disposal sites and waste containers for waste, food
outautumns and contaminated water appearing in shops.
Provision of potable water and temporary shower facilities.
Included in
project
budget
Regardless of the selected area, the mitigation measures defined by

Contractor shall be indicated in the actions plan.
W aste m anagem ent: Solid substances shall be collected in special
containers covered with lid on top for collection and delivery to

specifically designated locations.
7. Materials
Transportati
on, Use and
Management and repair by the contractor of his plants and

Azneft PU and
machinery onsite will be seriously observed following the below
Contractor
specified criteria.
Included in
project
budget
225

Storage
Environmental
division
Safety: All the necessary transportation and safety equipment for

safer use of petrochemical and fuel products shall be supplied by
the Contractor shall be used or worn by personnel charged with
management and maintenance of his subcontractor and supplier's
plants, machinery and equipment. Contractor shall observe
Azerbaijan's Occupational Safety and Health Laws and regulations.
Storage of hazardous m aterials: Petrochemical products, fuel
and other defined hazardous materials shall be stored only under
controlled conditions. All the hazardous materials shall be stored in
secure, enclosed, and dedicated areas with restricted access.
Hazardous product shall be stored only in containers approved by
EEM. Further the hazard signs indicating nature of the material
stored shall be attached on storage premises or containers.
Storage of fuel and benzene: Fuel shall be stored in steel
barrels supplied and maintained as per security procedures. Gas
welding vessels and liquefied gas propane vessels shall be stored
in secure, well-ventilated areas. Contractor shall supply sufficient
number of firefighting equipment against accidents and
categorically prohibit smoking in areas of storage and use of such
equipment.
Purification and disposal of wastewaters shall be consistent with all the Azneft PU and
8.Fluid waste relevant laws and the relevant permit on discharge of purified Contractor
wastewaters into natural environment.
Included in
project
budget
226

SSF NO. 7
1.Ship
construct
movement
ion phase
2. Movement
of personnel
and
equipment
Environmental
division
Azneft PU and
Ship movement during works shall follow the route selected in
Contractor
advance.
Included in
project
budget
Contractor shall ensure all of his personnel, workers and equipment Azneft PU and
EMP within the areas with marked boundaries at all times. When Contractor
personnel or equipment wishes to leave the boundaries of the marked
area, they shall first get permit from contractor/worker EM
Included in
project
budget
Contractor, his employees, subcontractors or subcontractor

employees may not catch, drive away, kill or otherwise obstruct
any animal in any case or condition.
3. Protection
of Marine
Wildlife
Neither Contractor nor his employees may bring along any pets Azneft PU and
into the work site.
Contractor
Contractor shall ensure the site is maintained clean, tidy and in
a manner not attracting any animals into the site.
Included in
project
budget
No fishing is allowed on site by contractor or his personnel
4.
Maintenance
and fuelling
of equipment
All maintenance and repair works will be carried out in a special

place where necessary measures have been taken to prevent
contamination.
Servicing and fuelling locations shall be protected from spills and
Azneft PU and
contaminations due to overflowing tanks (boundary/line around).
Contractor
Contractor may change oil or lubricants in agreed and designated
places and any spill shall be cleaned and removed except failures
and emergency repair works.
Included in
project
budget
In emergency situations Contractor shall install drip trays for

227

Environmental
division
collecting oil or fluids. He shall repair machinery in acceptable

conditions. A machinery and equipment causing leakages or spills
during installation works shall be prohibited from further
operation. They will be immediately sent to maintenance yard for
repair works.
All leaking equipment shall be immediately repair and removed
from the area.
The types of fuel required during seismic works shall be stored in
the central fuel storage of the expedition camp. Such storage are
shall be placed on foundation and be located within the boundary
with fuel capacity up to the volume of at least of fuel tank
Temporary fuel storage tanks and fuelling stations shall be placed
on surface enclosed in a proper manner to avoid accidental spills.
228

5.Waste
management
Environmental
division
The sites and camps where SSF No. 7 construction works are
carried out shall be provided with waste containers where no
"animals feeding on carrion" may enter.
Such containers shall be provided with lids to prevent from

being swept away by wind and shall let no access for animals to
prevent entry of animals attracted by waste materials.
Contractor shall ensure that all employees drop litter in special

waste bins.
Contractor is prohibited to burn or dispose any waste or

outautumn into the sea
All wastes and especially wastes or products that may affect

Azneft PU and
quality of surface and underground waters by being washed
Contractor
away or contacting water shall be disposed of in waste
management facility/landfill.
Contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent

contamination of underground subsurface water basins in its
site or close to it due to his activity.
No natural water basin shall be used to clean any tool or any

other instruments. it also includes washing, laundry etc.
All washing operations shall be carried outside the site, location

where wastewaters shall be discharged.
No any fluid spill shall be discharged into drain or natural

environment
Included in
project
budget
229

6. Hazardous
Materials
Environmental
division
Contractor shall comply with all national, regional and local law Azneft PU and
on storage, transportation, use and disposal of oil, chemical, Contractor
and hazardous substances and materials.
Contractor will also bear responsibility for training and briefing

all personnel handling such materials on their proper use,
transportation and disposal rules.
Contractor will bear responsibility for preparation of emergency

procedures on spill and flow of oil products.
Hazardous materials shall be stored in safe, secure and seriously

controlled special storage facilities before works commence.
All oil, chemical, harmful and hazardous wastes in the area shall
Included in
project
budget
230

Environmental
division
be stored in a proper and special containers in good shape.
7.Fire
8.
Atmospheric
air and Dust
Extreme care shall be taken to minimize spills when transporting

diesel and other harmful solvents.
Contractor shall take all necessary measures to prevent fires Azneft PU and
Contractor
due to the works carried out in the site.
Gas and fluid fuels shall not be kept in the same storage area.
Holding preventive and firefighting procedures against fires for

personnel.
EM and Ecology engineer shall take all satisfactory measures to Azneft PU and
Contractor
prevent dusting and limit the damage caused by dust.
The dust appearing on its roads shall be managed.
To minimize air emissions machinery and equipment shall be

maintained correctly and covered.
Machinery movement close to residential places will be kept

under control. If any, movement will be restricted to minimize
risks
Included in
project
budget
Included in
project
budget
231

9. Noise
Environmental
division
Silencers of machinery and equipment shall be in good Azneft PU and

operational condition. Machinery and transport means violating Contractor
this rule will be prevented from access to the area before they
are repaired
Noise level shall be kept within allowable limits for the area and
shall not be in a manner obstructing entry of visitors into the
protected areas
Contractor shall consider that some parts of the project site are
located in natural environment and are likely to be source of
great discomfort for wildlife. Project management shall make all
efforts to minimize the noise generating activities relating to
seismic reconnaissance works and keep them within work hours
Efficient noise control includes the following:

o Regular inspection and maintenance of all machinery and
equipment operating in the site.
Included in
project
budget
o Installation of necessary number of silencers on all

mechanical equipment.
o Where possible, avoid operating machinery and
equipment idle at the place of their long-term operation
The equipment used on site shall be quiet to the maximum

extent possible.
The best experience shall be used to minimize the noise levels

due to works.
Routes of the vessels entering or leaving the area shall be

232

Environmental
division
selected in a way that will keep noise level at receivers sensitive

to noise at the minimum level.
Protective lighting shall be so installed that no discomfort is

caused for inhabitants and visitors of the site. To prevent the
light is seen from the other site of the site
Protective enclosures may be used.
Provision shall be made to minimize the visual influence by

providing safe work place for personnel when installing lights.
Clear information boards shall be posted in easily visible places

Azneft PU and
to inform visitors of the works performed. Contractor shall install
Contractor
the boards in the required manner from his own account
Contractor shall avoid doing any work that may, at HSE

Representatives opinion, have negative influence on the general
picture of the area. EM may direct Contractor to avoid doing
such works or performing remedial actions to minimize
consequences of such activities.
Natural subjects shall not be painted or marked. Painting for

surveys and other goals shall be performed only by using wood
poles and blinking signals.
10. Visual
Included in
project
budget
233

11. Cleaning
and
Restoration
of the Site
Contractor shall ensure removal of all temporary structures,

materials, and facilities used for project works upon its
completion.
Environmental
division
Included in
project
budget
234

Environmental
division
Table 8.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan

Item
no
1.
Matter
Dimensions
Physico-chemical
Environmental indicators of water
environment
baseline
assessment in Bottom sedimentation
the project
Atmosphere
site
Sea flora and fauna
Frequency
Seasonal, twice
a year (spring,
autumn)
Only as
requested
2.
3.
Noise
Water quality
Noise levels
Regular
observations
with hourly
intervals at very
likely potential
Quality/Contamination As requested in
Concentration
disposal manuals
Action Level
Impact monitoring
Conformity
monitoring
Short term as per

criteria
Mid term as per
criteria
Impact monitoring
Conformity
monitoring
Manual /licensing
requirements (
whichever is applied)
Impacts monitoring
Conformity
monitoring
Response when action Level

is exceeded
Responsibility
Enforcement of relevant
mitigation measures;
Minimization of man-induced
impacts on sea environment;
Customer
Strengthening compliance with

ecological requirements
Where noise thresholds are
exceeded, consider control over
work procedures and noise,
including also maintenance of
equipment, installation of
silences, provision of noise
restraints and changes in work
hour procedures.
EM, Ecology
Engineer and
Customer
Where contaminant
concentrations/licensing terms
are exceeded, consider disposal
options and select the most
appropriate Report cases when
licensing requirements are
exceeded (as relevant) to
EM, Ecology
Engineer and
Customer
235

Item
no
Matter
Dimensions
Frequency
Action Level
Environmental
division

is exceeded
Responsibility
licencing Agency.
Visual inspection
during operation;
- Onsite inspection
4.
Waste
Management
Outcomes
Waste classification,
storage and
transportation
Monthly
inspection
- Reporting waste
amounts generated
All leaks and spills
shall be Reported and
recorded
Hard substances circulated up to

5% of movement of hard
substances or fluid splashes on
soil, rock, water and atmosphere
EM, Ecology
Engineer and
Customer
Required to ensure the

recommended mitigation
measures are properly enforced
EM, Ecology
Engineer and
Customer

EM, Ecology
Engineer and
Customer
Impact monitoring
Conformity
monitoring
5.
Ecological
Resources
Species of wildlife and

aquatic organisms
Constant
Minimum
environmental
impacts
Impacts Monitoring
6.
Visual
Finishing of temporary
structure
Once when work

is completed
Impacts monitoring
236

Item
no
7.
Matter
Public
Relations
Complaint
Review
Dimensions
Awareness and
Disagreements
Frequency
Regularly
Action Level
Meetings, relevant
measures taken
Environmental
division

is exceeded
Responsibility

EM, Ecology
Engineer and
Customer
HSSE Team
Azneft PU Health, Safety and Environment Team
HSSE Representative
Azneft PU Ecology Control Executive
237

No. 7in Gunashly field by 28 May Oil and Gas
Environmental
Division
Appendix 1
MONITORING METHODOLOGIES
238

MONITORING WORKS
1.1
SAMPLING
Environmental
Division
Offshore monitoring has been carried out based on work plan approved on the project.
The expedition ship is furnished with instruments and equipment (sterilized dedicated
vessel sets, different sizes of (5-10 liters) bathometer, thermometer, "Van-Veen" type
bottom sedimentation sampling device, CEDI (Touch Screen Control System) screen,
meter block etc.) for taking sea samples. Furthermore to establish different parameters
(water temperature, pH, potential of oxidization reduction, power conductivity, salinity),
"MultiLine P4" (Germany) multi regime analytical instrument, "GRACH" dosimeter DKQ03D to identify radio activeness, flow meters "3D-ACM-7000" to establish water flow
direction and velocity are delivered to the ship to determine. To identify some
physiological parameters Sali genometer, pedestal and pipette are also used at ship
laboratory.
1.1.1
Water sampling:
Once wireline attached 10 liter weighted Niskin

bathometer is lowered to the appropriate sea depth, the
load fixed to wireline will be released to water.
After the time required to close bathometer lid expires, it
is lifted.
Bathometer is brought to the ship laboratory and
individual samples are taken to analyze each component.
To pick water samples by bathometer it is released into
water twice.
At the ship deck samples are transferred from
bathometer to sampling vessels, processed as per the
chemical parameters analysis requirements, labels are
attached on the samples and stored in the refrigerator
under temperature 4oC.
1.1.2
Taking bottom samples:
Sample is taken from each station selected by

an instrument "Van-Veen" type bottom
sedimentation sampling device attached to the
wire line with total area 0,1 m2 to take bottom
samples.
Each sampling is repeated 3 times to conduct
thorough analyses.
When sedimentation sampling device is full, the
samples taken are considered acceptable.
Van-Veen type bottom sampling device is only
opened after being raised up to the deck of the ship.
Necessary amount of bottom sedimentation is placed in special vessels for
239

Environmental
Division
chemical analysis.
The remaining samples are washed in a sieve with pore sizes are up to 0,5 and
1,0 mm on specially designated table.
After the samples are washed, biological substation is accumulated in plastic
containers, while 5% formalin solution is fixated and added with "Rose Bengal"
organic paint.
Samples are processed as per the chemical and biological parameters analyzing
requirements, labels being attached on samples and stored in a refrigerator
below 4oC conditions.
In laboratory setting, samples are washed in formalin in gas sieve No. 38 and
classified across groups and types.
Each type is established per their quantity and bio-massand.
1.1.3
Sampling by means of CEDI screen:
Screen method is applied to study species

composition of phytoplankton. Screen samples are
accumulated by CEDI screen prepared from nylon
78. The number of nylon is an indication to the
number of pores over 10 mm area. Cedi plankton
screen is required to accumulate sufficient amount
of zooplanktons (to obtain living organisms from
certain water amount). To estimate filtered water
volume, the area of screen pore is multiplied by
the length of the screen's swept distance and
divided by coefficient relating to the total area of
the ship sails in the water (water passes through
the screen at a lower speed rather than the speed
of screen's swept distance). Filtration coefficient
for standard Cedi screen may be assumed as 2
(i.e., screen filters 2/1 of water column of the
Cedi toru
swept distance). Zooplankton number and type
may be diverse and therefore it is no sufficient to pick only one sample to
identify species diversity of zooplankton. Screen needs to be cast in the water at
least twice to achieve due results..
Sample fixation. The samples taken are fixated in formalin 2-4%.
Samples processing: Zooplankton samples (living organism size 0,1-1 mm) are
classified in Motic K-500L (USA) (enlargement 100 times) and Motic B1 series
(USA) (enlargement 1000 time) type microscopes. When examined under
microscope, zooplankton samples are put in glycerin drop (or water drop) on
material glass. Protective glasses shall have special plasticized "feet" at each
corner (in order to squash relatively large ones). Estimation of living organisms
are usually carried out by binocular microscope in Bogorov chamber.
1.1.4
Fishing:
240

Environmental
Division
Fish nets (12x12 mm - 240 x 240 mm) are used to get fish samples.
it is continued 24 hours under hot air conditions and 12 hours under cold air
conditions.
Using the nets with small pores, fish samples are caught by ship in direction
opposite to water flow.
Nets are used with sizes 10 x 10 mm to get small fish samples.
Water is lighted with double power lamps to get small fish samples.
Age and sizes of fish species are identified when they are caught.
1.1.5
Identification of some physiological parameters in caught fish

samples:
Bio-chemical analyses are conducted on fish blood from caught fish samples in
ship laboratory.
Fish blood is taken by caudalization method.
First drops are thrown away and further drops are accumulated in sterile glass
vessel.
Sali hemometer is used to identify hemoglobin percentage and special pedestal
and pipettes to identify hematocrit.
Portion of the blood is settled in centrifuge under 3,000 rpm within 15 minutes.
After white blood is separated from red blood, the total protein amount in white
blood portion separated is identified by Laurie method.
The results obtained are estimated by statistic method.
1.1.6
Water flow direction and speed measurement:
Flow metering device "3D-ACM-7000" is calibrated

before identifying water flow direction and speed.
Time interval is included for measurement sequence of
device's software program (minimum 5 sec.);
Device's lid is hermetically closed;
Device is put in dedicated cage to reduce its drifting
movement;
Upper part of the cage is attached to crane-beam;
The device is lowered up to the designated sea depth;
The device is raised to ship deck upon completion of
waiting time;
Measurement data, flow speed and direction is spread over its hard memory at
selected time interval while the device is at the necessary depth;
The device is taken from the cage and relocated at the laboratory room;
241

Environmental
Division
The device is attached to a notebook by a special cable (special software is

spread to identify the measurement data of the device in the notebook. Such
software is submitted to consumer by device producer when being sold).
Flow speed and direction measured at selected intervals are transferred from
device's hard memory and notebook memory;
Notebook memory also contains mean value of flow speed apart from the data
measured at selected interval.
1.2
INITIAL PROCESSING AND CONSERVATION OF SAMPLES
During sea expedition to 28 May Oil and Gas Production Department (OGPD)
Gunashly field, water samples were taken from upper, mid and lower layers by
repetition method via Niskin bathometer prepared of 10 liter stainless steel at the
platform of "MPK-452" vessel to conduct hydro-chemical analyses.
The following parameters were identified in
the samples taken:
physical indicators (radio-activeness,
pH, dissolved oxygen amount, redox,
power conductivity, temperature);
biogenic substances (nitrites, nitrates,
phosphates, ammonium,
silicate
acids);
oil products and phenols;
metals (iron, nickel, mercury, arsenic,
cadmium, copper, lead, zinc).
Thickness of hydrogen ions (pH), oxygen
amount, water salinity, power conductivity, reduction potential and temperature were
analyzed in the laboratory of the vessel by multi regime analytical device MultiLine P4
(Germany).
Radiometers type "RADEX" or "GRACH" were used to identify radioactive background.

Air temperature, humidity, air pressure, lighting and wind speed may be measured by
242

Environmental
Division
HS5633 Digital sound level meter

Conservation and storage of water samples has been carried out as per the
methodological indicators titled 51592-2000 .
(Water. General requirements for picking
appropriate samplings). So:
Water samples are placed in coolers to analyze biogenicic elements;
Water sample is extracted by 4-x chloride carbon and placed in cooler for
analyzing oil products;
Water samples are processed by sodium acid and placed in cooler to analyze the
phenols;
Water samples re-processed by acid and placed in cooler to analyze heavy
metals.
1.3
SAMPLES MARKING
After samples conserved, they shall be marked as per 12997-84

. (General
Specifications). The water and soil samples shall be packed in necessary samples
vessels. Tags are attached on samples. Each tag shall specify field name, monitoring
date, station No, station depth, type of analyses and sampling repetition (A,B,C).
1.4
SAMPLE PACKING AND TRANSPORTATION
After samples are marked they are marked as per P 51592-2000 .

.
(Water. General requirements for picking appropriate samplings.
Russian state standards.) and accumulated to be delivered to special containers.
243

Environmental
Division
ALLOWABLE VISCOSITY LEVELS AT FISH PONDS (AVLFP)**

Contaminant
pH
Acrylic acid
Aniline
Ammonium
Acetone
Acethopenone
Benzene
Benz(a)pyrene
Biogenic substances:
Ammonium
Nitrates
Nitrites
Sulfates
Chlorides
Phosphates
Sulfides
Sulphanol
Synthetic surface active substances
(SSAM)
Fluorine
Pesticides
Hexachlorane
Allowable Viscosity
Level, mq/l
6,5 - 8,5
0,0025
0,0001
0,05
0,05
0,04
0,1
0,000005
0,5
40,0
0,08
100,0
300,0
0
0
0,1
0,5
0,05
0
244

Contaminant
Metals:
Cd
Cu
Hg
Pb
As
Cr
Ni
Zn
Se
Fe
Al
V
W (VI)
Sn (IV)
S
Oil products
Phenols
P.S.**
Environmental
Division
Allowable Viscosity
Level, mq/l
0,005
0,001
0,0001
0,006
0,05
0,001
0,01
0,01 0,05
0,0016
0,05
0,04
0,001
0,0008
0,02
10
0,05
0,001
.., .., ..,

.., ..
1,
-2004, .101, 5.
SEA WATER QUALITY
On April 2-5 and October 15-19 2012, during monitoring at Gunashly field at each
station selected under project water samples were taken from upper, mid and lower
water layers via Niskin type bathometer made of 10 liter stainless steel.
The following parameters were identified in the samples taken:
physical-chemical parameters (temperature, pH, power conductivity, salinity, and
amount of dissolved oxygen);
biogenic substances (nitrites, nitrates, phosphates, ammonium ion,
acids);
silicate
oil products and phenols;

metals (iron, nickel, mercury, arsenic, cadmium, copper, lead, zinc).
Viscosity of hydrogen ions (pH), oxygen amount, water salinity, power conductivity,
reduction potential and temperature were analyzed in the laboratory of the vessel by
multi regime analytical device MultiLine P4 (Germany).
245

3.1
3.1.1
Environmental
Division
INDICATORS OF PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Water temperature is a key factor that influences physical, chemical, biochemical, and
biological processes in water basin. Intensiveness of oxygen regime and self-purification
processes depends on this factor. By knowing water temperature, it is possible to
determine its oxygen saturation level, different alkali forms, and state of calciumcarbonate system during limnological investigations to study hydro-chemical, hydrobiological and specifically heat contamination. Change in water temperature in the sea
is the result of a number of processes taking place concurrently such as sun radiation,
evaporation, heat exchange with atmosphere, transfer of heat by currents, turbulent
water mixture etc. It is known that water heating takes place from water surface to
bottom. Annual and daily temperature change at the water surface and bottom is
defined by heat amount on surface, intensiveness and mix degree. Daily temperature
change may be several degrees and it is observed in not very deep locations. Water
temperature change amplitude in shallow pace is close to air temperature change.
One of the key indicators of water quality is the thickness of hydrogen ions. Water pH
indicator is very great for chemical and biological processes. pH values depends on
development and life of water algae, stability of different migrated elements and
corrosion effect of water against metals. Water pH indicator also effects conversion of
elements to different forms, toxicity modification of contaminants.
Thickness of oxygen dissolved in water determines quantity of oxidization-reduction
potential. It substantially affects direction and speed of the chemical, organic and
inorganic compound's biochemical oxidization processes. Oxygen regime has great
impact on existence of water basin. For example, minimum amount of dissolved oxygen
(~5 mq/dm3) ensures normal fish growth. Reduction in dissolved oxygen amount by 2
mg/dm3 may bring about mass fish extermination. Extreme saturation of water by
oxygen during photosynthesis processes when water layer doesn't intensively mix has
negative effect on water organisms. Thickness of oxygen and hydrogen dissolved in
water is reversely proportional to temperature growth.
Power conductivity is indicator general thickness coefficient of electrolytes and
especially inorganic ions and it is used for assessing mineralization of water
environment. Power conductivity is an indication proportional to man-induced effect.
Mean water salinity in the Caspian is 12,85%. Lower salinity level is due to enclosed
nature of the Caspian and large river flow. The quantity of carbonates and sulfates in
the Caspian is relatively greater and chloride amount lesser than in ocean waters.
Salinity changes less toward depths and increases approx. 0,1-0,2. Salinity in the
west shores of the seas is relatively smaller than east shores. The main reason of it is
the Volga River along the western shore and similar situation is observed also in the
river Kura in South Caspian.
Radio-activeness is studied by monitoring the dose of natural radiation caused by
cosmic radiation and natural radionuclides in water, air, other elements of biosphere,
food products, as well as human organism. In the environment, at enterprises causing
radioactive contamination of environment, accumulation of radionuclides in its products
and waste materials, registration of radioactive contamination sources in systemic and
246

Environmental
Division
special regimes is carried out to identify and prevent radioactive contamination in

human environment. Measurement of radiation background and measuring devices are
defined based on regulatory standard paper titled 25835-83
. (Radio-active backgrounds
measurement methods)
Wind force is homogeneous in different regions of the Caspian sea. The speed of wind
called khazri in Absheron sea region is greater than 30 m/sec and its duration period
exceeds 10 hours. The main reason underlying such wind speed is the shore effect. Due
to uneven heating and cooling of the sea and surrounding areas, in particular, musson
and breeze winds are observed in the southern part. Furthermore there are
mountainous winds on western shores of the Mid and Caspian Sea, the areas of
mountain close to the shore, and from Caucasian mountains.
Noise implies unpleasant noise in the first place. It is measured by energy and pressure
intensiveness and its unit of measurement is decibel (dBA). Noise level corresponds to
frequency of discerning ability of human ear and it is called A frequency or dbA. In
marine condition noise is generated by the following sources:
during full ship movement,
during sample taking at the ship,
during work at storeroom and ship deck.
Noise measurement has been conducted to inspect personnel work conditions and
conformity to sanitation norms 12.1.020-79 .
. Measurements show that
noise was in norms when monitoring was held.
Identification of physical-chemical water parameters is carried out according to EPA
600/479020 (Methods for Chemical Analysis of Wastes) norms.
3.2
ROLE OF BIOGENIC ELEMENTS IN SEA WATER
3.2.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Role of biogenic elements in sea ecosystem is its original feed base for living organisms
in tropical chain. Biogenic elements are carried into the sea by rivers and assimilated by
algae in photosynthesis process. These compounds reenter water due to decomposition
of algae and further reused by them. The Volga plays the main role in introducing
biogenic elements into the Caspian Sea. There is circulation of compounds in each
ecosystem due to eco-physiological interaction of autotrophs and heterotrophs. The
living organisms in this group feed on biogenic compounds for their development, life
and reproduction and excrete metabolism products, mineral and organic compounds
into environment. Carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur and other elements
vital for life of single cells constantly convert into organic compounds (glycine, lipids,
amine acids) or absorbed y autotrophic plants as inorganic ion. Further they are used
by heterotroph animals and decomposed into microorganism destructors.
Microorganisms tear excretion products, plant remainders and carcasses decomposing
them into gaseous compounds released into water or air, soluble mineral elements or
bottom sedimentation.
247

Environmental
Division
To establish biogenic compounds in water samples, it is determined in Lambda EZ 210

(Perkin Elmer, USA, 2003) brand spectrophotometer, through the test made by MERCK
firm in laboratory conditions. The following dimensions are analyzed:
Ammonium ion is as full

ammonium in viscous alkali
solutions.
Forms
monochloramine with hypochlorite,
which in its turn, reacts with
phenol yielding blue phenol.
Blue phenol thickness is
identified by photometric
method
in
spectrophotometer Lambda
Spektrofotometr LambdaEZ-210
EZ 210 (Perkin Elmer, USA,
2003). This method is in line
with DIN 38406 E5, ISO 7150/1, APHA 4500-NH 3 D and EPA 350.1;
the investigated fluid interacts with nitrate ions 2,6 dimethylphenol (DMF) due to
he effect of sulfur and phosphate acids and results in orange color 4-nitro-2,6dimethylphenol. The emerged complex is investigated by spectrophometer
Lambda EZ 210 (Perkin Elmer, USA, 2003), (ISO 7890/1);
nitrite-ion develops diazoline salt due to chemical effect in acid environment with
sulfanil. Diazoline acid in its turn develops red-violet azor dye when in chemical
reaction with N-(1-nafthylel) ethylendiamine dihydrochloride. Dyed fluid is
identified with spetrophotometer Lambda EZ 210 (Perkin Elmer, USA, 2003) by
photometric method. This method is consistent with EPA 354.1, US Standard
Methods 4500-NO 2 - B, EN 26 777, and ISO 6777;
Basis of this method is generation of insoluble barium sulfate due to chemical
reaction of sulfates with barium ions in water solutions. Mixed solution is
identified by photometric method at spectrophotometer Lambda EZ210 (Perkin
Elmer, USA, 2003). This method corresponds to APHA 4500 SO 4 2- E and EPA
375.4;
In sulfur acid solutions, molybdic-phosphorus acid is derived by chemical reaction
of phosphate ions and molybdate ions. Ascorbine acid reduces phosphormolibden blue and the complex generated is identified photo-metrically at
spectrophotometer LambdaEZ210 (Perkin Elmer, USA, 2003). this method
corresponds to EPA 365.2+3, US-Standard Methods 4500-P E and ISO 6878/1;
this method bases on photometric identification of yellow heteropol acid derived
from reaction of silicate ions (SiO 2 -Si) and molybdate ions and identified
photometrically in wave length = 410 nm at spectrophometer Lambda EZ210 (Perkin Elmer, USA, 2003). This method corresponds to EPA 365/2+3, ISO
6878/1 methods.
the Allowable Thickness Thresholds of biogenic substances in fisheries are presented
below:
nitrites 0,08 mq/l;
nitrates 40,0 mq/l;
248

Environmental
Division
ammonium ion 0,5 mq/l;

silicate acids 100,0 mq/l.
3.3
OIL PRODUCTS AND PHENOLS INFLUENCE ON SEA WATER
3.3.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Caspian Sea has been subject to different contamination over its period. Beginning
from the second half of XX century it has been under the influence of different
ecological and man-induced factors and in particular, oil contamination negatively
contributes to the marine eco-system.
Oil products and phenols have substantial impact on living organisms in the sea. Most
of the sea invertebrate samples peculiarities are
characterized by slow movement and long life (13 and more). Therefore for example, zoobenthos is considered a good biological indicator
of sea Bengal contamination. In this regard it isi
vital to investigate in detail multiyear change in
the bottom fauna to analyze the condition arising
in different regions of the sea. According to such
investigations, it is possible to assess priority
change in the ecological status and bottom fauna
nfroCal HATR-T2
of the sea. Amount of oil products and phenols in
Analyzer
the water are main indicators of overall
contamination of the area under consideration.
Considerable oil specks were noted on sea surface in the area under investigation.
Identification of oil products in the water is extracted by hexane and measured by
infrared spectroscopy. Investigation is performed by absorption of infrared energy in at
analyzer type nfroCal HATR-T2 Analyzer in laboratory conditions. Amount of energy
absorbed is proportional to hydrocarbon viscosity.
Analysis base on ASTM D7066 - 04 (2011) Standard Test Method for dimer/trimmer of
chloro-tri-phluoro-ethylene (S-316) Recoverable Oil and Grease and Nonpolar Material
by Infrared Determination methods.
Determination of phenol amount in water
is carried out by photometric method.
Photometric method bases on derivation
of dyed compounds in alkali environment
at pH= 9,8-10,2 interval in presence of
phenol and its derivatives
caliumhexasiano-ferrate (III) (ammonium-per
sulfate) and 4-aminoantipirin (pyrimidine).
Measurements
are
determined
at
spectrophotometer device Lambda EZ-210
type (Perkin Elmer, USA, 2002). Analyses
are performed by SO6439 Water quality
-- Determination of phenol index -- 4-Aminoantipyrine spectrometric methods after
distillation.
249

3.4
INFLUENCE OF HEAVY METALS TO SEA ENVIRONMENT
3.4.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Environmental
Division
Key reasons underlying large-scale toxic contamination for the Caspian is due to maninduced influences and it is harmful to the degree of full disappearance of hydro flora
and hydro fauna, fish and feed reserves. Due to increased amounts of heavy metals in
water, there is marked reduction in biological productivity of fish species. So heavy
metals accumulated in issues and hydrobiont organs entering human organism along
feed chain and likely to bring about detoriated
health and even death of a human being where its
viscosity levels are high.
One of the properties of heavy metals as one of
the components contaminating marine ecosystem
is that change in their thickness and relation is as
in its natural background of its microelements.
Such microelements (iron, manganese, sink,
copper etc.) For this season, it is of concern to
study pond fish and their feed structure
(rudimentary, algae, invertebrates etc.) as
potential object of test to control contamination of
the sea by different heavy metals.
Milestone START D
Samples are screened and freed from mechanical mixes. Then physical properties of
water samples are determined and hydrogen indicator (pH) 2-3 is acidified with viscous
nitrate (HNO 3 ) acid in water samples.
If necessary, it is cooked and analyzed by relevant methodology. Depending on the
properties of water samples, dilution level is determined for their analysis.
Waters containing large oil quantities cooked in microwave oven Milestone START D
(Microwave Digestion System, taly) as per DG-EN-20 ndustrial wastewater
methodology. After the sample is diluted, depending on required metals (iron, nickel,
arsenic,
cadmium,
copper, lead and zinc)
dilution process is
performed by 2%
HNO 3 . Further the
initially
processed
samples are analyzed
to determine metal
mass
in
Agilent
Technologies
7500
Series
ICP-MS
(7500cx), USA. All
Agilent Technologies 7500 Series ICP-MS
these processes base
on EPA Method 6020A, Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry method.
4
QUALITY OF BOTTOM SEDIMENTATIONS

250

Environmental
Division
On April 2-5 and October 15-19 2012, during monitoring of Gunashly field,
sedimentation picking devices "Van-Veen" with picking area 0,025 or 0,04 m2 from each
station selected under the project was used. Sampling shovel was selected depending
on the sampling location, speed of water flow, depth, type of bottom sedimentation and
ship equipment. Ship equipment includes beams, wire lines and hoist cranes. For
chemical analyses through "Van-Veen" type sedimentation picking devices,
51592-2000 .
and SO 9391 Water quality. Sampling methods in deep waters for macroinvertebrates.
Guidance on the use of colonization, qualitative and quantitative samplers was used for
double sampling. When sedimentation device is full, the samples taken are deemed
acceptable.
Packing of samples is in dedicated iron and plastic spoons. Such spoons are selected
following normative standards titled 19126-79
.
. (Metal nature medical tools. General Specifications)
The samples taken for chemical analyses are packed in dedicated aluminum (to determine
phenols) and plastic (to determine metals) containers. Most times such containers are used
only once and if they are returned for reuse, they are rinsed with special solutions. In this
case aluminum containers are first rinsed with chrome containing water, washed with
distilled water and dried. Plastic containers are rinsed with acetone or diluted acid and then
dried.
All packed samples are placed in cooler under temperature 4. following the Section
5 of the standard titled 17.1.504-81 .
.

. , 515922000 .
(Nature preservation. Hydrosphere. Gauges and devices for preliminary processing and
reservation of natural water samplings. GOST 51592-2000 Water. General
requirements for picking appropriate samplings)
The following parameters are determined in the samples taken:
soil composition in granulometric fractions;
amounts of organic matter, humus and carbonations;
amounts of oil products and phenols;
amounts of heavy metals (iron, nickel, mercury, arsenic, cadmium, copper,

lead, zinc).
4.1
SOIL COMPOSITION IN GRANULOMETRIC FRACTIONS
4.1.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Sea bottom sedimentations is made up of decomposed system consisting of mineral

particles of different sizes. Goal in granulometric (mechanical) analysis is to determine
the size of particles in sedimentaiton. The following fractions are selected for the
particle sizes: >0,25 mm, 0,25 - 0,1 mm, 0,1 - 0,01 mm and <0,1 mm.
251

Environmental
Division
Composition of fractions estimated for the weight of dry remainder determines their
mechanical compositions.
Soil composition for granulometric fractions is
determined by oscillator "AS 200/Control/BS 410"
(Germany) made by Retsch GmbH firm at
Complex Researches Laboratory. Sol samples
cleaned off oil are brought to a stable weight. Part
of the soil brought to stable weight is weighted on
technical scale. Then sample is soaked with 6%
hexametaphosphate solution fully separate clay
particles, washed on oscillator 45 m- and died
and then divided into fractions after sieving (dry
sieving) in oscillator (1,18; 1,00; 0,50; 0,25;
0,180; 0,149; 0,125; 0,075). Particles (clay
fraction) put through 45 m sieve (wet sieving) is
AS 200 Control / BS 410
divided into fractions 30, 20, 10 m pipette
analysis. Analyses are performed according to 12536-79 .

()
. (Soils. Methods of laboratory determination of grain (granulometric
and micro aggregate composition ))
Granulometric composition of bottom sedimentations for the area indicates different
class of bottom sedimentations are available depending on depth. In the areas with
depth up to 12 m fluid with small particles will prevail. Granulometric rock analysis
indicate large dusty mud and granule sandy sedimentations area with large rocky
remains characteristic for the geology of this region, shell (intact and fragmented),
sedimentations composed of small rocks and mud volcano products.
4.2
ORGANIC MATTER, HUMUS AND CARBONATENESS IN BOTTOM

SEDIMENTATION
4.2.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
To describe the ecological situation and processes it is necessary to determine organic

matter, humus and carbonations in bottom sedimentation samples to obtain the
necessary data. Amounts of organic matter, humus and carbonations are determined
during granulometric analysis and such parameters are determined following weight
variance.
Soil sample is dried and brought on stable weight. A portion of the soil brought to
stable weight is weighted on scale and processed with chloride acid to decompose
carbonates, washed with distilled water and dried. Carbonations are determined based
on weight difference. A sample is taken from decarbonized soil and brought to
analytical scale. The sample is stored in muffle furnace under temperature 900OC for 2
hours and then weighted. Amount of organic carbon is determined following weight
difference. Analyses base on 23740-79 .

.(Soils. Methods of laboratory determination of organic
252

Environmental
Division
substances)
253

Environmental
Division
4.3
OIL PRODUCTS AND PHENOLS IN BOTTOM SEDIMENTATIONS
4.3.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
It is necessary to determine amounts of oil products and phenols as in water. As is

known, one of the SOCAR tasks is to extract maximum amount of oil from sea bottom
and not disrupt Caspian ecosystem. Oil and oil products have substantial impact on
living organisms living on sea bottom. So most of the sea bottom invertebrate are
characterized by little amount of movement and long life (1-3 and longer). Therefore
the organisms living on the sea bottom are considered good indicators of sea
contamination.
As in water, bottom sedimentations are
extracted by hexane by infrared
spectroscopy. Studies are conducted
under laboratory settings basing on
absorption of infrared energy at
analyzer nfroCal HATR-T2 Analyzer .
The amount of absorbed energy is
proportional to hydrocarbon viscosity.
Analyses are conduced following ASTM
D7066 - 04(2011) Standard Test
Method
for
dimer/trimmer
of
chlorotrifluoroethylene
(S-316)
Recoverable Oil and Grease and
Nonpolar
Material
by
Infrared
Determination method and mkg/kg estimations are made for soil.
Determination of phenol amount in
bottom samples is via photometric
method. Photometric method bases on
colored compounds in presence of
calium-hexainofferate (III) ammoniumpersulphate)
and
4-aminoantipyrine
(pyramidon) in alkali environment
pH=9,8-10,2 interval by phenol and its
derivatives. Measurement is performed in
spectrophotimer
Lambda
EZ
210.
Analyses are performed by ISO6439
Water quality -- Determination of phenol
index -- 4-Aminoantipyrine spectrometric
methods after distillation method and
mkg/kg estimation are made for soil.
nfroCal HATR-T2
Analyzer
4.4
HEAVY METALS IN BOTTOM SEDIMENTATIONS
4.4.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Experience in studying sea bottom chemistry shows that any influences occur due to
production activities here is very low. The past events relating to sea environment in
the past is relatively stable are and it is ideal place to assess cumulative influences of
254

Environmental
Division
exploitation activity.
The most important of different chemical contaminants in sea bottom sedimentations in
chemical point of view is heavy metals. Heavy metals mainly include iron, nickel,
mercury, arsenic, cadmium, copper, lead and zinc. All these metals exist in nature
naturally, which are widely used in industry and may be present in high and harmful
thickness levels in industrial wastes. Goal of SOCAR's all structural units is to ensure
such metals are not utilized or disposed of in environment during their processing.
The soil samples from sea are dried in a drying chamber under temperature 105oC in a
day, and then grounded and homogenized Thereafter samples are cooked in microwave
furnace Milestone START D (Microwave Digestion System, taly). This procedure follows
DG-EN-45 Soil and crude oil methodology. After the sample is diluted, the process is
carried out by 2% HNO 3 depending on required metals (iron, nickel, mercury, arsenic,
cadmium, copper, lead and zinc). Further the initially processed samples are analyzed
to determine metal masses in Agilent Technologies 7500 Series ICP-MS (7500cx), USA
instrument. All these processes base on EPA Method 6020A, Inductively Coupled
Plasma-Mass Spectrometry methodology.
5
MICROBIOLOGICAL SURVEYS
5.1
GENERAL INFORMATION AND METHODOLOGY
Main goal in biological surveys at sea is to assess health of biological units existing in
operation areas. Its two main indicators- structure of biological units and their
biomasses. Structure of biological units is assessed for number and type of individuals
in each type or measuring general weight of individual in a given group. Any changes in
the structures or diversity of biological units enables in most cases to obtain helpful
evidences as to ecological changes and contaminant's influences. Microbiological studies
are carried out to define the most probable number of groups as indicators of
environmental contamination and where oil oxidizing, phenol oxidizing and
heterotrophic microorganisms predominate.
To determine number of microorganisms and their morphological taxonomic properties
in water and bottom sedimentations, the cultural suspense made of water and soil is
planted in nutritious environment. For microbiological analyses, water samples are
picked by Niskin bathometer, while soil samples a device picking Dey type bottoms
sedimentations. Water samples have been taken according to normative papers
17.1.5.05-85 . .

, , and soil
samples to 17.4.4.02-84
CP. . .
,
,
. Sterile vessels have been used to take water and bottom sedimentations
during study of microorganisms.
Cultural suspense in water is prepared by directly diluting it and mixing with suspense
obtained from soil. Usually, the most probable number of oil oxidizing, phenol oxidizing
and heterotrophic bacteria is determined. Separation of oil oxidizing bacteria is
255

Environmental
Division
performed in sterile crude oil used as the sole energy substrate in diluted mineral
Raymond environment. Observations of growth of oil oxidizing bacteria are performed
within 15-20 days. The most probable number of oil and phenol oxidizing bacteria in a
single volume is estimated. Growth of microorganisms in dry environment is determined
by visual appearance:
due to turbidity of the environment;
formation of biomass layer at the boundary of sedimentation and environment-oil
boundary;
due to creation of pigment by additional microscopic inspection (1250
enlargement by phase contrast).
Separation of phenol oxidizing bacteria is estimated after placement in Stolbunov's
diluted mineral environment. The phenol sterilized to Stolbunov environment is directly
added before planting. Detection and estimation of heterotrophic bacteria is performed
by deep planting in meat-peptone agarized environment. Microbiological studies are
conducted following 18963-73 . -
and 17.4.3.03-85
.
.
6
PLANKTON
Study of planktons is due to the fact that they play a vital role in the lives of water
basins- metabolism, their salt regimes, as fish feedstuff etc.
Plankton organisms live in dependence on water and can't withstand water currents.
They have no relation to hard substrates such as plants and animal organisms (Kiselev,
1969).
Apart from importance as a biological indicator, plankton organisms are vital to
ascertain date of water ponds, determination of its typology, study of water currents,
and nature of water exchanges in adjacent seas.
Study of plankton is to define whether man-induced pressures relating to contamination
with oil products of sea waters, bottom sedimentations and level of such contamination.
During the environmental monitoring carried out in summer and autumn seasons,
phytoplankton and zooplankton samples have been indicated. At the end of summer
season during stratification of water layer population density of phytoplankton
minimizes and it is because of reduction of food matter on upper layers and obstruction
by its thermal cycle of its surfacing up from sea bottom. End of autumn (second half of
October-November)v. when stratification of water column falls, water mass mixes and
fall blossoming of phytoplankton begins. Density of zooplankton population sharply
increases by surfacing up of nutritious matter from the water bottom.
6.1
PHYTOPLANKTON
6.1.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
256

Environmental
Division
Phytoplankton makes up a specific group of sea water basins. Autotrophs are producers
of synthetizing organic matters in the biosphere of the Earth. 1/3 of the organic matter
on earth is synthetized by ground plants. Autotrophs consume solar energy or energy
released from chemical reactions synthetizing organic
compounds from inorganic compounds. Animals feed on
organic matter and they can't use inorganic matter as
feedstuff. Water temperature, salinity, lighting degree and
amount sof biogenic element play vital role in phytoplankton
development. Therefore it is must to study phytoplankton in
different sections of the sea over seasons.
Key principles of studying sea algae:
sea sampling and their fixation for future analysis
purposes;
preliminary processing and mixing of samples;
study of phytoplankton species diversity, number and
biomass.
Niskin type bathometers are used to study phytoplankton.
Phytoplankton samples are fixated by 4% formalin solution
carefully strained and neutralized before they are used (15-20
sm3 formalin is added to water 1 liter).
MoticB1 series
System microscopes
When phytoplankton is fixated, no clean formalin is used as

long as clean formalin causes deformation or substantial deterioration of weak forms of
Nano phytoplankton (sizes less than 50 mkm) as well as phytoplankton in general.
The phytoplankton samples fixated in laboratory conditions are stored in a dark place
for settlement over a weekly period. After the organisms fixated after 7 days settle
down on the bottom of the sample vessel, water is siphoned off the vessel. When this
operation is complete, approx. 220-250 sm3 water shall remain in the vessel. Several
days layer the second filtration of water is performed in the water and in this case
water volume in the samples is raised up 100 cm3.
To count phytoplankton organism, a drop of water is picked by stamp-pipette (volume
0,1 cm3) and placed in estimation chamber. Thereafter amount of microorganisms in 1
liter water is estimated.
To estimate biomass of phytoplankton organism, their mean volume of cells must be
established. Special algae weight is conventionally assumed as 1,0. Cell shape is
adapted to the geometrical figure close to it.
Sharp different is observed between the volumes and mass sizes of large diatome algae
including such varieties as Rhizosolenia calcar-avis,Sceletonema costatum that cause
water blossoming for mass growth of phytoplankton in the Caspian sea.
Phytoplankton samples are identified by microscope Standard Operating Procedure for
Phytoplankton Analysis (Grace Analytical Lab., Chicaqo, L 60605, December 15, 1994)
following accepted methodologies Motic B1 series System microscopes (USA)
(increase by 1000 times) laboratory setting. Statistic processing of the results obtained
is through Excel program.
257

Cyanophyta
Environmental
Division
Dinophyta
Chlorophyta
6.2
ZOOPLANKTON
6.2.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
These are shrimplike small animals. Main target in studying zooplanktons feeding on
phytoplankton and making up main feed for a number of fish species is to explore
growth dynamics of the necessary feed chain for organisms living on water surface.
Zooplankton may survive under favorable conditions up to the time when there is
enclosed and reliable circulation within the water boundaries. Composition and its
growth of zooplanktons are determined by their difference in physical-chemical
conditions. Any change in the water movement causes relevant changes in zooplankton
biodiversity as well as existing pelagic biosensors. Zooplankton growth is mainly
dependent upon sufficient number of phytoplankton in the study area.
Most of zooplanktons never leave water layers. Their lifecycle passes here. Zooplankton
biotope is mobile, they mix with other biotopes and blend together at geographical
coordinates and their benthic biotopes sharply differ this way.
Its relations with ecological factors are diverse since their origin of Caspian is diverse.
Caspian endemics (biological taxons settled in restricted areal) live mainly normal
salinity (12-13%) condition. They live in the deepest sections of the sea with relative
stable salinity.
Zooplankton has three main groups:
Copepod small, crablike animals with length mainly not greater than 1 mm.
Some of them are endemic for Caspian, while other has arrived from other
basins.
Cladosera water fleas- most often greater than copepods (length 1-5 mm),
all of them are local organisms for Caspian.
Ctenophore racked jellyfish Not endemic for the Caspian sea and a species
arrived from Black sea in the near past.
There are also arctic and Atlantic and Mediterranean species in the Caspian zooplankton
apart from endemics. Similar compositions of zooplanktons are distinguished in the
Caspian Sea though different for their amount. In the plankton of the central part of
Mid Caspian, Limnocalanus grimaldii, Eurytemora grimmi, Eurytemora minor prevail,
while Polyphemus exiguus, Cercopagis socialis, Cercopagis micronyx, Podonevadne
trigona trigonoides, Podonevadne camptonyx, Halicyclops sarsi, Calanipeda aquae

dulcis, Mollusca larvae and others also have significance (, 1959).
258

Environmental
Division
In the central part of the Caspian Sea, the lead species of mezaplankton are
Limnocalanus grimaldii, Eurytemora grimmi, Eurytemora minor. In shallow waters
Polyphemus exiguus, Calanipeda aquae dulcis, Heterocope caspia,Acartia clartia clausi
andAcartia tonsa are to be found in mass. Characteristic representatives of shallow
water zones widely varying in salinity and temperature are Calanipeda aquae dulcis and
Heterocope caspia-dr.
To gather zooplankton from the Caspian Sea, Cedi net is used prepared of nylon
material 38. This method is very suitable for gathering zooplankton from water surface
and its depths. Use of Cedi net is conditional upon good gathering, reliable enclosure,
trapping of organisms when net is closed. Hunting zooplankton from water bottom to
surface is done in stages (at each 10 m) and in fractions. When zooplankton fractions
are caught, Cedi net is released to necessary depth and then raise dup to the net tie off
horizon. In this case, load is sent by net wire and ties it off at necessary horizon by
touching its tying point.
Zooplankton samples are fixated by neutralized
formalin - 25 water portions to 1 formalin portion. Each
sample is put in specific sample vessel and then
samples replaced in cooler. To keep gathered materials
for a longer term it must be protected from heating
and contamination.
Zooplankton samples are distinguished by microscope
Motic K-500L (USA) (enlargement 100 times) in
laboratory conditions. Water solution of chloroform is
used to paralyze movement of living organisms.
Preparations are prepared for water drops or watery
glycerin to analyze fixated materials quality (for tye
composition). In this case fixated materials shall be
washed in advance. In this case its results are
satisfactory.
Motic K-500L
259

Environmental
Division
Recording of organisms is performed in Bogorov chamber. For this zooplankton sample

is filled in chemical glass of zooplankton sample and its volume is raised up to 50 cm3.
Then the sample in the vessel is stirred and a portion of it is taken with stamp-pipette
with volume 0,5 cm3. More exactly, to obtain mean value, the volume of three samples
taken from upper, mid and lower layers is estimated. Analyses have been performed as
per methodological instructions accepted as per Standard Operating Procedure for

Zooplankton Analysis (Grace Analytical Lab., Chicaqo, L 60605, December 14, 1994).
Statistical processing of results obtained is carried out via Excel program.
7
MACRO-ZOO BENTHOS
7.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Caspian Sea has been subject to different contaminants over many years. Given that
most of such factors is due to weak movement of invertebrate, we may say that it has
great influence upon sea organisms. On the shore of the Caspian basin contamination
of wastewaters discharged into the sea, as well as oil and other reagents of the water
surface put under doubt of protection of ecosystem of water basin and rational use of
biological resources in future. Regular contamination of the sea may lead to reduced
biological productivity.
So benthos type composition and their distribution are of very high significance for
analyzing the conditions in any region of Caspian Sea. Results of these surveys enables
to define work mechanism of bottom units assess ecological condition with intensive oil
production and organism's productivity.
260

Environmental
Division
Macro zoo benthos are organisms living on ground surface in sea bottom with sizes
greater than 2 mm. the samples taken from bottom sedimentation products by VanVeen is washed with medium pressure sea water jet in soil washing box. Sampling is
repeated three times and samples are deemed acceptable when sedimentation picking
device is full. Wash waters are poured into sieve 38. The content of the sedimentation
picking device is washed on special (to wash benthos samples) table with flow sea
water on sieve with sizes 1,0 mm. The living organisms washed away from the e soil is
accumulated in the middle for the sieve and then packed in plastic vessels and fixated
with 4% formalin solution added with dying-eozine. To facilitate classification into types,
"Rose Bengal" organic dying material is added in order to dye hydrobionts. Dye
hydrobionts are dyed and facilitate classification in the process of laboratory analysis of
macrobenthos samples. The materials accumulated are examined in laboratory after
being labeled.
Sea bottom invertebrate primarily belong to six or seven main biological classes and
these are as follows:
Hydrozoa
Polychaeta
Oligochaeta
Crustacea
nsecta
Mollusca
Bryozoa
Amphipods, olygochaetes and cumaceas (a species of crablike) are among the groups
with greater diversity. However, most of the species regarded are rarely encountered
and not considered main members of biological sea plants. Furthermore certain amount
of the most encountered taxon is indicated. This method is traditionally is used to
determine the units of species predominating in number and helps to compare between
the points where samples were taken. Species for each of them, their percentage rates
are put in proper sequence. Percentage of the predominant species are collected and
estimated until 50% is obtained and it indicates number of the group prevail in general
number. The samples are classified by microscope "Motic" K-500 L (USA) (enlargement
of 100 times) in laboratory setting. All organisms are classified into groups and groups
into species. Number of all species in a sample is estimated for 1 m2 separately. Species
biomass is defined by weighting on scale individually and dry amount of individual
biomass in 1 m2 is expressed by grams.
261

Environmental
Division
One of the characteristic features of the Caspian in surveyed area is that despite the
general diversity of species, prevalent and mostly encountered smaller groups of
biological plants are in most of the stations. During the researchers conducted until now
the most widely spread polychaete- Hypania invalide and olygaechetes-Psammoryctides
have been found.
Macro zoo benthos Standard Operating Procedure EH-04. Benthic Macro
invertebrate Sampling and Processing (Montana, September 2003) was conducted as
per accepted methodologies.
ICHTYOLOGICAL SURVEYS
Gunashly" field is a region intensively developed by SOCAR. During the baseline

environmental monitoring held in April and October 2012 fishing is anticipated in the
project in order species composition, weight and age of fish. Goal in icthyological
surveys is to study effect of species on ichthyoid-fauna, status of fish dissemination
areal, fishing regions and their location change.
Permit 09 August 10 2012 was granted for fishing for scientific research, fish growth,
control, acclimatization goals by Biological Resources Increase and Protection
Department of the Ministry of Ecology and Natural Resources. For this reason study of
ichtyological researches and some physiological parameters (hemoglobin and
hamotocritin) at "Gunashly" field was held during 2nd expedition.
To determine species composition of ichtyo-fauna of Gunashly field fish were caught
in 4 (80,0 m depth) and 25 (100,0 m depth). Fish nets (12x12 mm -240 x 240 mm)
were used to get fish samples. The work is continued for 24 hours in hot air conditions
and 12 hours in cold air conditions. Using small pore nets, fish samples were caught
from ship opposite to water flow. Nets with sizes 10 x 10 mm were used to get small
fish samples. To get small fish samples water is lighted with double power lamps. age
and sizes of caught fish species were determined when their species were identified.
Of 123 fish species living in the Caspian Sea 80 are encountered in the Azerbaijani
section of the Caspian (, , 1981; ,
, 1999; , 2000). Fish of industrial significance are
usually sturgeons and sprats. Up to 15 million people live on the shores of Caspian Sea.
Most of them are preoccupied with the sea (mainly fishing). The most productive water
basin of the world, Caspian is the only sea with the largest sturgeon fish reserves
262

Environmental
Division
(approx. 95%). It is known fact that sturgeon is the producer of one of the most
valuable commodity in the world, i.e., caviar. Therefore the genetic fund of this fish in
Caspian is seriously protected. We must note that the main export of black caviar in the
world is due to the reserves of this lake, though Caspian reverse is not limited to this.
I cthyological researches
9
PHYSIOLOGICAL RESEARCHES
Species diversity of icthtyo-fauna has significantly decreased recently. The situation of

the Caspian echosystem has substantially deteriorated due to increased man-induced
263

Environmental
Division
pressure and organisms from other water capacities. Amount of the pesticides used in
agriculture and other contaminants released into Caspian Sea increases. Over the last
3-5 years, the species included in Red Book, including also salmon, sturgeons-kelemo
long-nose fish are rarely found. In this regard, the issue of assessing general biological
situation of fish migrating and feeding in the basin of the Caspian Sea, and especially
economic areas is of primary issues. The main indicator of the general fish condition is
change in internal physiological process.
Fish blood shall be analyzed to study their physiological situation. Blood is taken by
caudoctomia method. First drops are dripped and then picked in sterile vessel.
To determine gematocritin and hemoglobin percentage in blood Sali haemometer and
heatocrit is used. The main instrument is Sali haemometer. In physiological experience,
individual haemometer and eritrohomometers are used. Our selection bases on the
most favorable and simple instrument in expedition and especially, in sea expedition.
The second instrument-hamoecritin (red and white blood mix) is for percentage
determination. The instrument consists of special pole and scaled pipettes. Centrifuge,
electronic scale, measurement tape, lancet, pinsetter, sterile pipettes and Petri brushes
in addition to the above instruments.
Goal in these analyses was "Decree of the President of Republic of Azerbaijan "On Law
of the Republic of Azerbaijan Environmental Protection", " Application of the Law on
Fishing". Methodological instructions are accepted

,

( ),
02.02.99 . 13-4-2-/1487.
The fish caught is put through biometric analysis (measurement and weight) and
classified across species. Blood is taken by caudoctomy. First drops are dripped and
gathered in sterile vessel. To determine haematocritin and hemoglobin in blood. Sali
haemometer and hematocrit instrument is used to determine haematocritin and
hemoglobin in blood. Part of the blood is regimented in centrifuge at 300 rpm in 15
minues. Thus white blood is separated from red blood. The result obtained has been
estimated by statistical method. (Strelkov, 1966).
Haemoglibin analysis. Sali is conducted in visual calorimetric hemoglobin-meter. 5 units
of clean sterile test vessel is added 0,1 normal sodium carbonate or deci-normal
chloride acid. This solution is added 0,02 ml blood sample. Distilled water is added to
reach the obtained solution color to the color of standards attached on color
haemometer. 5 minutes is required to fully carry out hemoglobin and the solution is
stirred with a glass rod. Haemoglobin percentage and gram-percent is estimated by
measurement scale on test glass.
Haemotocritin analysis. Blood from cut vessel is gathered up to the last figure on
pipette and attached on pedestal vertically. Within 1 hour blood coagulation process,
red particles are accumulated below and white blood top of the pipette. Blood amount
is determined based on the figures on the pipette and so haemotocritin percentage is
estimated.
Physiological and especially biochemical blood parameters shall be analyzed within one
264

Environmental
Division
hour after they are caught so that physiological radians remain constant. When fish
blood is samples, they must be life and without injuries. When several fish are caught in
the same species, 50% blood samples are taken depending on their biometric
parameters.
Kaudoktomiya
Hematokrits determination
Sali hemometr
265

Environmental
division
Appendix 2
SPECIAL PERMIT
issued for fishing for the purposes of scientific-research, fish
breeding, supervision, fish transfer, and acclimatization
MINISTRY OF ECOLOGY AND NATURAL RESOURCES

Department for Increasing and Protection of Biological Resources in Water Basins
Permit 09 issued for fishing for scientific-research, fish raising, control, transfer, and acclimatization
purposes.
1. Permit granted by: SOCAR Ecology Department
2. Goal of fishing: baseline assessment and definition of man-induced impacts on sea ecosystem at "Oil
Rocks", "Palchig Pilpilesi", "Gunashli", "Gugan-deniz", "Absheron bankasi", "8 Mart", Sangachal-DuvanniKhara-Zira", "Qerbi Absheron", "Alat-deniz" and "Bulla-deniz" fields.
3. Water facility granting fishing permit: Caspian Sea, in the above mentioned fields
4. Fishing period: August 10 2012 through December 31 2012.
5. Fishing appliances: Nets with pore sizes 30x30, 40x40, 50x50, and 60x60 (one of each), "MPK-452"
vessel of Caspian Sea Oil Fleet
6. Fish species permitted for fishing: Other fish species habituating in the given territories except
sturgeon and salmon varieties. 2 old and 3 baby fish from each of the species in spring-summer and fallwinter seasons.
7. Fishing performed by: Caspian Sea Oil Fleet "MPK-452" vessel
8. Body responsible for fishing: Shamil Ismail oglu Huseynov, an officer from Ecological Monitoring
Department
9. Caught Fish: The fish caught will be recorded in the act once physiological analyses are conducted.
Other fish species trapped in the fishing appliances shall be released back into the sea life.
10. Director
Seal
R.Hasanov
signature

Foundation No.7 in Gunashly field of 28 May
Oil and Gas Production Department
APPENDIX 3:
NORMS AND STANDARDS
267

Atmospheric Air Quality Standards
1.1 International Air Quality Standards

EU Directive 1999/30/EC dated 22 April 1999 establishes threshold thickness values of
SO 2 , NO 2 , Solid Substances (PM 10 ) and threshold lead thickness values and alarm levels
to prevent and minimize harmful influences on human health and environment. Daily
and annual threshold values given in EU Directive 1999/30/EC are presented below:
Table 1.1: Threshold values in EU Directive 1999/30/EC
Pollutant
PM 10
SO 2
Goal in
threshold
value
Mid term
Protection of
human
health
24 hours
50
Shall not exceed 25 times

within a calendar year
Protection of
human
health
Calendar
year
40
Annual estimate
Protection of
human
health
24 hours
125
Shall not exceed 3 times

within a calendar year
Threshold
value for
protection of
ecosystem
Calendar
year and
winter
(from
October 01
through
March 31)
20
Annual estimate
8 hours
10.000
200
hourly
Protection of
human
health
Calendar
year
40
Annual
Protection of
human
health
Calendar
year
0.5
Annual
CO
NO 2
Lead
Threshold
value
3
g/m
Basis for applying

threshold value
Maximum daily
268

The following table specifies USA Ecological Protection Agency (EPA) and World Health
Organization (WHO) air standards for CO, NO x , SO 2 and PM 10 for comparison.
Table 1.2: US EPA and WHO Air Quality Standards
USA EPA
Pollutant
WHO
Standard
Mid term
Instruction
Mid term
CO
35 ppm
1 hour
35 ppm
1 hour
Nox
53 ppb
1 hour
106 ppb
1 hour
SO 2
140 ppb
1 hour
134 ppb
PM 10
150 g/m
ppm :
ppb :
Notes :
g/ m 3 :
24 hours
70 g/m
1 hour
3
24 hours
Particles per million equals millig/m3

Particles per billion equals microg/m3
for microg/m3 PM equals microg/m2.
Azerbaijan National Air Quality Standard

Atmospheric Air quality standards in Azerbaijan are presented below:
Table 1.3: National Air Quality Standards
Allowable Maximum Thickness level (mg/m3)
Pollutant
Maximum Thickness Level

in a given Time
Average daily thickness
Dust
0.15
0.5
Carbon oxides (CO)
5.0
3.0
Sulfur 2 oxide(SO 2 )
0.5
0.03
0.085
0.085
Benzol
1.5
0.8
Floride compounds
0.02
0.005
phenol
0.01
0.01
Non-toxic dust
0.5
0.15
Soot
0.15
0.05
Formaldehyde
0.035
0.012
0.1
0.03
Hydrogen sulfide
0.008
0.008
Nitrobenzene
0.008
0.008
Ammonium
0.2
0.2
Acetone
0.35
0.35
Nitrogen oxide (NOx)
Chloride
269

Methanol
1.0
0.5
Ozone (O 3 )
0.16
0.03
Hydrocarbons
1.0
0.0010
0.0002
Lead and its compounds

(except tetraethyl lead)
* Source: Maximum allowable thickness levels of harmful elements at work place STATE
STANDARDS 12.1.005-88; Azerbaijan Ministry of Ecology and Natural Resources (ETSN),
2003.
Dust Settlem ent

Settled dust or disturbing dust problem is a complex matter and settlement of dust
causing disturbance (for example, dust settling on clean surfaces such as window sills and
machinery top) is subjective. Notwithstanding this, manuals have been adopted as given
below for this purpose. Large variances in values shows difficulty of defining fully
adequate standard, though there is a general agreement that "disturbing" dust may be
noticeable at 130-200 mg/m2/day level.
Table 1.4: Settled dust disturbance level
Country
Monthly estimate
figure
mg/m2/day
Washington state,
USA
187
Western Australia
133 - 333
Germany, TA Luft.
Volume. 27.2.1986
Azerbaijan
Meaning
Disturbance level in the area of permanent
residence
Unacceptable deterioration in the air quality
when loss of comfort was first noticed
350 - 650
No serious inconvenience may be expected below

this value ( annual average value basing on
aggregate of long-term monthly values)
maximum12 months short-term aggregate value
150 - 500
Daily average
Maximum allowable thickness of harmful
elements at work place STATE STANDARDS per
State Standards 12.1.005-88; Azerbaijan ETSN,
2003
Emission features depend on age of machinery, engine speed, operation temperature, air
temperature, pressure, type and quality of fuel. The below table contains the fuel and
diesel polluting emissions added with lead measured for an average machinery by USA
EPA in 1977.
Table 1.5: Emissions from Machinery
Pollutants (g/km/machinery)
Pollutants
Nitrogen oxides, NO X
Fuel added with lead
Diesel
1.20
9.2
270

Carbon 1 oxide, CO
Sulfur 2 oxide, SO 2
Hydrocarbons, KH
Solid particles, PM
Lead, pb 1
39.00
0.08
2.60
0.40
0.064
15.0
1.50
2.90
0.80
-
Source: USA EPA, 1977.

1
Diesel fuel doesn't contain lead.
Ecological Quality Standards for exhaust gases and noises from engine operated
machinery are presented below:
Table 1.6: Ecological Quality Standards for exhaust gases and noises from
engine operated machinery
Parameter
Standard
(allowable maximum level)
Measurement method
Smoke
In engine speed increase mode 40%

or Ringleman scale 2
To be compared with Ringleman

scale at 6 m or greater distance
Carbon one oxide
A new machinery = 4.5 %

Used machinery = 6 %
When operated in neutral mode:

zero infrared emission indicator
through gas checker
Noise
85 db(A)
Noise measuring instrument at 7.5

m distance from the source
1.2 Drinkable Water Quality Standards

Table 1.7: Drinkable Water Quality Standards
P aram eter
Standards
pH
6.0-9.0
Opacity
1.5 mg/l
Microorganisms ( colonies in 1 ml water sample)

Coli bacteria (coliform index), E. coli in one liter of water
<100
<3
Nitrates ( NO 3 )
45 mq/l
Nitrites (NO 2 )
3 mq/l
Chlorides
350 mq/l
Phosphates
1.0 mq/l
Sulfates( SO 4 )
500 mq/l
General coarseness
7 mmol/1
Surplus chloride
0.3-0.5
271

Al
0.5 mq/l
As
0.05 mq/l
Fe
0.3 mq/l
Ni
0.1 mq/l
6+)
0.05 mq/l
2+
Cu (Cr )
1 mq/l
Zn
5 mq/l
Cd
0.001 mq/l
Pb
0.03 mq/l
Hg
0.0005 mq/l
Cr (Cr
Table 1.8: Comparative Table of Drinkable Water Standards

Ecological parameter
WHO
USA EPA
EU
Azerbaijan
(SanPin, STATE
STANDARDS)
Inorganic components, mg/dm3

Ammonium, (N-NH4+),
Chloride:
-Non-settling
-Settling
Nitrates (NO 3 )
Nitrites (NO 2 )
Sulfates (SO 4 )
H2S
AL
AL
Ba
Be
B
V
Bi
W
Eu
Fe
Cd
K
Ca
Co
Si
Li
Mg
Mn
Cu
1.5
0.54
0.5-5.0
-
0.3-0.5
0.8-1.2
50.0
3.0
250.0
0.05
0.2
0.2
0.7
0.3
0.3
0.003
0.5 (0.1)
2.0 (1.0)
44.01
3.31
250.02
0.22
0.22
2.01
0.0041
0.32
0.0051
0.052
1.02-1.31
50.03
0.53
250.04
0.24
0.24
0.16
1.03
0.24
0.0053
12.05
100.06
50.05
0.054
2.03
45.0
3.0
500.0
0.03
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.0002
0.5
0.1
0.1
0.05
0.3
0.3
0.001
0.1
10.0
0.03
0.1
1.0
272

Mo
As
Na
Ni
Nb
Hg
Rb
Sm
Pb
Se
Ag
H2S
Sr
Sb
Tl
Te
P
F
Chloride:
-Non-settling
-Settling
Cl-)
3+
Cr
Cr6+
CN
Zn
Azerbaijan
(SanPin, STATE
STANDARDS)
0.25
0.05
200.0
0.1
0.01
0.0005
0.1
0.024
0.03
0.01
0.05
0.03
7.0
0.05
0.0001
0.01
0.0001
1.5
WHO
USA EPA
EU
0.07
0.01
200.0
0.02
0.001
0.01
0.01
0.05
0.005
1.5
0.051
0.0021
0.015
0.05
0.12
0.006
0.002
2.0-4.0
0.013
200.04
0.023
0.0013
0.01
0.01
0.015
0.005
1.5
0.5-5.0
-
0.3-0.5
0.8-1.2
250.0
0.05
0.07
3.0
250.0
250.0
0.05
0.05
5.0
350.0
0.5
0.05
0.035
5.0
0.1
0.2
5.0
Organic components, mg/dm3
Chlorinated saturated
hydrocarbons
Carbon four chloride
Dichloromethane
1,2- dichloroetane
Chlorinated ethylene
Vynil chloride
1,1-dichloroethylene
1,2-dixchloroethylene
Three chloroethylene
Four chloroethylene
2
20
30
5
5
5
6
7.5
-
5
30
50
70
40
5
7
170
5
5
0.5
10
10
50
-
10
700
500
300
5
1000
10000
700
10
500
50
10
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Benzol
Toluol
Xylene
Ethylbenzine
273

WHO
USA EPA
EU
20
100
Azerbaijan
(SanPin, STATE
STANDARDS)
100
0.1
0.7
0.2
0.01
05
300
1000
300
20
100
600
70
20
2
30
Akrolin
Di (2-ethylhexil) adipat
Di (methyleptil) phthalate
Acrilamide
Epichlorhydrine
Hexachlorbutadiene
Hexachlorcyclopendadiene
80
8
0.5
0.4
0.6
-
400
6
50
0.1
20
10
10
10
1
EDTA (ethylendiamine four

acetyl acid)
200
200
500
Stiren
Polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons
Benzopiren
Benzopiren benzol
Mono chlorbenzine
1,2- dichlorbenzine
1,4- dichlorbenzine
Three chlorbenzol
Next compound
Nitrile three acetyl acid

Surface active substances
(SSAS)
Source: Azersu OJSC EIA Report on MSTKL, February 2008, Baku.

Table 1.9: EU Council Directive 98/83/EC
P aram eters Drinkable W ater
Aluminium ( only if used as flocculent)
Ammonium
Color
Council Directive 98/ 83/ EC

0,2 mq /l
0,5 mq /l
The highest observed
Clostridium perfiringens (also its spores)

(only if taken from surface waters or it is subject
to its influence)
O per each 250 ml
E. coli
Hydrogen ion concentration
Iron (only if used as flocculent)
O per each 250 ml

6-9
0,2 mq /l
Nitrite (only if chloride is used as disinfection)

Odor
Taste
0,5 mq /l
274

Table 1.10: Allowable Maximum Concentration in Drinkable Water (YVMK)

(National)
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Substances
Odor at 20OC temperature
Color
Opacity
pH
HCO3Ca2+
Mg2+
Na+
Polyphosphate sedimentation(PO4-)
Coarseness
Mineralization
General Dissolved Solid Particles
N2O 5
NO 2
NH 4
NO 3
Cl- (chlorine)
Cl 2 (chloride)
SO42Both iron oxides Fe2+v Fe3+
Total amount of Fe+ and Mn
Oxidization O 2
KMnO 4
Pb (lead)
As (arsenic)
Cu (copper)
F- (floride)
Al (aluminium)
Be (berillium)
Mo (molybdenum)
Se (selenium)
Sr (stronsium)
Zn (sink)
H2S
Hg, Ba, hexavalent Cl and other toxic mixes
TVC@ 37OC
General E coli in each 1000 ml water (E coliindicator) (MPN)
M ax im um levels
(mg/l)
<2 odor level number
<20 color unit
<1.5 NTU
6-9
>3
180
40
170
3.5
7 mg-equ.
<1000 (1500)
1,000
29
traces
traces
10
25-50
350
100
0.3
0.5-1.0
2.5-3
10
0.03
0.05
1.0
1.5
0.5
0.0002
0.25
0.001
7.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
100 in 1 cm3
3
Source: Maximum Allowable Limits, State Standards 2874-8, SN

Note: There are some exceptions for draught stricken regions: amount of general
275

dissolved particles up to 2,500-3,000 mg/l; Cl 2 400-800 mg/l; SO4

general coarseness may be up to 21-40 mg equivalent.
1.3
2-
1,000-1,500 mg/l and
Quality standards for sea water and salty lakes
Table 1.11: Quality Standards for Sea and salty lakes

Substance/parameter
Hydrocarbons
Heavy metal
dissolved)
Radioactiveness
Physical and
chemical
properties
Pathogenic
microbes
1.4
International
standards
National standards
*)
0,05 mq/l
General oil
General
polyaromatic
substances(PAH)
Naphthalin
Benzol
Fenols (monohydric)
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Sink
General activeness
0,003 mq/l
0,005 mq/l
0,03 mq/l
0,03 mq/l
0,025 mq/l
N/A
0,0025 mq/l
0,015 mq/l
0,005 mq/l
1 mq/l
0,025 mq/l
0,0003mq/l
0,03 mq/l
0,04 mq/l
30-35 mkR/hr
0,004 mq/l
0,05 mq/l
0,001 mq/l
0,01 mq/l
2,0 mq/l
0,01 mq/l
0,001 mq/l
0,005 mq/l
0,05 mq/l
0,01 mq/l
0,0001 mq/l
0,01 mq/l
0,01 mq/l
30 mkR/hr
Suspended solid
particles
Natural level shall not

exceed 0,75 mg/l
Natural level shall not exceed

0,25 mg/l
Organic pollutions
Dissolved oxygen
pH
3 mq/l
>7 mq/l
6,5-8,5
Bacteria E. coli
<2.0 mq/l
>6mq/l
6,5-8,5
E. coli shall not exceed 1000
in 1 liter
Ecological Monitoring Standards for Wastewaters
Amount of harmful substances in wastewaters is governed by the nature of flow water and
regulatory requirements defined for surface water basins. Currently, norms have been
developed and implemented for the following two water utilization facilities considering
their contents and features:
a. Household-drinkable and cultural-utility;

b. Fishery.
This norms in the Laws of the Republic of Azerbaijan aim to prevent and warn against
pollution when using water facilities, rivers, lakes, water dams, ponds, creeks and artificial
276

channels for as household and drinkable water and cultural-utility purposes, as well as
fisheries.
Normative values of amounts of harmful substances in wastewaters is presented as
thickness (concentration) characterizing the amount of the substance in a given volume.
Considering protection of water basins Allowable Thickness Level (YVQH/PDK) for
discharged harmful substances, optimal distribution of discharge of harmful substances
into water basins and Allowable Discharge Limits (BBAH/PDS) for each of pollutant are
established.
When BBAH is established such factors as content and properties of water discharged into
water facility from the characterized facility, the discharge outlet, the hydrogeological
regime the extent of harmful influence by the specific mixes in wastewaters and status of
water facility, presence of discharge water outlets upstream of water outlet, water content
and properties in this area and hydrological regime change potential are considered.
When identifying water flow conditions to water facilities the following are considered:
Degree to which the water in the facility may mix and purify at a distance from the
discharged wastewater outlet up to the distance where water is picked for
household-drinking, cultural-utility and fishery purposes as provided in the report;
Water quality in water facility and water ducts for waters designed to be discharged
277

Table 1.12: Ecological Monitoring Standard for wastewater purified at

purification plants
Biological Oxygen Demand
30 mg/l
Chemical Oxygen Demand
60 mg/l
Hydrogen indicator (ph)
6.5-8.5
Petroleum products and oils
10 mg/l
Suspended particles (mechanical mixtures)
40 mg/l
Phosphorus
6 mg P/l
Nitrates
11 mg N/l
Nematode eggs
1 egg/l
Fecal coliform
400 MPN/ 100 ml
Phosphates
6 mg/l as P
Ammonium
2 mg/l as N
Nitrates
11 mg/l as N
Fluorides
2.5 mg/l
Sulfates
400 mg/l
Dissolved oxygen
2 mg/l
Phenols
1 mg/l
Cadmium
0.05 mg/l
Cr+3
2 mg/l
Cr+6
0.5 mg/l
Copper
0.2 mg/l
Ferro
3 mg/l
Lead
1 mg/l
Selenium
0.1 mg/l
Argentum
0.1 mg/l
Zinc
2.0 mg/l
Chlorine
0.2 mg/l
278

1.5 Ecological Control Standards for Sedimentation (Silt)

Table 1.13: Ecological Standards for Sedimentation
Ecological parameters to be checked
pH
Coli titer
Eggs of viable biohelmits (1 dm)
Viable pathogenous endobacterial E. coli (1 dm)
Heavy metals (mg/kg sedimentation)
Cd
Cu
Ni
Pb
Zn
Cr
Ag
Hg
Standards
5,5-8,5
<0,01
0
0
<30
<1 500
<400
<1000
<4000
<1200
<20
<15
279

1.6 Soil Quality Standards

Table 1.14: National soil quality criteria
P ollutants
As
Cd2+
Cl
Cr 6
Cu2+
Pb2+
Hg2+
Ni2+
Poliaromatic hydrocarbons
Benzil()piren
Dibenzil antracid
Zn2+
Quality criteria
mg/kg
Upper lim its

mg/kg
20
0,52
500
20
500
40
1
30
1,5
0,12
0,12
500
20
52
1000
500
400
3
30
15
12
12
1000
Table 1.15: National standards for allowable thickness of heavy metals in soil
Heavy m etal elem ents
Pb2+
Mn2+
Ni2+
Co2+
Zn2+
Cu2+
Cd2+
V5+
Cr
Sn4+
Mo6+
Hg2+
Oil
Allow able m ax im um thickness

mq/kq
10
1500
40
10
50
20
0,5
150
200
10
3
2,0
100
1.7 Noise and Vibration

Noise "pollution" is an ecological and work place related problem. Excessive noise level
may bring about temporary or permanent loss of hearing ability. Even if it is hard to
assess influences high noise influences blood circulation and nerve system.
Sensitive recipients includes densely populated areas, towns, residential buildings, schools
and hospitals located at 2-50 m distance from trench edges.
But in open areas, the area under the influence of noise is accepted as 300 m off the
280

noise source for local animals, migratory and non-migratory birds.
Hum an R eaction to Noise

Researches show that healthy human ear is capable of discerning 1 dBA change in noise in
acoustic laboratory under controlled settings. Under normal conditions, healthy human
ear notices approx. 2 dBA change in noise level, but it is widely accepted that most people
sense 3 dBA change in noise under normal settings. 5 dBA change is immediately sense
while 10 dBA change is considered double this level.
USA EPA Report stipulates that exposure to 70 dBA noise level within 24 hours is
considered ecological noise level and doesn't cause any measurable loss in hearing ability
over lifetime. It is seen as levels with 55 dbA in open and 45 dBA inside without causing
any disturbance and doesn't impede conversation, sleep, work, rest, and such other
activities.
Earth absorption
Most of the times the noise distance between the source of noise and recipient is very
close to the earth. Noise reduction intensifies as a result of earth's absorption of noise and
loss of reflected sound waves. Traditionally, excessive noise absorption is also expressed
in double increase in distance.
Acoustically, in "hard" areas (i.e., the surfaces reflecting the noise between the point-noise
source and recipient, for example, vehicle parking lot or still water surface), the noise is
not presumed to be excessively absorbed by earth. Acoustically, noise level is assumed to
be absorbed 1.5 dBA by double increase of distance for acoustically absorptive or "soft"
surfaces (i.e., the places with absorptive surfaces, for example, soil, weed or scattered
shrubs and trees). When spreading geometrically, excessive earth absorption results in 4.5
dBA reduction every time distance for linear surface doubles and 7.5 dBA reduction for
point sources every time the distance for point-source doubles. WHO instructed values for
ecological noise in special cases are presented below:
Table 1.16: Noise Environment
Special environment
Outside the residential

area
Significant influence(s) on
health
LA eq
(dBA)
Time
basis
(hour)
LA maks
(dBA,
speed)
Serious disturbance, daytime

and nighttime
55
16
Mid-level disturbance daytime

and nighttime
50
16
Inside houses
Conversation impediments
and mid-level disturbance,
daytime and nighttime
35
16
Inside bedrooms
Insomnia, nighttime
30
45
Outside bedrooms
Insomnia-when windows are

open, nighttime
45
60
281

Table 1.17: National Allowable Noise Levels

Noise standard (max.), decibel (dBA)
Facility of use
Residential places
Commercial sites
Hotels and dorms
Daytime
(07:00-23:00)
Nighttime
(23:00-7:00)
40
55-60
45
30
55-60
35
Industrial sites
a)
b)
c)
d)
Highly specialized work places

Facility sites or permanent work
places inside buildings
Work places for lorry drivers and
their servicing
Work places for drivers of tractor
and similar agricultural and
amelioration mechanism drivers
and their servicing
50
50
80
80
70
70
80
80
Vulnerable sites
a.
b.
Hospitals and resorts

Schools, libraries and conference
halls
35
25
40
40
* Source: Noise Standards STATE STANDARDS 12.1.003-83 UDK
534.835.46:658.382.3:006.354; Gost 12.1.036-81 ST SEV 2834-80
Vibration criteria
Earth vibration and air jet levels causing discomfort and panic among residents are usually
below the level causing harm to the structure. USA EPA defines assessment criteria of the
damage caused to structure as given in below table:
Table 1.18: Structural damage assessment criteria
Type of the structure
Vulnerable and culturalhistorical heritage
Residential
Commercial/Industrial
Vibration level
Air jet level

(dB re 20 uPa)
PVS* 5 mm/s
133 dB (linear) the highest
PVS 10 mm/s
PVS 25 mm/s

* PVS: The highest (peak) vector total

1.8
Radioactiveness standards
It is the standard of International Agency for Atomic Energy and International Standards
Organization (BS). As long as the standard cover different areas and environments, it is
282

impossible to count all of them in this chapter. Therefore this chapter will outline
information on the status of environmental background and parameters of sanitation norm
defined for human organism.
Allowable dose- it is the indicator of the highest dose of individual equivalent dose over
the year and it doesn't cause any unpleasant change in human organism by causing equal
impact over 50 years. World Health Organization has defined the norms for different
categories of the world population in Table 6.19.
In Azerbaijan, ETSN controls the environmental background radiation condition for the
followings:
natural radiation background;
general -radioactiveness of aerosols in Atmospheric Air.
Table 1.19: Allowable doses of radioactive radiation

Type of crisis organ of a group or human
being
Annual dosage for

category A*, baer
Annual dosage for

category B, baer
Over the year for category A. The whole body, red

bone brain
0,5
Muscles, pancreas, lungs, wave, pupil, white of

eyes, gastrointestinal
15
1,5
Skin, fingers, bone tissues, shoulder front, heels,

palm
30
3,0
A - personnel or a person work under permanent or temporary ionizing radiation;

B - part of population can't work under ionizing radiation, but may be exposed to certain
influences due to living conditions and location of work place;
C -entire population.
283
Environmental Impact Assessment for the period

of construction and operation of Deep Water
Foundation 7 at 28 May OGEO "Gunashly"
field
Appendix 5
Photographs
236

field
Monitoring photographs
237

field
238

field
239

field
240

field
241

field
Laboratory analyses photographs
242

field
243

field
244

field
245

field
Public hearing photographs
246

field
247

field
248

field
249

field
250

field
251

Eia - Construction and Operation Period of Stationary Sea-Bohr Plattform

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Eia - Construction and Operation Period of Stationary Sea-Bohr Plattform

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2014

Environmental Impact Assessment Document for

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

Sensitive areas of the Caspian Sea .................................................................................. 61

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

Impacts Analysis and Mitigation .................................................................................... 145

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

Baseline data ............................................................................................. 1

Definition of Impacts Significance ............................................................... 13

Technological unit specifications ................................................................ 26

Environmental Legislation instruments of the Republic of Azerbaijan ............ 49

Meteorological observation data during the monitorings held on September

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

Results of metals (mg/kg) in soil samples taken on September 04-07 2012

Activities, Aspects, Potential End receivers ................................................ 145

Environmental Impacts Mitigating/Management Plan ................................. 176

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

Layout plan of the project area ................................................................... 3

ESIA Process .............................................................................................. 9

Deep Sea Foundation ............................................................................... 16

Volcano spreading map in Absheron peninsula ........................................... 61

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

Environment and Social Impact Assessment

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

These are different ways of achieving plans or proposal objectives.

Environmental Impact Assessment for construction

An authorized entity origination any plan or project.

Implementation of construction works or other instructions or scheme

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Figure1. Layout plan of the project area

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Description of Project Alternatives and Plan

Current Status of Ecological and SocioEconomic Context

Impacts Definition and Assessment (

Mitigation, Monitoring and Management

Figure 2 ESIA Process

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

condensate wells (gas-condensate manifold block).

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

condition, atmospheric circulation character, impact of the surrounding ground

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Zooplankton Zooplankton of the Caspian Sea includes infusoria, intestinal cavities,

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

Environmental Impact Asessment for the

The followings include project related activities:

Delivery to the Project Site of Facilities and equipment

Performance (Implementation) Phase

Installation of support foundation and superstructures

Getting ready offshore site for installation works

Casting support platform on sea bottom

Delivery and installation of modules by crane vessel to the construction site

Installation of other equipment and facilities

Laying subsea pipelines

Table: Activities, Aspects, potential end Receivers

Emission of processed gases

Emission of polluted gas into